Australia and
New Zealand Banking
Group Limited
2024 Annual Report
Contents
Overview
Our 2024 reporting suite 1
Operating environment
Our operating environment 2
Our purpose and strategy 4
How we create value 6
About our business 8
Governance
Directors 10
Risk management 14
Performance overview 20
Remuneration report 34
Directors’ report 76
Financial report 79
Glossary 216
Our 2024 reporting suite
Annual Report structure
The various elements of the Directors’ Report, including the Operating and
Financial Review, are covered on pages 1 to 32. Commentary on our performance
overview contained on pages 20 to 32 references information reported in the
Financial Report pages 79 to 215.
The Remuneration Report on pages 34 to 75 and the Financial Report on pages
79to 215 have been audited by KPMG.
This report covers all ANZBGL operations worldwide over which, unless otherwise
stated, we had control for the financial year 1 October 2023 to 30 September
2024. Monetary amounts in this document are reported in Australian dollars,
unless otherwise stated.
ANZ Group
HoldingsLimited
ABN 16 659 510 791
2024 Full Year Results
Announcement
anz.com/results
2024 ANZGHL Annual Report
anz.com/annualreport
2024 Corporate
GovernanceStatement
anz.com/corporategovernance
2024 Climate-Related
FinancialDisclosures
anz.com/annualreport
2024 Environment, Social and
Governance (ESG) Supplement
anz.com/annualreport
Australia and NewZealand
Banking Group Limited
ABN 11 005 357 522
2024 ANZBGL Annual Report
anz.com/annualreport
2024 September Quarter
APS330Pillar III Disclosure
anz.com/results
2024 United Kingdom
DisclosureandTransparency
RulesSubmission (when released)
anz.com/results
Disclaimer & important notices
The material in this report contains
general background information about
the Group’s activities current as at 7th
November 2024. It is information given in
summary form and does not purport to
be complete. It is not intended to be and
should not be relied upon as advice to
investors or potential investors, and does
not take into account the investment
objectives, financial situation or needs of
any particular investor. These should be
considered, with or without professional
advice, when deciding if an investment
isappropriate.
Forward-looking statements
This report may contain forward-looking
statements or opinions including
statements regarding our intent, belief or
current expectations with respect to the
Group’s business operations, market
conditions, results of operations and
financial condition, capital adequacy,
sustainability objectives or targets,
specific provisions and risk management
practices. Those maers are subject to
risks and uncertainties that could cause
the actual results and financial position of
the ANZBGL Group to dier materially from
the information presented herein. When
used in the report, the words ‘forecast,
‘estimate’, ‘goal, ‘target, ‘indicator, ‘plan’,
‘pathway, ‘ambition’, ‘modelling, ‘project,
‘intend’, ‘anticipate, ‘believe, ‘expect,
‘may, ‘probability’, ‘risk’, ‘will’, ‘seek’,
‘would’, ‘could’, ‘should’ and similar
expressions, as they relate to the Group
and its management, are intended to
identify forward-looking statements or
opinions. There can be no assurance that
actual outcomes will not dier materially
from any forward-looking statements or
opinions contained herein. Also see the
Risk management section on pages
14to19 in relation to risks that may aect
forward-looking statements, and the `Key
Judgements and Estimates’ identified in
various places in the Annual Report.
Those statements are usually predictive
incharacter; ormay be aected by
inaccurate assumptions or unknown risks
and uncertainties or may dier materially
from results ultimately achieved. As such,
these statements should not be relied
upon when making investment decisions.
These statements only speak as at the
date of publication and no representation
is made as to their correctness on or aer
this date. No member of the ANZBGL
Group undertakes any obligation to
publicly release the result of any revisions
to these forward-looking statements to
reflect events or circumstances aer the
date hereof to reflect the occurrence of
unanticipated events.
Climate-related information
This report also contains climate-related
statements. Those statements should be
read with the important notices in relation
to the uncertainties, challenges and risks
associated with climate-related
information in our 2024 Climate-related
Financial Disclosures report available at
anz.com/annualreport.
1
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Our operating environment
A range of influences
characterise the
current operating
environment.
Economies have coped relatively
well with the sharp increases in
interest rates over 2022 and 2023.
Economic activity has slowed, but
recessions have been rare and
shallow. Unemployment in Australia
and New Zealand has only modestly
increased.
The cumulative impact of rising prices and
higher interest rates is sustaining cost of
living pressures for consumers, but
household balance sheets, in aggregate,
are sturdy. Investment plans are generally
robust, but resource availability is a
challenge, not least because of similar
wants across economies. Industrial policy
has become more common, including in
Australia, and is likely to reshape the
structure of economic activity over time
as governments address perceived
supplychain vulnerabilities and prioritise
domestic resilience.
China’s economy is operating on a
dierent cycle. Growth has moderated
asthe economy adjusts to an ageing
demographic and the demand mix
changes. Trade is still growing despite
geopolitical complexities. High commodity
prices are sustaining exports from
Australia and New Zealand. Asian exports
have had a particularly strong year, backed
by renewed strength in technology trade.
The climate transition remains a subtext
tomany of these developments. Resource
access challenges feature here as well,
asmany economies strive to invest in
renewable energy, building retrofits and
more climate-friendly transport.
2 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
Economic outlook
Growth has slowed, but many central
banks have begun to reduce interest rates.
Inflation has proven to be slightly stickier
inAustralia than elsewhere. Australia,
therefore, is likely to follow with a modest
easing cycle of its own, but not until 2025.
Easing cycles are likely to only partially
reverse the sharp interest rate rises of
recent years.
Private sector balance sheets, in general,
arein solid shape, suggesting lower
interest rates are likely to generate
economic traction without needing to be
too vigorous. The supply side of many
economies remains challenged by
influences including ageing workforces,
housing constraints, and the influence of
geopolitics and industry policy on supply
chains. This is also encouraging more
sustained government spending than has
been the case in previous cycles.
Policy in China has been gradually
responding to reduce the risks of a
sharper slowdown. Excessively low
inflation has been the primary
macroeconomic challenge. Further
easing is likely as China adjusts to soer
structural drivers of demand. An ageing
demographic suggests a shi in the mix
of activity over time, including in the
commodity sector. These shis are likely
to have some permanence.
1. Refer to our 2024 Climate-related disclosures report for more information and for glossary of terms available at anz.com/esgreport.
Challenges Examples of how we’re responding
Inflationary pressures
andhigherinterest rates
Assessing borrowers’ resilience to
rising interest rates
Focusing on cost management and
delivering ongoing productivity
benefits, including from technology
simplification
Dealing appropriately with customers
experiencing financial hardship or in
need of extra care
Adjusting our sta salaries appropriately
Public and regulatory scrutiny
Being transparent about how we
are addressing regulatory and
political concerns
Working cooperatively with
regulators, government and non-
governmental organisations (NGOs)
Continuing to evolve our ESG policies
and processes, seek to implement them
eectively and transparently disclose
ourprogress
Competitive
bankingindustry
Operating a diverse business,
continuing to invest and prioritise
resources across Retail, Commercial
and Institutional segments
Deploying new and improved digital
services, products and processes to
help meet customer needs for
ecient and accessible banking
Investing in underlying technology and
systems to establish more flexible and
responsive platforms (including ANZ Plus
and Institutional Payments and Cash
Management Platforms)
Cybersecurity threats
Ongoing investment in cybersecurity,
fraud and scams detection capabilities
Increasing customer awareness and
education as to the relevant risks
Geopolitical tension
Contingency plans for our medium-to-
higher risk jurisdictions with trigger
eventsidentified and monitored
Continuing to review our international
network and operations
Climate change and nature
1
Elevating climate to a Material Risk
inNovember 2023
Our Board approving our Group wide
Climate and Environment Strategy in
October 2024
Supporting our customers’ transition
through banking and finance products
and services, such as sustainability-
linked loans and ESG-format bonds,
that help drive the transition to a low
carbon economy
3
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
3
Our purpose and strategy
Our purpose is to shape
a world where people and
communities thrive. It
explains ‘why’ we exist and
drives everything we do at
ANZ, including the choices
we make each day about
those we serve and how
we operate.
Our aspiration is to build a simpler, beer,more purpose-driven
bank, through:
purpose-led propositions and
partnerships that improve financial
wellbeing, access to housing and
sustainability for our target segments
automated business-services
supported by modern, cloud-
based technology that is more
open, ecient, resilient and
compliant
an agile operating model that
encourages innovation and makes it
easier for our people to deliver value
forour customers quickly
disciplined allocation of resources,
enhanced delivery capabilities,
and an alignment of systems
andincentives.
Through our purpose we have elevated three areas facing significant
societal challenges aligned with our strategy and our reach, which
include commitments to:
Improving the financial wellbeing of our people, customers and
communities by helping them make the most of their money
throughout their lives;
Supporting household, business and financial practices that improve
environmental sustainability; and
Improving the availability of suitable and aordable housing options
forall Australians and New Zealanders.
Save for, buy and
owna liveable home
Start or buy and sustainably
grow theirbusiness
Move capital and goods around
the region and sustainably grow
their business
In particular, we want to help customers:
We bring our purpose to life through our strategy: to improve the financial wellbeing and sustainability
of customers through excellent services, tools and insights that engage and retain them, and help
positively change their behaviour.
4 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
Our values are: I.C.A.R.E
Integrity
We are honest and fair by speaking openly
and transparently, making thoughtful and
balanced decisions, doing what’s right and
acting with courage.
Collaboration
We work together for the customer, by geing
the right people together to get the job done
and helping each other.
Accountability
We take ownership and get things done – we do
what we say we will do – find the solutions by
testing and learning andact with determination.
Respect
We care for all those we serve. We value
dierence andencourage everyone to have a
voice, think and act with consideration for our
customers, community and theenvironment.
Excellence
We challenge ourselves to be beer. This is done
by making things simple, finding ways to work
dierently, using data toimprove and asking for
as well as acting on feedback.
Our values
Our values shape how we deliver our
purpose-led strategy. They are the
foundation of ‘how’ we work – living
our values every day enables us to
deliver on our strategy and purpose,
strengthen stakeholder relationships
and earn the communitys trust. All
employees and contractors must
comply with our Code of Conduct,
which sets down the expected
standards of professional behaviour
and guides us in applying our values.
5
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
5
We create value for our stakeholders
through the ‘Bank We’re Building’,
developing propositions our customers
love, with easy-to-use products and
services that evolve to meet their
changing needs.
We dierentiate through our global
network, thought leadership, and
diversified retail, commercial and
institutional customer businesses.
How we create value
Our customer propositions are
enabled through our people and our
technology, data and risk
management:
Supported by our balance sheet
strength, our partnerships and
reputation:
Purpose and values-led people who drive value by caring about our customers
and the outcomes we create.
Flexible and resilient digital banking platforms powering our customers and made
available for others to power the industry.
Risk management framework and culture, establishing, overseeing and
influencing how risk is considered in decision making.
Partnerships that unlock new valuewith ecosystems that help customers further
improve their financial wellbeing and sustainability.
Strong balance sheet positions with access to capital, funding and liquidity to protect
and grow our business.
Reputation underpinned by trusted relationships with customers we choose to bank,
our business partners and the community to strengthen our brand and reputation.
6 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
Strategy &
business
model
Transformation outcomes
More targeted
We support more of our chosen customers to achieve
their goals, by using data to understand their needs.
More engaged
We improve our customers’ financial wellbeing and
sustainability by connecting with them and providing
valued solutions that meet their needs.
More ecient
We serve our customers more eciently to save
themmoney and time by simplifying and automating
ourprocesses.
Beer protected
We reduce the risk of doing business for our customers
and for the bank, with systems that are less complex,
less prone to error and more secure.
More dynamic
We respond more rapidly to the evolving environment,
with adaptable people, systems andprocesses.
Aiming to create value for our stakeholders
Our customers
will have relatively beer financial
wellbeing.
Our employees
will be more engaged and with beer
toolstosupport customers.
Our shareholders
will be rewarded with stronger long-term
financial results (in terms of sustainable
economic profits).
Our community
will benefit from our financial contribution
(including taxes), practices and services,
contributing to positive economic
development.
Beer access
to capital and talent,
driving greater
capacity to
invest well
Beer data,
insights,risk
decisions
andpricing
Beer customer
propositions that
are purposeful,
engaging, ecient
and safe
Beer customer
engagement, and
greater use of our
products and
services
Beer financial
wellbeing and
sustainability
outcomes for
customers and
thecommunity
Beer financial
outcomes for
shareholders
and sta
Beer reputation
among customers
and the community,
and higher workforce
engagement
Beer acquisition
and retention
rates, and higher
share of target
customers
Our customers will have
relatively beer financial
wellbeing, more sustainable
practices and generate
higher average
lifetime value
7
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
7
About our business
Australia Retail
Provides a full range of banking services to Australian consumers. This includes Home Loans, Deposits,
Credit Cards and Personal Loans. Products and services are provided via the branch network, home loan
specialists, contact centres, a variety of self-service channels (digital and internet banking, website,
ATMs and phone banking) and third-party brokers.
Australia
Commercial
Provides a full range of banking products and financial services, including asset financing, across
thefollowing customer segments: SME Banking (small business owners and medium commercial
customers), and Diversified & Specialist Businesses (large commercial customers, and high net worth
individuals and family groups).
Institutional
The Institutional division services global institutional and corporate customers, and governments
across Australia, New Zealand and International (including Papua New Guinea (PNG)) via the following
business units:
T
ransaction Banking
provides customers with working capital and liquidity solutions including
documentary trade, supply chain financing, commodity financing as well as cash management
solutions, deposits, payments and clearing.
Corporate Finance provides customers with loan products, loan syndication, specialised loan
structuring and execution, project and export finance, debt structuring and acquisition finance, and
sustainable finance solutions.
Markets provides customers with risk management services in foreign exchange, interest rates, credit,
commodities, and debt capital markets in addition to managing the Group’s interest rate exposure and
liquidity position.
New Zealand
The New Zealand division comprises the following business units:
Personal provides a full range of banking and wealth management services to consumer and private
banking customers. We deliver our services via our internet and app-based digital solutions and a
network of branches, mortgage specialists, private bankers and contact centres.
Business & Agri provides a full range of banking services through our digital, branch and contact
centre channels, and traditional relationship banking and sophisticated financial solutions through
dedicated managers. These cover privately owned small, medium and large enterprises, the
agricultural business segment, government and government-related entities.
Suncorp
On 31 July 2024, the Group acquired 100% of the shares in SBGH Limited, the immediate holding
company of Suncorp Bank. The transaction was undertaken to accelerate the growth of the Group’s
retail and commercial businesses while also improving the geographic balance of its business
inAustralia.
The 2024 reported results include two months’ results for Suncorp Bank from the date of acquisition,
presented as Suncorp Bank division.
The Suncorp Bank division provides banking and related services to retail, commercial, small and
medium enterprises and agribusiness customers in Australia.
Pacific
The Pacific division provides products and services to retail and commercial customers (including
multi-nationals) and to governments located in the Pacific region, excluding PNG which forms part of
the Institutional division.
Group Centre
Provides support to the operating divisions, including technology, property, risk management, financial
management, treasury, strategy, marketing, human resources, corporate aairs, and shareholder
functions. It also includes minority investments in Asia.
We operate across a diverse business structure
8 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
Asia
China
Hong Kong
India
Indonesia
Japan
Laos
Malaysia
The Philippines
Singapore
South Korea
Taiwan
Thailand
Vietnam
Pacific
Cook Islands
Fiji
Kiribati
Papua New Guinea
Samoa
Solomon Islands
Timor–Leste
Tonga
Vanuatu
Europe
France
Germany
United Kingdom
Middle East
United Arab
Emirates (Dubai)
United States
ofAmerica
International
1. On a cash profit basis. Excludes non-core items included in statutory profit. It is provided to assist readers in understanding the result of the ongoing business activities of the Group.
For further information on adjustments between statutory and cash profit refer to page 21.
Our international presence and profit composition by geography
1
International
$1,082 million
Australia
$3,596 million
New Zealand
$2,107 million
50 years in Singapore
Singapore is Australia’s largest
two-way trading partner and investor
in Southeast Asia. It is Australia’s fih
largest trading partner ($52.9 billion
inrecent years) and fih largest
source of foreign direct investment
($148.6 billion in 2022). As we mark
50 years in Singapore, it will not only
underline the country’s importance
toour strategy – but also as a crucial
investment and trading partner for
thewhole country.
Read the full story at bluenotes.anz.
com/posts/2024/may/anz-news-
shayne-ellio-singapore-champion
9
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
9
Directors
As at the date of this report, there
are ten members on the Board of
Directors of ANZBGL. Their names,
positions within ANZBGL and
relevant other directorships are
described below.
Richard Gibb and John Cincoa each
joined the Board on 15 February 2024 as
an Independent Non-Executive Director
and Sco St John joined the Board as an
Independent Non-Executive Director on
25 March 2024. Ilana Atlas, AO and John
Macfarlane each ceased as an
Independent Non-Executive Director on
21 December 2023, both having served
on the Board since 2014. RT Hon Sr John
Key, GNZM AC ceased as an Independent
Non-Executive Director on 14 March 2024,
having served on the Board since 2018.
Relevant other directorshi
p
s
C
h
ai
rm
a
n
:
ANZGHL (from 2022), Sin
g
tel
O
ptus Pty Limited (from 2014, Director
from 2004
)
and Western Sydney Airport
C
orporation
(
from 2017
).
Deputy Cha
i
rman
:
t Vin
nt
H
lth
Australia
(
from 2024, Director from 2019
)
.
R
elevant former directorshi
p
s
h
eld in last three
y
ears includ
e
F
ormer D
i
rector:
C
oca-
C
ola Amatil
(2017-2021) and Indara Di
g
ital
I
nfrastructure (formerly Australian Tower
N
etwork Pty Ltd
)
(
2021-2023
)
.
Relevant other directorships
D
i
rector
:
ANZGHL
(
from 2022
)
, ANZ
Bank New Zealand Limited
(
from 2009
)
,
Norfina Limited (Suncor
p
Bank) (from
2
024
)
, the Financial Markets Foundation
for Children
(
from 2016
)
and the
Sydney Marae Alliance
(
from 2023
)
.
M
em
b
er: Business
C
ouncil of Australia
(
from 2016
)
, the Australian Bankin
g
Association
(
from 2016, Chairman
2
017- 2019
)
and the Australian
C
ustoms Advisory Board
(
from 2020
).
Shayne Ellio
Postion
Chief Executive Ocer, Executive Director since January 2016
Paul O’Sullivan
Postion
Chairman, Independent Non-Executive Director since November 2019
10 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
R
elevant other directorshi
p
s
D
i
rector: Norna Limited
(
Suncorp
B
ank
)
(
from 2024
)
.
R
elevant former d
i
rectorsh
i
ps
h
eld in last three years include
Former D
i
rector: Barrenjoey
C
apital
Partners
G
roup Holdings Pty Limited
(
2020-2024
)
.
John Cincoa
Postion
Independent Non-Executive Director since February 2024
R
elevant other directorshi
p
s
D
i
r
ector
:
ANZGHL
(
from 2024
).
R
elevant former directorshi
p
s
h
eld in last three
y
ears include
Former D
i
rector:
C
redit
S
uisse
(
Australia
)
Limited
(
2019-2024
)
.
Richard Gibb
Postion
Independent Non-Executive Director since February 2024
R
elevant other directorships
C
h
ai
rm
a
n
:
Norna Limited (Suncor
p
B
ank
)
(
from 2024
)
, Executive Board of
t
he Institute of Health Metrics and
E
va
l
uation at t
h
e
U
niversity o
f
W
ashin
g
ton
(
from 2024, Member from
2
007) and Coalition for Epidemic
P
re
p
aredness Innovations
(
Norwa
y)
(
from 2018, Member from 2016
)
.
Dir
ector
:
ANZGHL
(
from 2022
)
and
C
layton Utz
(
from 2017
)
.
Honorar
y
Professor: A
us
tr
a
li
a
n
N
ational Universit
y
Research School
of
P
syc
h
o
l
ogy.
A
d
j
unct Professor: University of Sydney
a
nd University of Canberra.
R
elevant former directorships
h
eld in last three
y
ears include
F
o
rm
e
r
C
h
ai
rm
a
n
:
Vault Systems
(
2017-2022) and Council on the A
g
ein
g
A
ustralia
(
2017-2024
)
.
F
o
rm
e
r D
i
r
ec
t
o
r
:
C
r
o
wn R
eso
rt
s
Limit
ed
(
2018-2022) and Naval Group Australia
Pty Ltd
(
2021-2022
)
.
F
o
rm
e
r M
e
m
be
r
:
N
a
ti
o
n
a
l
CO
VID-1
9
C
ommission Advisory Board (2020-
2
021
)
.
F
o
rm
e
r
Cou
n
ci
l M
e
m
be
r
:
A
us
tr
a
li
a
n
S
trate
g
ic Policy Institute (2016-2023).
Jane Halton, AO PSM
Postion
Independent Non-Executive Director since October 2016
11
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Relevant other directorshi
p
s
Cha
i
rman
:
Australia Pacific Air
p
orts
C
or
p
oration
(
from 2024
)
.
Dir
ec
t
o
r
:
A
NZGHL
(
from 2022
)
, Norna
Limited
(
Suncorp Bank
)
(
from 2024
)
, BHP
G
roup Limited
(
from 2020
)
and
Infrastructure Victoria
(
from 2023
).
R
elevant former directorships
h
eld in last three years includ
e
F
ormer D
i
rector:
M
e
d
i
b
an
k
P
rivate
L
imited
(
2014–2021
)
, The Baker Heart &
D
iabetes Institute
(
2013-2023
)
and
Stockland
(
2018-2024
)
.
Christine O’Reilly
Postion
Independent Non-Executive Director since November 2021
Relevant other d
i
rectorsh
i
ps
Cha
i
rman:
R
egis
H
ea
l
t
h
care
L
imite
d
(
Director from 2017, Chairman from
2
018
).
D
i
rector
:
A
ssemble
C
ommunities
(
from 2020
)
.
Relevant former directorships
held
i
n last three years
i
nclud
e
Dir
ec
t
o
r
:
AmBank Holdin
g
s Berhad
(
2016-2021
)
.
Graham Hodges
Postion
Non-Executive Director since February 2023
Relevant other directorshi
p
s
C
h
ai
rm
a
n
:
Susa
n M
c
Kinn
o
n F
ou
n
da
ti
o
n
Advisory Board (from 2024).
Pres
i
dent:
F
ederal Remuneration
Tribunal
(
from 2024
)
.
Dir
ec
t
o
r
:
ANZGHL
(
from 2023
)
,
Woolworths Grou
p
Limited
(
from 2016
)
and Fonterra
C
o-operative
G
roup
Limited
(
from 2020
)
.
Member
:
Board Advisor
y
G
rou
p
, Bain
&
C
om
p
an
y
(from 2021).
Se
ni
o
r A
d
vi
so
r
:
Pollination
(
from 2023
)
.
Relevant former directorshi
p
s
held in last three years includ
e
F
o
rm
e
r
C
h
ai
rm
a
n
:
Lendi
G
roup
(
2020-2021
)
.
Former D
i
rector:
A
bacus
G
roup
Holdings
(
2018-2022
)
and Endeavour
Group Limited (2021-2023)
.
Former Pro
C
hancellor
:
Western
Sydney University (2018-2024)
.
Holly Kramer
Postion
Independent Non-Executive Director since August 2023
12 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
R
elevant other d
i
rectorsh
i
ps
D
i
rector: ANZGHL
(
from 2022
)
, ANZ
G
roup Services Pty Ltd
(
from 2022
)
,
S
onrai Security Inc. (from 2021) and
P
exa Australia Limited
(
from 2023
)
.
A
dv
i
sor: Zoom Video
C
ommunications
,
I
nc
(
from 2018
)
, Box, Inc
(
from 2018
)
and World Fuel Services
(
from 2023
).
Je Smith
Postion
Independent Non-Executive Director since August 2022
C
h
ai
rm
a
n
:
ANZ
Ba
n
k
Ne
w
Zeala
n
d
L
imited
(
from 2024, Director from 2021
)
a
nd Mercur
y
NZ Limited (from 2024,
D
irector from 2017
).
Dir
ector
:
ANZGHL
(
from 2024
)
and the
N
EXT Foundation
(
from 2017
)
.
Relevant former directorshi
p
s
held in last three years includ
e
F
o
rm
e
r
C
h
ai
rm
a
n
:
Fisher
&
Pa
y
kel
Healthcare Corporation Limited
(
2020-2024, Director from 2015
)
.
Former D
i
rector: Fonterra
C
o-o
p
erative
G
roup Limited (2016-2024)
.
Sco St John
Postion
Independent Non-Executive Director since March 2024
13
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Risk management
Constant changes and
uncertainties in the
macroeconomic environment,
climate change and evolving
geopolitical tensions continue to
pose challenges to our operating
conditions. We understand that our
customers are similarly aected by
these as well as additional
challenges such as experiencing
increasing fraud
and scams activities. We
continueto strengthen our risk
management framework and
practices to meet such challenges.
External environment
The Group’s financial performance is
closely linked to the political, economic
and financial conditions in the countries
and regions in which ANZ, its customers
and its counterparties carry on business.
The current external environment is
shaped by significant global events
particularly geopolitical conditions and
climate change that impact economic
stability, regulatory environments and
financial markets.
Geopolitical risk: Elections, conflicts,
and increasing US – China competition
have dominated the geopolitical
environment this year. Conflict in the
Middle East and Europe continue to
impact regional security and supply
chains and have increased market
volatility. Meanwhile, economic security
policymaking has accelerated as large
economies vie for influence, resources,
and industrial expansion. These
dynamics are reshaping trade and
investment flows, yetthe swi
adaptation of these flows underscores
the resilience of the international
system. ANZ established a Geopolitical
Risk function in 2021, which provides
quarterly updates to key risk
commiees, works with country teams
to monitor and manage regional risks,
and this year expanded to provide more
analysis and advice to management on
fast-moving developments.
Climate risk: In November 2023, the
Board Risk Commiee approved climate
risk as a material risk within ANZ’s risk
management framework. Climate risk is
also considered to be a driver of other
risks within our risk management
framework. Work is progressing to
integrate and embed climate risk into
the Group’s risk management
framework through existing policies,
processes and governance frameworks.
It is anticipated that this will be a
multi-year journey, recognising the
complexities and challenges that arise
from an evolving regulatory landscape,
limitations on the availability of and
access to reliable and consistent data,
and the need to upli systems, tools,
and capability across the Group. For
details on our approach to managing
climate risk and actions we are taking
aspart of our Net-Zero Banking Alliance
commitment, refer to our 2024
Climate-related Financial Disclosures
available at
anz.com/annualreport.
OurClimate Change Commitment is
available at
anz.com/esgreport.
T
echnology Disruption and Change:
ANZ serves a diverse customer base,
including retail, small business,
corporates, multinational institutions,
and other financial institutions. We tailor
our digital channels and products to
meet their varying needs. Our payments
services process payments in
29 markets and annually we serve more
than 10 million customers, facilitating
over seven billion payments and capital
flows. The pace of change continues
toaccelerate driven by the dynamic
regulatory landscape, increased
technology disruption from both
traditional and non-traditional
competitors and industry-driven
changes (such as decommission in
legacy clearing streams (BECS &
Cheques); Confirmation of Payee, faster
payment adoption through Asia–Pacific,
ISO20022). This level of change and
disruption necessitates ongoing
vigilance regarding our enhanced
operational resilience, innovation and
compliance capabilities. We are
continually adapting our processes and
systems to meet these evolving
requirements, ensuring that we remain
agile and responsive to the evolving
regulatory, competitive, customer and
technological demands.
14 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
In addition, economic instability including
elevated interest rates, inflationary
pressures and higher cost of living
continue to increase financial stress for
some customers. While households and
businesses have been largely resilient to
date, the Board and management
continually monitor these developing
conditions to set appropriate risk criteria
for a range of potential scenarios. We will
continue to carefully manage our capital
and risk appetite seings so we can
continue to support our customers.
Suncorp Bank integration
On 1st August 2024, we welcomed
~3000Suncorp Bank employees and 1.2
million customers into the ANZ Group. We
believe this acquisition will bring signicant
public benefits and create a stronger,
more competitive bank that will beer
serve our customers. Suncorp Bank has
acomprehensive risk management
framework and policies that operate
eectively. Through the establishment of
the Suncorp Bank Board, and in line with
commitments made, Suncorp Bank has its
own dedicated Management and Board
Risk Commiees. Work is in progress to
ensure asmooth transition of risk
management frameworks and policies,
and eective integration into the ANZ risk
management operating model.
Non-financial risk
During the year APRA required ANZ to
holdan additional operational risk capital
overlay of $250 million (total $750 million)
from 30thSeptember 2024. This increase
was a result of APRA viewing ANZ as
having made insucient progress in
addressing weaknesses in non-financial
risk management. These concerns were
heightened following a number of recent
issues relating to our Markets business.
While there has been a lot of work already
completed in upliing our approach to
non-financial risk management, there is
still more to do, and ANZ remains
commied to geing that work done as
soon as possible. This includes the
adoption of a consistent, simplified,
bank-wide methodology and framework,
from a technology, reporting, and culture
perspective.
Financial crime
We maintain a financial crime risk
management program that anticipates
and navigates criminal threats. The
Financial Crime portfolio continues to be
responsible for ensuring that ANZ meets
its regulatory obligations through its
Anti-Fraud Policy, Anti-Money Laundering/
Counter Terrorism Finance and Sanction
Programs for delivering detection,
investigative and intelligence capability
focused on identifying, mitigating, and
managing financial crime risk to help
protect the community. We also maintain
our partnership with the Australian
Transaction Report and Analysis Centre
(AUSTRAC)-led Fintel Alliance to increase
the resilience of the financial sector to
prevent exploitation by criminals, and
support investigations into serious crime
and national security.
Scams
ANZ continues to invest signicantly as
part of its fight to help protect customers
and the community from scams and other
financial crimes. In 2024, ANZ has
prevented more than $140 million of
customer funds going to cybercriminals
and total ANZ customer scam losses
decreased compared to the previous year.
This is partly due to increased friction we
have put in place to slow down the
payment process for high-risk payments.
We also rely on our enhanced Falcon
technology to detect more suspicious
transactions.
Our latest measures for ANZ Classic
customers include the introduction of a
dedicated team of specialists who handle
calls about fraud and scams, a new Scam
Scoring model that uses AI to boost our
scam detection, and a Mule Detection
model to detect mule accounts and restrict
the movement of scam proceeds. We also
increased personalised warning messages
on Internet Banking when a transaction or
activity is considered high risk. For ANZ Plus
customers, we introduced a suite of scam
safe features including screen share
protection from scammers, location-based
security, risky-app detection, crypto limits
and active call status to detect coaching
from scammers.
We delivered various education initiatives
to improve scam confidence and service
capability for our bankers and customers.
This included for example, new and
enhanced content on ANZ’s security hub
on anz.com, messages and alerts in ANZ’s
digital channels, and the creation of new
mandated security content for frontline
employees to support customer
engagement on security.
We also added a new scams education
module to ANZ’s flagship financial
education program, MoneyMinded, which
equips community professionals with
resources to support their clients identify
and protect themselves from scams.
Emerging risks
ANZ manages and monitors risks in
accordance with our Risk Management
Framework (RMF). In addition to our material
risks – see below – two emerging risks that
we are paying particular aention to are:
Nature: We consider that our most material
nature risks can arise from lending to
customers that have material impacts and/
or dependencies on nature. These risks
can also arise from legal and regulatory
changes, which may impact ANZ directly or
indirectly through our customers. Failure to
manage these risks may lead to financial
and non-financial risks to ANZ.
We acknowledge the need to protect and
restore nature and mitigate biodiversity loss
including as a result of species extinction or
decline, ecosystem degradation and nature
loss. We are seeking to understand the
impacts and dependencies nature can
have on our customers, including how
customers are managing and mitigating
material risks and impacts.
For details on our approach to managing
nature risk refer to our 2024 Climate–
related Financial Disclosures available at
anz.com/annualreport. Our Climate
Change Commitment is available at
anz.com/esgreport.
Artificial Intelligence (AI): At ANZ, we
recognise the opportunity of using AI to
help shape a beer world where
communities thrive. AI has the potential to
drive significant innovation and eciency
in our operations, leading to enhanced
customer experiences and business
growth. With this opportunity comes the
need to act responsibly to mitigate the
potential risks associated with use of AI.
ANZ is adapting our governance and risk
management frameworks to ensure that
AI is adopted safely, in pace with evolving
regulatory standards and the expectations
of our customers.
15
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Risk culture
Risk culture is an important component
ofour organisational culture and
underpins the shared values, behaviours
and practices that influence how risk is
considered in decision making.
ANZ remains commied to strengthening
risk culture, supporting the Group to
meetthe evolving expectations of our
customers, the community and
regulators. Having achieved the target
state in 2023, the enterprise’s risk culture
has not met expectations of continuous
improvement in 2024. Notwithstanding
the strength in managing the Group’s
financial risks across credit, market,
capital, and liquidity, regulatory concerns
around our Markets business and
non-financial risk management are
earnestly under review, ensuring learnings
are captured to support improvement of
risk management behaviours and
practices where appropriate.
Risk culture is actively monitored
anddriven across the Group through
completion of risk culture plans,
enterprise-wide awareness activities and
the continued focus on delivery of the
Group wide non-financial risk framework.
Risk culture is embedded in annual
performance and remuneration, and
recognition programs such as Risk
RoleModels (see section 6 of the
Remuneration Report).
Our Risk Management
Framework (RMF)
The Board is ultimately responsible for
establishing and overseeing the ANZ
Group’s RMF which is supported by the
Group’s underlying systems, structures,
policies, procedures, processes and
people. The Board has delegated authority
to the Board Risk Commiee (BRC) to
develop and monitor compliance with
theGroup’s risk management policies.
The Commiee reports regularly to the
Board on its activities. The key pillars of
ourGroup RMF include:
The Risk Management Strategy (RMS)
which isa critical element of the Group’s
RMF. The RMS includes: how the risk
function is structured to support the
Group’s purpose and strategy, and the
execution of the Group Chief Risk
Ocer’s prescribed responsibilities as
an Accountable Person under the
Financial Accountability Regime; the
values, aitudes and behaviours that
support risk decision-making in
delivering on strategic priorities and a
Board approved target risk culture; a
description of each material risk; and an
overview of how the RMS addresses
each material risk, with reference to the
relevant policies, standards and
procedures. It also includes information
on how the Group identifies, measures,
evaluates, monitors, reports and
controls or mitigates the material risks
and the oversight mechanism and/or
commiees in place.
The Risk Appetite Statement (RAS),
conveys, for each material risk, the
maximum level of risk the Group is
willing to accept in pursuing its strategic
objectives and its operating plans
considering its shareholders’,
depositors’ and customers’ interests.
Risk Principles support the RMF and
outline the behaviours and practices
that are expected to be applied to
guide risk management and help to
instil an appropriate risk culture across
the Group.
The Group operates under the Three
Lines-of-Defence Model. Each line of
defence has clearly defined roles,
responsibilities and escalation paths to
support eective risk management at
ANZ. The three lines of defence model
embeds a culture where risk is
everyone’s responsibility.
The business and enablement functions
form the first lines-of-defence and are
responsible for the implementation and
ongoing maintenance of the RMF
including day-to-day ownership of
risksand controls.
The Risk function forms the second line
of defence, providing independent
oversight of the Group’s risk profile and
RMF, including eective challenge to
activities and decisions that materially
aect the Group’s risk profile and working
with the first line, in developing and
maintaining the RMF.
Internal Audit is the third line of defence,
providing independent evaluation
andobjective assurance on the
appropriateness, eectiveness and
adequacy of the Group’s RMF.
The governance and oversight of risk
management, while embedded in
day-to-day activities, is also the focus of
commiees and regular forums across
thebank (see diagram next page). The
commiees and forums discuss and
monitor known and emerging risks, review
management plans and monitor progress
to address known issues.
16 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
Ex
ecu
tiv
e
Co
mmi
ee
A
NZ’
s
m
os
t
se
ni
o
r
e
x
ecu
tiv
es
m
ee
t
regularly to discuss performance
a
n
d
review s
h
are
d
initiatives.
Enterprise
Accountab
i
l
i
ty
G
rou
p
Group Performance Execution Commiee
A
NZ’s key Mana
g
ement Commiee char
g
ed with
oversight of the
G
roup’s overall operational performance
a
n
d
position an
d
execution o
f
t
h
e operating p
l
an.
Principal Board
C
ommiee
s
G
rou
p
Divisio
n
C
ountr
y
Credit Ratin
g
s
S
ystem
O
versight
Co
mmi
ee
C
a
p
ital and
S
tress Testing
O
versi
g
ht
Co
mmi
ee
Fin
a
n
c
i
a
l
C
rim
e
O
RE
C
S
ub-
C
ommiee
Re
g
ional or
C
ountry Risk
Management
Co
mmi
ees
Country Asset
s
and Liability
C
ommiee
s
C
redit and
Market Risk
Co
mmi
ee
G
roup Asset
a
nd Liability
Co
mmi
ee
O
perational
Risk Executive
Co
mmi
ee
(
OREC
)
E
t
h
ics an
d
R
esponsible
Bus
in
ess
Co
mmi
ee
I
nvestment
C
ommiee
G
roup
Executive
People
Co
mmi
ee
D
ivisional
/
Fu
n
c
t
io
n
a
l
Accountab
i
l
i
ty
G
rou
p
s
D
ivi
s
i
o
n
al
Initiatives Review
C
ommiees
/
Project Advisory
Cou
n
c
il
s
Divisional Risk Mana
g
ement
Co
mmi
ees
Audit
Commiee
Ethics,
Environment,
Social and
Governance
Commiee
Risk
Commiee
Digital Business
and Technology
Commiee
Nomination and
Board Operations
Commiee
People
and Culture
Commiee
Board of Directors
Key Management Commiees
17
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
The material risks facing the Group per the Group’s RMS, and how these risks are managed, are summarised below.
Risk type Description Managing the risk
Capital
Adequacy
Risk
The risk of loss arising from the Group failing
tomaintain the level of capital required by
prudential regulators and other key stakeholders
(shareholders, debt investors, depositors, rating
agencies, etc.) to support the Group’s
consolidated operations and risk appetite.
We pursue an active approach to Capital
Management, which is designed to protect the
interests of depositors, creditors and shareholders
through ongoing review, and Board approval, of
the level and composition of our capital base
against key policy objectives.
Credit Risk
The risk of financial loss resulting from:
A c
ounterparty failing to full its obligations; or
A decrease in credit quality of a counterparty
resulting in a loss.
Our Credit Risk framework is top down, being
defined by credit principles, policies and
requirements. Credit policies, requirements and
procedures cover all aspects of the credit life
cycle from initial approval and risk grading,
through to ongoing management and problem
debt management.
Liquidity and
Funding Risk
The risk that the Group is unable to meet its
payment obligations as they fall due, including:
Repaying depositors or maturing wholesale
debt; or
The Group having insucient capacity to
fundincreases in assets.
The Group recognises the inherent liquidity
andfunding risk in the balance sheet and has
established a set of key principles, to mitigate
andcontrol liquidity and funding risk.
Our framework is top down, being defined by
liquidity principles and policies. A liquidity limit
framework is in place with liquidity limits set based
on a liquidity stress testing framework.
Market Risk
The risk stems from our trading and balance
sheet activities and is the risk to the Group’s
earnings arising from:
Changes in interest rates, foreign exchange
rates, credit spreads, volatility, correlations; or
Fluctuations in bond, commodity or equity
prices.
We have a detailed market risk management and
control framework which includes incorporating an
independent risk measurement approach to
quantify the magnitude of market risk within the
trading and balance sheet portfolios. This
approach identifies the range of possible
outcomes, that can be expected over a given
period of time, and establishes the likelihood of
those outcomes and allocates an appropriate
amount of capital to support these activities.
Strategic Risk
Strategic Risk is defined as the risk that
internal or external factors prevent the Group
from achieving the key strategic goals that are
core to its operations through introduced risk
due to strategy changes, failure to execute the
strategy eectively, or a failure to adapt the
strategy in response to changing
environments and requirements.
Strategic risk may arise from factors such as
changes in the environmental context, failure
to meet strategic targets, and the introduction
of new or heightened risks resulting from
strategic adjustments.
Strategic risks are discussed and managed by the
Executive Commiee (ExCo) through the Group
strategic planning process. Additionally, we
monitor delivery risk associated with High Impact
change initiatives and undertake risk assessments
prior to execution of our strategic changes.
Material risks
18 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
Risk type Description Managing the risk
Climate Risk
Climate risk includes:
Physical risk – arising from both longer-term
changes in climate (chronic risk) as well as
changes to the frequency and magnitude
ofextreme weather events (acute risk).
Examples ofchronic physical risk drivers
include rising sea levels, rising average
temperatures and ocean acidification.
Examples of acute physical risk drivers
include heatwaves, floods, bushfires
andcyclones;
Transition risk – arising from the transition to
a lower emission economy, including changes
in domestic and international policy and
regulatory seings, technological innovation,
social adaptation and market changes; or
Liability risk – in the form of potential litigation
or regulatory action that may arise as a
consequence of afailure to adequately
consider or respond to the impacts of climate
change (including physical and transition
risks). This includes for example, the risk of
greenwashing, which may arise where an
entity is alleged to have misrepresented its
climate-related risks, business credentials
orstrategies.
Following the elevation of climate risk to a material
risk in November 2023, work is progressing to
integrate and embed climate risk into the Group’s
risk management framework through existing
policies, processes and governance frameworks.
While climate risk can be a driver of credit risk
through lending to our customers, it may also
result in other financial risks, e.g. market risk
Climate risks can also be a driver of non-financial
risks including conduct risk, regulatory risk and
operational resilience risk.
Climate-related financial and non-financial risks
are managed through the risk management
strategies associated with these risks.
In 2024, we identied insurability risk as an
emerging risk to the Group and are seeking to
further understand the potential risks and impacts
to our customers.
Non-Financial
Risk
Non-Financial Risk (NFR) is the risk of loss and/
or non-compliance (including failure to act in
accordance with laws, regulations, industry
standards and codes, and internal policies)
resulting from inadequate or failed internal
processes, people, system and/or data, or
fromexternal events. The Group manages NFR
in accordance with the industry-wide
Operational Risk Exchange (ORX) taxonomy,
of16 ‘Risk Themes’, noting some of these
present a higher inherent risk to the Group
such as Conduct, Data, Financial Crime,
Information Security (including Cyber),
Regulatory and Technology.
The Group’s strategy for evolving NFR
management provides a planned and proactive
approach to improving the Group’s NFR
management. The NFR strategy is being
operationalised through the NFR Framework,
which has been designed to enable the Group to
holistically, consistently and eectively identify,
assess, remediate, monitor and report on NFR.
For further information about the principal risks and uncertainties that the ANZBGL
Group faces, refer to Principal Risks and Uncertainties section contained within the
‘2024 United Kingdom Disclosure and Transparency Rules Submission’ available at
anz.com/shareholder/centre/reporting/regulatory-disclosure/
19
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Performance overview
Group performance
The results of the Group’s operations and financial position are set out on pages 20-32. Pages 2-9 outline the Group’s strategy and
prospects. Discussion of our approach to risk management, including a summary of our key material risks, is outlined on pages 14-19.
Discussion or disclosure of further business strategies and prospects for future financial years has not been included in this report because,
in the opinion of the directors, it would be likely to result in unreasonable prejudice to the Group.
Group profit results
2024 2023
1
Statutory Cash Statutory Cash
Income Statement $m $m $m $m
Net interest income 16,037 16,037 16,568 16,568
Other operating income 4,484 4,746 3,910 4,344
Operating income
20,521 20,783 20,478 20,912
Operating expenses (10,669) (10,669) (10,087) (10,087)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
9,852 10,114 10,391 10,825
Credit impairment (charge)/release (406) (406) (245) (245)
Profit before income tax 9,446 9,708 10,146 10,580
Income tax expense (2,816) (2,888) (2,945) (3,072)
Non-controlling interests
(35) (35) (28) (28)
Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company
6,595 6,785 7,173 7,480
1. On 1 October 2023, the Group adopted AASB 17 Insurance Contracts and restated 2023 comparative information. Refer to Note 1 About our financial statements for further details.
Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the Company for the year decreased $578 million on the prior year to $6,595 million.
The Group uses cash profit, a non-IFRS measure, to assess the performance of its business activities. It is an industry-wide measure which
enables comparison with our peer group. We calculate cash profit by adjusting statutory profit for non-core items. In general, it represents the
financial performance of our core business activities. We use cash profit internally to set targets and incentivise our Senior Executives and leaders
through our remuneration plans. Refer to page 21 for adjustments between statutory and cash profit. The adjustments made in arriving at cash
profit are included in statutory profit which is subject to audit within the context of the external auditor’s audit of the 2024 Financial Report. Cash
profit is not subject to audit by the external auditor. Our external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that adjustments between statutory
and cash profit have been determined on a consistent basis across each of the periods presented.
Suncorp Bank acquisition
On 31 July 2024, the Group acquired 100% of the shares in SBGH Limited, the immediate holding company of Suncorp Bank. Suncorp Bank
provides banking and related services to retail, commercial, small and medium enterprises and agribusiness customers in Australia.The transaction
was undertaken to accelerate the growth of the Group’s retail and commercial businesses while also improving the geographic balance of its
business in Australia. The 2024 reported results include 2 months results for Suncorp Bank from the date of acquisition, presented as Suncorp
Bank division.
The Group is currently completing the purchase price allocation exercise to identify, measure and recognise the acquired tangible and intangible
assets and assumed liabilities at their acquisition date fair values. As at 30 September 2024, all values have been recognised on a provisional
basis pending completion of this exercise. The provisional goodwill balance of $1,402 million will be remeasured to take into account any
adjustments from this exercise.
For further information on the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, refer to Note 34 Suncorp Bank acquisition in the Financial Report.
Suncorp Bank acquisition related adjustments
Suncorp Bank’s divisional results for 2024 includes the following acquisition related adjustments recognised by the Group post transaction
completion, with an after tax charge of $196 million:
x Collectively assessed credit impairment charge of $244 million ($171 million after tax) for Suncorp Bank’s performing loans and advances. In
accordance with Australian Accounting Standards requirements, the Group consolidated Suncorp Bank’s loans and advances on 31 July 2024,
however the Group was not permitted to recognise an allowance for ECL on the performing loans and advances, leading to a proportional
reduction in acquisition-related goodwill that would otherwise have been recognised. Subsequently, the Group was required to recognise a
collectively assessed allowance for ECL estimated using the Group’s ECL methodologies, with a corresponding charge recognised in the
Group’s Income Statement.
x Accelerated software amortisation expense of $36 million ($25 million after tax) on alignment to the Group’s software capitalisation policy.
20 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
20
Group performance
Key measures of our financial performance are set out below.
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit ($m)
Adjustments between continuing operations statutory profit and cash profit are summarised below:
A
djustmen
t
Comment for the adjustment
Economic hedges
2024: $264 million loss
2023: $217 million loss
Revenue and expense
hedges
2024: $74 million gain
2023: $90 million loss
The Group enters into economic hedges to manage its interest rate and foreign exchange risk which, in accordance
with accounting standards, result in fair value gains and losses being recognised within the Income Statement. We
remove the fair value adjustments from cash profit since the profit or loss resulting from the hedge transactions will
reverse over time to match with the profit or loss from the economically hedged item as part of cash profit. This
includes gains and losses arising from derivatives not designated in accounting hedge relationships but which are
considered to be economic hedges, including hedges of foreign currency debt issuances and foreign exchange
denominated revenue and expense streams, primarily NZD and USD (and USD correlated), as well as ineffectiveness
from designated accounting hedges.
In the 2024 financial year, losses on economic hedges relate to funding-related swaps, principally from narrowing
USD/EUR currency basis spreads and the weakening of the USD against the AUD. Further losses were driven by the
impact of falling AUD and NZD yield curves on net pay fixed economic hedge positions.
The gain on revenue and expense hedges was mainly due to the appreciation of AUD against the USD and NZD.
1.57
1.70
2024
2023
Net interest margin –
cash (%)
2020
Operating expenses to
operating income - cash (%)
Credit impairment charge
/(release) – cash ($m)
Cash profit
($m)
Return on equity –
cash (%)
Common equity
tier 1 (%)
51.3
48.2
2024
2023
406
245
2024
2023
6,785
7,480
2024
2023
12.2
13.3
2024
2023
9.9
11.2
2024
2023
264
2024 Statutory profit
attributable to shareholders
of the Company
Economic
hedges
Revenue and
expense hedges
2024 Cash profit
attributable to shareholders
of the Company
6,595
(74)
6,785
21
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
21
Group cash profit performance
Cash profit ($m)
2024 2023
$m $m Movt
Net interest income 16,037 16,568 -3%
Other operating income 4,746 4,344 9%
Operating income
20,783 20,912 -1%
Operating expenses (10,669) (10,087) 6%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
10,114 10,825 -7%
Credit impairment (charge)/release (406) (245) 66%
Profit before income tax
9,708 10,580 -8%
Income tax expense (2,888) (3,072) -6%
Non-controlling interests
(35) (28) 25%
Cash profit attributable to shareholders of the Company 6,785 7,480 -9%
Cash profit attributable to shareholders of the Company decreased $695 million (9%) compared with the 2023 financial year.
Net interest income decreased $531 million (3%) driven by a 13 bps decrease in net interest margin, partially offset by a $48.8 billion (5%)
increase in average interest earning assets. The decrease of 13 bps was driven by home loan pricing competition, markets activities impacted by
higher funding costs, primarily on commodity assets, where the related revenues are recognised as other operating income, and higher wholesale
funding issuance volume, partially offset by higher earnings on capital and replicating deposits. The increase in average interest earning assets
was driven by higher Markets activities, lending growth across the Australia Retail, Australia Commercial and New Zealand divisions, and the
acquisition of Suncorp Bank, partially offset by lower lending in the Institutional division.
Other operating income increased $402 million (9%) driven by an increase of $392 million in Markets other operating income from more
favourable trading conditions and higher transaction activity, and $43 million from a loss of disposal of data centres in Australia and $26 million
from unfavourable valuation adjustments, both in the prior year. This was partially offset by a $91 million decrease in share of associates’ profit.
Operating expenses increased $582 million (6%) driven by inflationary impacts, higher costs associated with strategic initiatives, the impact from
the acquisition of Suncorp Bank and restructuring costs. This was partially offset by productivity initiatives and the initial one-off levy under the
Compensation Scheme of Last Resort (CSLR) in 2023.
Credit impairment increased $161 million (66%) driven by a $110 million increase in collectively assessed credit impairment driven by $244
million from Suncorp Bank, partially offset by improvement in economic outlook, and a $51 million increase in individually assessed credit
impairment.
402
177
2023 Cash profit
attributable to
shareholders of the
Company
Net interest
income
Other
operating
income
Operating
expenses
Credit
impairment
Income tax
expense &
non-controlling
interests
2024 Cash profit
attributable to
shareholders of the
Company
7,480
(531)
(582)
(161)
6,785
22 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
22
Analysis of cash profit performance
Net interest income
Group net interest margin (bps)
2024 2023
$m $m Movt
Net interest income
1
16,037 16,568 -3%
Net interest margin (%) - cash
1
1.57 1.70 -13 bps
Average interest earning assets
1,024,290 975,540 5%
Average deposits and other borrowings
859,844 825,113 4%
1.
Includes the major bank levy of -$389 million (2023: -$353 million).

Net interest income decreased $531 million (3%) driven by a 13 bps decrease in net interest margin, partially offset by a $48.8 billion (5%)
increase in average interest earning assets.
Net interest margin decreased 13 bps driven by home loan pricing competition, markets activities impacted by higher funding costs, primarily on
commodity assets where the related revenues are recognised as other operating income, higher wholesale funding issuance volume, partially
offset by higher earnings on capital and replicating deposits.
Average interest earning assets increased $48.8 billion (5%) driven by higher Markets activities, lending growth across the Australia Retail,
Australia Commercial, and New Zealand divisions and the acquisition of Suncorp Bank, partially offset by lower lending in the Institutional division.
Average deposits and other borrowings increased $34.7 billion (4%) driven by higher term deposits, the acquisition of Suncorp Bank, and higher
commercial paper, partially offset by lower repurchase agreements.
5
2023 Cash
net interest
margin
Assets
pricing
Deposits
pricing and
wholesale funding
Assets and
funding mix
Capital and
replicating
portfolio
Suncorp
Bank impact
2024 Cash
net interest
margin subtotal
Markets activities 2024 Cash
net interest
margin
170
(8)
(2)
0
0165
(8)
157
23
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
23
Other operating income
Other operating income ($m)
2024 2023
$m $m Movt
Net fee and commission income
1
1,854 1,855 0%
Markets other operating income 2,315 1,923 20%
Share of associates' profit/(loss)
134 225 -40%
Other
1
443 341 30%
Total cash other operating income
2
4,746 4,344 9%
1.
Excluding the Markets business unit.
2.
Suncorp Bank division contributed $6 million in 2024 for the 2 months ended post acquisition.
Net fee and commission income decreased $1 million driven by a decrease in non-lending fees in the Australia Commercial division, and lower
cards revenue in the Australia Retail division. This was partially offset by higher transaction activity in the Institutional division.
Markets other operating income increased $392 million (20%) driven by increases in Franchise Revenue across most product groups from more
favourable trading conditions and higher transaction activity, an increase in derivative valuation adjustments with gains from favourable credit and
funding spreads, partially offset by lower Balance Sheet revenues from the impact of fewer short-term interest rate increases than prior year.
Share of associates' profit decreased $91 million (40%) driven by loss of equity accounted earnings following the disposal of AMMB Holdings
Berhad (AmBank), and a decrease in the Group’s equity accounted share of profit from P.T Bank Pan Indonesia (PT Panin).
Other income increased $102 million (30%) primarily driven by the net increase from non-recurring items in the prior year (including unfavourable
valuation adjustments, loss on disposal of data centres, and favourable adjustment to gain on sale relating to the completed UDC Finance
divestment), and a release of excess provision following legal settlements. This was partially offset by lower gains from recycling of foreign
currency translation reserves from other comprehensive income to Income Statement on dissolution of a number of international entities, and a
loss on disposal of investment in AmBank.
392
102
2023 Cash
other
operating
income
Net fee and
commission
income
Markets
other
operating
income
Share of
associates’
profit/(loss)
Other 2024 Cash
other
operating
income
4,344
(91)
4,746
(1)
1
1
24 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
24
Operating expenses
Operating expenses ($m)
2024 2023
$m $m Movt
Personnel
6,140 5,736 7%
Premises
688 684 1%
Technology
1,894 1,686 12%
Restructuring
235 169 39%
Other
1,712 1,812 -6%
Total cash operating expenses
1
10,669 10,087 6%
Full time equivalent staff
2
42,142 40,119 5%
Average full time equivalent staff 40,379 39,444 2%
1.
Suncorp Bank contributed $188 million in 2024 for the 2 months post acquisition. Excluding Suncorp Bank division, total operating expense increased 4%.
2.
Includes 2,798 FTE from Suncorp Bank division. Excluding Suncorp Bank division, FTE decreased 2%.
Personnel expenses increased $404 million (7%) driven by inflationary impacts on wages including an increase in leave provisions, impact from
acquisition of Suncorp Bank and higher resourcing associated with strategic initiatives. This was partially offset by benefits from productivity
initiatives.
Technology expenses increased $208 million (12%) driven by higher software licence costs, inflationary impacts on vendor costs and the impact
from acquisition of Suncorp Bank including accelerated amortisation expense on alignment to the Group’s software capitalisation policy. This was
partially offset by benefits from technology simplification.
Restructuring expenses increased $66 million (39%) driven by operational changes across the Group.
Other expenses decreased $100 million (6%) driven by the initial one-off CSLR levy in the September 2023 full year and benefits from
productivity initiatives. This was partially offset by the impact from acquisition of Suncorp Bank.
404
4
208
66
2023 Cash
operating
expenses
Personnel Premises Technology Restructuring Other 2024 Cash
operating
expenses
10,087
(100)
10,669
25
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
25
Credit impairment
2024 2023 Movt
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) ($m) 262 152 72%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) ($m) 144 93 55%
Credit impairment charge/(release) ($m)
406 245 66%
Gross impaired assets ($m)
1,693 1,521 11%
Credit risk weighted assets ($b) 361.2 349.0 3%
Total allowance for expected credit losses (ECL) ($m)
4,555 4,408 3%
Individually assessed allowance for ECL as % of gross impaired assets
18.2% 24.7%
Collectively assessed allowance for ECL as % of credit risk weighted assets
1.18% 1.16%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) ($m)
The collectively assessed impairment charge of $262 million for 2024 was driven by acquisition accounting related adjustments for Suncorp
Bank, deterioration in credit risk profile across all divisions, and portfolio growth. This was partially offset by improvement in economic outlook and
a reduction in management temporary adjustments as anticipated risks are more represented in portfolio credit profiles. The collectively assessed
impairment charge of $152 million for 2023 was driven by deterioration in the economic outlook and credit risk. This was partially offset by
favourable changes in portfolio composition, particularly in the Institutional division.
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) ($m)
The individually assessed credit impairment charge increased $51 million (55%) driven by increases in the Australia Commercial division from SME
Banking portfolio, the Australia Retail division from unsecured portfolio and the New Zealand division from the Business & Agri portfolio, partially
offset by a decrease in the Institutional division due to lower new impairment flows.
244
262
88
16
3
2023 Collectively
assessed credit
impairment charge
Australia
Retail
Australia
Commercial
Institutional New Zealand Suncorp Bank Pacific Group Centre 2024 Collectively
assessed credit
impairment charge
152
(84)
(57)
(100)
93
144
20
30
16
4
2023 Individually
assessed credit
impairment charge
Australia
Retail
Australia
Commercial
Institutional New Zealand Suncorp Bank Pacific
0
Group Centre 2024 Individually
assessed credit
impairment charge
(18)
(1)
26 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report26
Gross impaired assets by division ($m)
Gross impaired assets increased $172 million (11%) driven by an increase in the Australia Retail division due to restructured home loan facilities,
the acquisition of Suncorp Bank, an increase in the Australia Commercial due to deterioration in the SME Banking portfolio, and an increase in the
New Zealand division due to portfolio deterioration across all portfolios. This was partially offset by a decrease in the Institutional division due to the
upgrade of several single name exposures, and the Pacific division due to reduced restructured exposures.
Total allowance for expected credit losses ($m)
The increase in total allowance for expected credit losses was driven by a $215 million increase in the collectively assessed allowance for
expected credit losses, partially offset by a $68 million decrease in the individually assessed allowance for expected credit losses.
The increase in collectively assessed allowance for expected credit losses was driven by deterioration in credit risk profile across all divisions
($267 million), the additional allowance for ECL from Suncorp Bank ($248 million), and portfolio growth ($88 million). This was partially offset by
reduction in management temporary adjustments ($201 million), improvement in economic outlook ($136 million), and reduction from foreign
currency translation and other impacts ($51 million).
The decrease in individually assessed allowance for expected credit losses was driven by a decrease in the Institutional division due to lower new
impairment flows and continued write-backs.
350
43
36
66
2023 Gross
impaired assets
Australia
Retail
Australia
Commercial
Institutional New Zealand Suncorp Bank Pacific Group Centre 2024 Gross
impaired assets
1,521
(278)
(45)
01,693
14
248
3
2023 Total
allowance
for expected
credit losses
Australia
Retail
Australia
Commercial
Institutional New Zealand Suncorp Bank Pacific Group Centre 2024 Total
allowance
for expected
credit losses
4,408
(38)
(55)
(10)
(15)
4,555
27
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
27
Divisional performance
Australia
Australia New Suncorp Group
2024 Retail Commercial Institutional Zealand Bank
2
Pacific Centre Group
Net interest margin
1
1.91% 2.59% 0.75% 2.57% 1.93% 3.88% n/a 1.57%
Operating expenses to operating income 59.7% 43.0% 41.7% 38.8% 73.2% 64.5% n/a 52.0%
Cash profit ($m)
1,607 1,342 2,858 1,536 (122) 60 (496) 6,785
Net loans and advances ($b) 332.5 65.0 210.5 123.5 70.9 1.7 - 804.0
Customer deposits ($b) 176.8 116.3 264.4 100.9 54.7 3.6 (0.1) 716.6
Number of FTE
10,832 3,294 6,272 6,756 2,798 985 11,205 42,142
Australia Australia New Suncorp Group
2023 Retail Commercial Institutional Zealand Bank Pacific Centre Group
Net interest margin
1
2.22% 2.70% 0.89% 2.64% - 3.91% n/a 1.70%
Operating expenses to operating income 54.3% 39.6% 40.5% 36.5% - 69.7% n/a 49.3%
Cash profit ($m) 1,938 1,440 2,949 1,546 - 71 (464) 7,480
Net loans and advances ($b) 312.2 61.6 210.2 121.8 - 1.7 0.1 707.7
Customer deposits ($b) 164.8 113.4 266.5 99.1 - 3.7 (0.1) 647.4
Number of FTE 11,313 3,514 6,366 6,766 - 1,013 11,147 40,119
1.
The net interest margin excluding Markets business unit was 2.35% (2023: 2.39%) for the Group and 2.38% (2023: 2.31%) for the Institutional division.
2.
Suncorp Bank 2024 Cash profit includes Suncorp Bank acquisition related adjustment charge after tax of $196 million.
28 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
28
Divisional performance
Australia Retail
Lending volumes increased driven by home loan growth. Net interest margin decreased driven by margin contraction from home loan
and deposit pricing competition, unfavourable deposit mix with a shift towards lower margin term deposits, and higher net funding
costs. This was partially offset by higher earnings on capital and replicating portfolio. Operating expenses increased driven by
inflationary impacts and incremental costs associated with strategic initiatives including ANZ Plus, partially offset by lower restructuring
expense, and benefits from productivity initiatives. Credit impairment charge decreased primarily driven by lower collectively assessed
credit impairment, partially offset by higher individually assessed credit impairment charge due to higher new impairment flows in the
unsecured portfolio.
Australia Commercial
Lending volumes increased driven by Diversified & Specialist Businesses, partially offset by lower lending in Central Functions and SME
Banking. Net interest margin decreased driven by unfavourable deposit mix with a shift towards lower margin term deposits, asset
margin contraction from pricing competition, and higher net funding costs. This was offset by favourable deposit margins and higher
earnings on capital and replicating portfolio. Other operating income decreased driven by a decrease in non-lending fees and a gain on
sale of Investment Lending business in the prior year. Operating expenses increased driven by higher restructuring expense and
inflationary impacts, partially offset by benefits from productivity initiatives. Credit impairment charge decreased driven by lower
collectively assessed credit impairment, partially offset by higher individually assessed credit impairment charge due to higher new
impairment flows in the SME Banking portfolio.
Institutional
Lending volumes increased driven by higher Markets balances, partially offset by lower core lending in Transaction Banking. Net interest
margin ex-Markets increased driven by higher earnings on capital. Other operating income increased driven by higher Markets
revenues in the customer franchise business lines. Operating expenses increased driven by inflationary impacts and higher restructuring
expense, partially offset by benefits from productivity initiatives. Credit impairment release decreased driven by higher collectively
assessed credit impairment, partially offset by higher individually assessed credit impairment release due to lower new impairment flows.
New Zealand
Lending volumes increased driven by home loan growth, partially offset by contraction in business lending. Net interest margin
decreased driven by unfavourable deposit margin, unfavourable deposit mix with a shift towards lower margin term deposits. This was
partially offset by lower net funding costs and higher earnings on capital. Other operating income decreased driven by a gain on
disposal of data centres in New Zealand in the prior year. Operating expenses increased driven by inflationary pressure, higher
restructuring expense and seasonal factors, partially offset by benefits from productivity initiatives. Credit impairment charge decreased
driven by lower collectively assessed credit impairment flows, partially offset by higher individually assessed credit impairment due to
higher new impairments mainly in the Business & Agri portfolio.
Suncorp Bank
2024 results include 2 months results from the date of acquisition. This includes acquisition related adjustments of $196 million loss
after tax comprising a collectively assessed credit impairment charge of $244 million ($171 million after tax) for Suncorp Bank’s
performing loans and advances, and an accelerated software amortisation expense of $36 million ($25 million after tax) on alignment to
the Group’s software capitalisation policy.
Pacific
Cash profit decreased driven by lower credit impairment release, partially offset by lower expenses and higher other operating income.
Group Centre
Cash loss increased primarily driven by lower equity accounted earnings and a loss on sale following the disposal of AmBank, partially
offset by increases driven by a number of non-recurring items in the prior year, including unfavourable valuation adjustment from
investments measured at fair value through profit or loss in the prior year, and a loss on disposal of data centres in Australia.
29
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
29
Financial position of the Group
Condensed balance sheet
As at
2024 2023
$b $b Movt
Assets
Cash / Settlement balances owed to ANZ / Collateral paid 166.5 186.1 -11%
Trading assets and investment securities
186.0 134.0 39%
Derivative financial instruments
54.4 60.4 -10%
Net loans and advances
804.0 707.7 14%
Other
18.7 17.9 4%
Total assets
1,229.6 1,106.1 11%
Liabilities
Settlement balances owed by ANZ / Collateral received 22.8 29.6 -23%
Deposits and other borrowings
905.2 815.2 11%
Derivative financial instruments
55.3 57.5 -4%
Debt issuances
156.4 116.0 35%
Other
21.1 18.7 13%
Total liabilities
1,160.8 1,037.0 12%
Total equity 68.8 69.1 0%
Cash / Settlement balances owed to ANZ / Collateral paid decreased $19.6 billion (10%) driven by decreases in balances with central banks,
and settlement balances owed to ANZ, and the impact of foreign currency translation. This was partially offset by increases in reverse repurchase
agreements and overnight interbank deposits.
Trading assets and investment securities increased $52.0 billion (39%) driven by an increase in government and semi-government bonds, and
treasury bills, and the acquisition of Suncorp Bank ($11.6 billion), partially offset by the impact of foreign currency translation.
Net loans and advances increased $96.3 billion (14%) driven by the acquisition of Suncorp Bank ($70.9 billion), increases in the Australia Retail
($20.3 billion) and New Zealand ($3.2 billion) divisions due to home loan growth, and higher lending volumes in the Institutional ($5.2 billion) and
Australia Commercial ($3.5 billion) divisions, partially offset by the impact of foreign currency translation.
Settlement balances owed by ANZ / Collateral received decreased $6.9 billion (23%) driven by decreases in collateral received and cash clearing
accounts.
Deposits and other borrowings increased $90.0 billion (11%) driven by the acquisition of Suncorp Bank ($62.3 billion), higher customer deposits
in the Australia Retail ($12.0 billion), Institutional ($7.2 billion), New Zealand ($3.1 billion) and Australia Commercial ($2.9 billion) divisions, increases
in commercial paper ($14.5 billion), and deposits from banks and repurchase agreements ($8.8 billion), partially offset by the impact of foreign
currency translation.
Debt issuances increased $40.4 billion (35%) driven by the issue of new senior and subordinated debt, including ANZ Capital Notes 9, partially
offset by the redemption of ANZ Capital Notes 4, and the acquisition of Suncorp Bank ($16.6 billion).
Total equity decreased $0.3 billion (0%) driven by capital returned from ANZBGL to ANZGHL to fund $2 billion share buy-back, partially offset by
an increase in retained earnings.
30 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
30
Liquidity
Average
2024 2023
Total liquid assets ($b)
1
273.9 268.3
Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR)
1
133% 130%
1.
Full year average, calculated as prescribed per APRA Prudential Regulatory Standard (APS 210 Liquidity) and consistent with APS 330 requirements.
The Group holds a portfolio of high quality unencumbered liquid assets in order to protect the Group’s liquidity position in a severely stressed
environment, as well as to meet regulatory requirements. High Quality Liquid Assets comprise three categories, with the definitions consistent with
Basel 3 LCR:
x Highest-quality liquid assets (HQLA1): Cash, highest credit quality government, central bank or public sector securities eligible for repurchase
with central banks to provide same-day liquidity.
x High-quality liquid assets (HQLA 2): High credit quality government, central bank or public sector securities, high quality corporate debt
securities and high quality covered bonds eligible for repurchase with central banks to provide same-day liquidity.
x Alternative liquid assets (ALA): Eligible securities listed by the RBNZ.
The Group monitors and manages the size and composition of its liquid assets portfolio on an ongoing basis in line with regulatory requirements
and the risk appetite set by the ANZBGL Board.
The LCR remained above the regulatory minimum of 100% throughout this period.
Funding
2024 2023
$b $b
Customer liabilities (funding)
729.5 659.1
W
holesale funding 376.6 316.8
Shareholders’ equit
y
68.8 69.1
T
otal funding
1
1,174.9 1,045.0
Net Stable Funding Ratio 116% 116%
1
Includes $79.1 billion of funding from the acquisition of Suncorp Bank.
The Group targets a diversified funding base, avoiding undue concentrations by investor type, maturity, market source and currency.
Net Stable Funding Ratio remained above the regulatory minimum of 100% throughout this period.
During 2024, the ANZBGL Group issued $41.6 billion of term wholesale funding (including $3.7 billion of pre-funding for the September 2025 full
year, $1.4 billion of Suncorp Bank issuance and $0.8 billion of perpetual subordinated notes issued by ANZ Holdings (New Zealand) Limited). In
addition, $1.7 billion of APRA compliant Additional Tier 1 capital and $0.3 billion of RBNZ compliant additional tier 1 capital was issued.
31
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
31
Capital management
2024 2023 Movt
Common Equity Tier 1 (Level 2)
- APRA Basel III 12.2% 13.3%
Credit risk weighted assets ($b) 361.2 349.0 3%
Total risk weighted assets ($b) 446.6 433.3 3%
APRA Leverage Ratio 4.7% 5.4%
The Group’s capital management framework includes managing to Board approved risk appetite settings and maintaining all regulatory
requirements. APRA requirements at Level 1 and Level 2 include ANZ operating at or above APRA’s expectation for Domestic Systematically
Important Banks (D-SIBs).
APRA, under the authority of the Banking Act 1959, sets minimum regulatory requirements for banks including what is acceptable as regulatory
capital and provides methods of measuring the risks incurred by ANZ Bank Group.
The ANZ Bank Group’s Common Equity Tier 1 ratio was 12.2% based on APRA Basel III standards, exceeding APRA’s minimum requirements. It
decreased 114 bps driven by the impact of dividends paid during the year, acquisition of Suncorp Bank, the transfer of capital from ANZBGL to
ANZGHL to fund $2 billion share buy-back, and underlying RWA movement. This was partially offset by cash earnings, proceeds from disposal of
investment in AmBank and mortgage RWA modelling initiatives.
At 30 September 2024, ANZ Bank Group’s leverage ratio was 4.7% which is above the 3.5% minimum for internal ratings-based approach ADI,
including ANZ.
Dividends
ANZBGL paid the following dividends during the year:
x
$ 2,771 million 2023 final dividend to ANZ BH Pty Ltd on 22 December 2023;
x
$ 2,496 million 2024 interim dividend to ANZ BH Pty Ltd on 1 July 2024.
On 7 November 2024, the Directors proposed a final dividend of $2,472 million be paid on 20 December 2024, to ANZ BH Pty Ltd.
Further details on dividends paid during the year ended 30 September 2024 are set out in Note 6 Dividends in the Financial Report.
32 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
32
Page intentionally le blank
33
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Remuneration report
Holly Kramer
Chair – People & Culture
Commiee
2024 Remuneration
Report – audited
Dear Shareholder,
Following a record performance in 2023,
the ANZ team has delivered another year
of strong financial results, along with
significant progress on our strategic
agenda, including completion of the
acquisition of Suncorp Bank and
significant growth in customers joining
ourANZ Plus platform. For shareholders,
we have delivered 27% Total Shareholder
Return (TSR) in financial year 2024, and
wealso announced an on market share
buy-back in May 2024.
Two years ago, the Board revised the
executive remuneration structure to
ensure compliance with CPS 511
Remuneration and to ensure that the
Board had levers within the framework to
take into account business and leadership
performance, as well as the management
of financial and non-financial risk. This
year, the Board applied these levers with
respect to 2024 remuneration outcomes,
including as a result of a series of issues
stemming from our Markets business, and
an additional $250m capital overlay
imposed by APRA due to Non-Financial
Risk (NFR) maers. (Note: these issues are
outlined in the ‘Chairman’s message’ of the
Annual Report, and in this report we have
referenced the specific instances where
consequences have been considered and
applied, with an overall summary outlined
in Section 6).
Notwithstanding these issues, the
Boardconsiders that the business has
performed well in 2024, and financial
Contents
1. Who is covered by
this report 36
2. Remuneration at
a glance 37
3. Historical information 38
4. Executive performance
and remuneration
framework overview 40
5. Executive remuneration
outcomes 47
6. Accountability and
Consequence Framework 57
7. Non-Executive
Director (NED)
remuneration 60
8. Remuneration
governance 62
9. Other remuneration
information 64
risks have been well managed.
Therefore, the challenge has been to
balance the reward for good overall
performance, with the need to apply
consequences fairly and appropriately to
reflect the impact of these recent events
on ANZ’s reputation, and customer,
shareholder and regulator confidence.
2024 remuneration outcomes
Short Term Variable Remuneration
(STVR) – Awarded
The ANZ Group Scorecard performance
isa key component informing STVR
outcomes for the Chief Executive Ocer
(CEO) and Disclosed Executives, as well as
the majority of ANZ Group employees. The
2024 Group Scorecard performance was
assessed at 99% of target. However, with
the application of the Risk Modifier, the
overall scorecard performance reduced
to90%/Below Target.
In order to improve clarity and alignment
to the ANZ Group Scorecard, the Board
determined that for 2024, the CEO’s STVR
would be based on 100% of the ANZ
Group Scorecard results, with allowance
for a CEO Leadership Modier adjustment
focused on the CEO’s leadership of key
strategic priorities and risk management
(Section 5.1.2).
In the Board’s assessment, the CEO
Shayne Ellio, has continued to
demonstrate good leadership of the
Group and we have therefore assessed
him as on target for the CEO Leadership
Modier component of his assessment.
Specifically, his leadership of key strategic
objectives has positioned ANZ well for the
future, and he is consistently a role model
of ANZ’s values and behaviours. Given,
however, that the CEO has ultimate
accountability for the broader Group’s
performance, the CEO needs to bear
appropriate accountability for the impact
of the Markets and NFR maers. As a
result, the Board applied its discretion
andassessed the CEO’s performance
asBelow Target, and determined the
appropriate 2024 STVR outcome was
65% of target opportunity (52% of
maximum opportunity).
For Disclosed Executives, the Board
approved 2024 STVR outcomes which
range from 50% to 88% of target (average
34 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report34
34 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
75%). This reflects their individual and
Divisional performance, the Below Target
assessment for Group performance,
collective accountability for the NFR
maers, and individual consequences
(where relevant) for the Markets maers.
Long Term Variable Remuneration
(LTVR) – Lapsed/Granted
The performance rights granted in late
2019 to the CEO and relevant Disclosed
Executives did not meet the hurdles when
tested at the end of the performance
period in November 2023, therefore 100%
of these performance rights lapsed.
Last year, the 2024 LTVR (comprised of
50% performance rights and 50%
restricted rights), was granted to the CEO
and Disclosed Executives at full
opportunity, following the Board’s pre grant
assessment in October 2023 for restricted
rights, determining that no reduction was
required. For the CEO, the 2024 LTVR grant
was $3,375,000, noting that LTVR is future
focused and vests over time.
In considering the pre grant assessment
for the 2025 LTVR, the Board has chosen
to adjust the restricted rights (which make
up 50% of LTVR at full opportunity),
downward by 10%, due to the risk maers
discussed above. The CEO’s proposed
2025 LTVR of $3,206,250, will be subject
to a shareholder vote at the upcoming
2024 Annual General Meeting (AGM).
Fixed remuneration
Eective for 2024, Disclosed Executives
(excluding the CEO), received a Fixed
Remuneration (FR) adjustment to maintain
or improve market positioning. There were
no further increases to FR for 2024.
Changes to the way we
remunerate executives
(from2024 onward)
For LTVR awards of performance rights,
only from financial year 2024 onward,
theBoard approved in July 2023:
the removal of DBS Bank Limited from
the Select Financial Services (SFS)
relative TSR comparator group, to beer
balance the weighting of international
peers in our comparator group; and
that Compound Annual Growth Rate
(CAGR) targets for the absolute CAGR
TSR hurdle be based on the time
weighted Cost of Capital (CoC) over the
four-year performance period rather
than the CoC at the start of the period,
to beer reflect cyclical factors
impacting shareholders.
In addition, post the Suncorp Bank
acquisition and applicable to both awards
currently on foot and future LTVR awards
of performance rights, the Board approved
the removal of Suncorp Group Limited
from the relative TSR SFS comparator
group (Section 9.1).
Holly Kramer
Chair – People & Culture Commiee
Changes to the way we
remunerate executives
(from 2025 onward)
In 2024, the People & Culture
Commiee recommended, and
the Board approved, changes to
the ANZ Group Scorecard and
performance approach for
financial year 2025 onward.
Theintention is to provide a
greater focus on fewer, more
meaningful objectives that will
drive sustainable long-term
performance, and to provide a
more transparent link between
performance and remuneration
outcomes. This approach is also
consistent with shareholder
feedback.
The key changes arising from this
review will be eective from 2025,
and are summarised as follows:
reduction in the number of
objectives and indicators;
provision of weightings for each
objective rather than at the
category level only;
introduction of threshold/target/
stretch targets for each indicator;
increase in the performance
assessment weighting for Group
performance for frontline
Disclosed Executives, from 25%
to 40%, to recognise the increase
in Group-wide priorities (excluding
Group Executive and CEO, New
Zealand); and
increase in the weighting of
financial measures from 40% to
50% in our Group and Divisional
Scorecards.
Non-Executive
Director (NED) fees
For 2024 there was a 2% upli to the
NEDmember fee, and uplis to fees for
Commiee chairs and members. There
was no change to the fees for the Board
Chair (Section 7.1).
In closing, and on behalf of my Board
colleagues, I’d like to thank all of our
ANZemployees for their important
contributions this past year. While the
year has been marked by some
challenges in the bank, underlying
performance was strong and we have
made meaningful progress on our
long-term goals.
35
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
35
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
The Remuneration Report for Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZBGL) outlines our remuneration
strategy and structure and the remuneration practices that apply to Key Management Personnel (KMP). This report has
been prepared, and audited, as required by the Corporations Act 2001. It forms part of the Directors’ Report.
This report includes disclosures for the full financial year 2024 (1 October 2023 to 30 September 2024). Ordinary shares and employee
equity (deferred shares, deferred share rights, restricted rights and performance rights) held prior to 3 January 2023
1
were previously
ANZBGL related equity – post the listing of ANZGHL, the equity was converted to ANZGHL related equity. References to ‘the Board’
throughout this report mean the Boards of ANZGHL and ANZBGL.
Section 5.1.1 ANZ Group Scorecard – approach and 2024 outcomes relates to ANZGHL rather than ANZBGL given this forms the basis
for determining performance and remuneration outcomes for the CEO and Disclosed Executives.
KMP are Directors of the Group (or entity)
(whether executive directors or otherwise),
and those personnel with a key
responsibility for the strategic direction
and management of the Group (or entity)
(i.e., members of the Group Executive
Commiee (ExCo)) who have Financial
Accountability Regime (FAR) Accountability
and who report to the CEO (referred to as
Disclosed Executives).
1.1 Disclosed Executive
and Non-Executive Director
changes
There were several changes to our KMP
during the 2024 year:
Ilana Atlas and John Macfarlane retired
as Non-Executive Directors (NEDs) on
21 December 2023, at the conclusion
of the 2023 AGM.
John Cincoa and Richard Gibb
commenced as NEDs on
15 February 2024.
Following Sir John Key retiring as
a NED on 14 March 2024, Sco
St John commenced as a NED on
25 March 2024.
Richard Howell concluded as Acting
Group Executive, Talent & Culture on
8 October 2023 following the
appointment of Elisa Clements to the
role of Group Executive, Talent &
Culture, eective 9 October 2023.
1.2 Key Management Personnel (KMP)
The KMP whose remuneration is disclosed in this year’s report are:
2024 Non-Executive Directors (NEDs) – Current
P O’Sullivan Chairman
J Cincoa Director from 15 February 2024 (ANZBGL NED only)
R Gibb Director from 15 February 2024
J Halton Director
G Hodges Director (ANZBGL NED only)
H Kramer Director
C O’Reilly Director
J Smith Director
S St John Director from 25 March 2024
2024 Non-Executive Directors (NEDs) – Former
I Atlas Former Director – retired 21 December 2023
J Key Former Director – retired 14 March 2024
J Macfarlane Former Director – retired 21 December 2023
2024 Chief Executive Ocer (CEO) and Disclosed Executives – Current
S Ellio CEO and Executive Director
M Carnegie Group Executive, Australia Retail
E Clements Group Executive, Talent & Culture (GE T&C) from 9 October 2023
K Corbally Chief Risk Ocer (CRO)
F Faruqui Chief Financial Ocer (CFO)
G Florian Group Executive, Technology & Group Services
C Morgan Group Executive, Australia Commercial
A Strong Group Executive, Strategy & Transformation
A Watson Group Executive and CEO, New Zealand
M Whelan Group Executive, Institutional
2024 Disclosed Executives – Former
R Howell Former Acting Group Executive, Talent & Culture (GE T&C) – concluded
in role 8 October 2023
No changes to KMP since the end of 2024 up to the date of signing the
Directors’ Report.
1. ANZ Group Holdings Limited (ANZGHL) replaced Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZBGL) as the listed entity on 3 January 2023 under a scheme of arrangement
approved by shareholders at the AGM on 15 December 2022.
1. Who is covered by this report
1.1 Disclosed Executive and Non-Executive Director changes
1.2 Key Management Personnel (KMP)
36 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
36 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
2. Remuneration at a glance
CEO: Disclosed Executives: NEDs:
No Fixed Remuneration (FR) increase.
Awarded STVR of 65% of target (52%
of maximum opportunity), reflecting
his overall performance assessment
ofBelow Target.
Awarded LTVR of $3,375,000
(following 2023 AGM shareholder
approval).
Received 2024 total remuneration of
$4.1m (inclusive of the value of prior
equity awards which vested in 2024)
(Section 5.3).
Received a Fixed Remuneration
adjustment eective 1October 2023
to maintain or improve market
positioning (approved October 2023
by the Board) – no further FR
increases for 2024.
Awarded STVR outcomes averaging
75% of target (60% of maximum
opportunity), with individual outcomes
ranging from 50% to 88% of target
(40% to 71% of maximum
opportunity).
Awarded LTVR full opportunity of
135% of FR (100% of FR for the CRO)
– as LTVR is future focused, 2024
LTVR awards were approved in
October 2023 by the Board.
Following the 2024 NED fees review in
September 2023 (approved by the
People & Culture Commiee):
Received a 2% increase to the NED
member fee to $245,000 (unchanged
since 2016).
Aligned fee structure across all
Commiees increasing each
Commiee chair fee to $68,000
and each Commiee member fee
to $34,000.
Board Chairman fee remains
unchanged.
Restricted rights and performance rights outcomes:
2024 LTVR restricted rights made at full award value following the 2024 LTVR
pregrant assessment in October 2023 by the Board.
100% of the 2019 performance rights award granted in late 2019 were lapsed, as
performance hurdles were not met when tested in November 2023 – end of the
performance period.
For 2024
37
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
37
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
3. Historical information
3.1 Five-year ANZ financial performance summary
3.2 Historical performance and remuneration outcomes
3.3 ANZ TSR performance (1 to 10 years)
3.1 Five-year ANZ financial performance summary
When determining variable remuneration outcomes for the CEO, Disclosed Executives and employees, a range of dierent financial
indicators are considered. The Group uses cash profit as a measure of performance for the Group’s ongoing business activities, as
this provides a basis to assess Group and Divisional performance against earlier periods and against peer institutions.
The adjustments made in arriving at cash profit are included in statutory profit which is subject to audit. Although cash profit is not
audited, the external auditor has informed the Audit Commiee that the cash profit adjustments have been determined on a
consistent basis across each period presented.
2024 statutory profit is down 8% compared to the prior financial year, while cash profit is down 9%, with both metrics impacted by
one-o Suncorp Bank acquisition related adjustments. Excluding the one-o adjustments, statutory profit is down 5% and cash profit
is down 7%.
During 2024 the Group commenced a $2billion share buy-back to return surplus capital to its shareholders, which up to
30September 2024 has resulted in the Group returning $883m of capital to shareholders via the acquisition of 30 million shares
onthe market.
ANZ’s financial performance
1
, including cash profit
2
, over the last five years.
1. The Group completed the divestment of its Aligned Dealer Group business, its Onepath Pensions and Investment business, and life insurance business across the 2020 and 2019
financial years. The financial results of these divested businesses were treated as discontinued operations in the 2022, 2021 and 2020 years. The Group ceased reporting discontinued
and continuing operations from completion in 2022. On 1 October 2023, the Group adopted AASB 17 Insurance Contracts (AASB 17), applied AASB 17 effective 1 October 2022 and
restated prior period comparative information.
2. Cash profit excludes non-core items included in statutory profit with the net after tax adjustment resulting in a decrease to statutory
profit of $190m for 2024, made up of several items. It is provided to assist readers understand the results of the core business activities of the Group.
Statutory profit aributable to
ordinary shareholders ($m)
6,535
7,119
3,577
2024
2022
2020
2023
2021
7,106
6,162
Cash profit
($m, unaudited)
6,725
6,496
3,660
2024
2022
2020
2023
2021
7,413
6,181
Cash profit - continuing operations
($m, unaudited)
6,725
6,515
3,758
2024
2022
2020
2023
2021
7,413
6,198
Cash profit before provisions -
continuing operations ($m, unaudited)
10,068
8,968
8,369
2024
2022
2020
2023
2021
10,766
8,396
Return on equity - cash (%) -
continuing operations (unaudited)
9.7
10.4
6.2
2024
2022
2020
2023
2021
11.0
9.9
Earnings per share - cash - continuing
operations (unaudited)
224.3
228.8
128.7
2024
2022
2020
2023
2021
247.3
216.5
38 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
38 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
3.2 Historical performance and remuneration outcomes
The table below shows the link between financial performance and variable remuneration outcomes over the past five years. STVR
outcomes are reasonably aligned with financial performance trends over the corresponding 2020 to 2024 periods, noting that the 2023
STVR outcomes were higher reflecting that year’s record result.
2020 2021 2022 2023 2024
CEO STVR
1
outcome (% of target) 50%
5
80% 93% 120% 65%
Disclosed Executive STVR
2
outcome (average % of target
3
)54%
5
90% 97% 111% 75%
Disclosed Executive STVR
2
outcome (range % of target
3
) 46% - 66% 69% - 99% 89% - 120% 100% - 125% 50% - 88%
LTVR/VR PR vesting outcome (% vested) 0% 43.3% 51.6% n/a 0%
Share price
4
at 30 September ($) 17.22 28.15 22.8 25.66 30.48
Total dividend (cents per share) 60 142 146 175 166
Total shareholder return (12 month %) -36.9 70.7 -14 20 27.0
1. Previously referred to as AVR pre-2022 for the CEO.
2. Previously referred to as VR pre-2022 for Disclosed Executives.
3. Pre 2022, % of target applied to the full VR due to the
combined VR structure for Disclosed Executives in those years.
4. On 1 October 2019, opening share price was $28.22.
5. Post 50% COVID-19 reduction.
3.3 ANZ TSR performance (1 to 10 years)
The table below compares ANZ’s TSR performance against the median TSR and upper quartile TSR of the performance rights Select
Financial Services (SFS) comparator group
1
over one to ten years, noting that for this table TSR is measured over a dierent timeframe
(i.e., to 30 September 2024) to the performance period for our performance rights.
ANZ’s TSR performance was below the median TSR of the SFS comparator group
1
when comparing over one, three and ten years; and
Either just above or just below the median over five years dependent on the size of the SFS comparator group.
Years to 30 September 2024
13510
ANZ (%) 27.0 31.1 41.3 74.6
Median TSR SFS
2,3
(%) 37. 0 3 8 . 3 47.1 4 6 . 3 4 8 . 5 37.1 95 .7 76 . 0
Upper quartile TSR SFS
2,3
(%) 41.3 42.1 58.6 52.4 105.5 81.7 205.7 151.8
1. See section 9.1.2 for details of the SFS comparator group.
2. Blue = SFS includes DBS Bank Limited and excludes Suncorp Group Limited.
3. White = SFS excludes DBS Bank Limited
and Suncorp Group Limited.
39
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
39
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
4. Executive performance and remuneration framework overview
4.1 Strategy, principles and governance
4.2 Alignment of remuneration and risk
4.3 Remuneration structure and delivery
4.4 Performance assessment
4.5 Board discretion
4.6 Alignment of executive and shareholder interests
4.7 Remuneration mix
ANZ’s purpose and strategy
1
Is underpinned by our Performance and Remuneration Policies which include our Reward Principles:
Aract, motivate
and keep great
people
Reward our people for
doing the right thing having
regard to our customers
and shareholders
Focus on how things are
achieved as much as what
is achieved
Fair and simple
to understand
With remuneration delivered to our CEO and Disclosed Executives through:
Fixed remuneration (FR) Performance linked variable remuneration
Short Term Variable Remuneration (STVR)
Awarded at end of year based on Group and
individual performance
Long Term Variable Remuneration (LTVR)
Awarded at start of year, with LTVR vesting
subject to performance conditions tested at
end of 4-year performance period
While governed by:
The People & Culture Commiee and the Board determining FR and the variable remuneration outcomes for the CEO and each
Disclosed Executive. Additionally, the CEO’s LTVR outcome is also subject to shareholder approval at the AGM.
Board discretion (with supporting decision-making frameworks) is applied when determining performance and remuneration outcomes
(including grant of short and long-term variable remuneration awards), before any scheduled release of previously deferred
remuneration (Section 4.5), before the vesting of LTVR restricted rights (Section 9.1.1), and in applying any required consequences
(Section 6).
1. See the ‘Our purpose and strategy’ section of the Annual Report.
4.1 Strategy, principles and governance
The following overview highlights how the executive performance and remuneration framework supports ANZ’s purpose and strategy.
40 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
40 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
4.2 Alignment of remuneration and risk
Variable remuneration for the CEO and Disclosed Executives is designed to align remuneration and risk.
Alignment of remuneration and risk
Variable remuneration for the CEO and Disclosed Executives is aligned to risk management through:
Assessing behaviours
based on ANZ’s values
and risk/compliance
standards (including
the FAR)
Determining variable
remuneration
outcomes with risk as
amodier – impacting
outcomes at both a
pool and individual level
Weighting
remuneration toward
the longer-term with a
significant proportion
at risk
Emphasising risk in the
determination and
vesting of LTVR
restricted rights
(Section 9.1.1)
Reinforcing the
importance of risk
culture in driving
sustainable long-term
performance in the
LTVRdesign
Providing material
weight to non-financial
metrics (particularly risk)
in line with APRA
requirements
Ensuring risk
measures are
considered over a
long-time horizon
(up to 5 and 6 years)
Determining
accountability
andapplying
consequences
whereappropriate
Strengthening risk
consequences with
clawback (Section 4.5)
Prohibiting the hedging
of unvested equity
Variable remuneration can be adjusted downwards, including to zero, allowing the Board to hold executives accountable, individually or
collectively, for the longer-term impacts of their decisions and actions.
4.3 Remuneration structure and delivery
There are two core components of remuneration at ANZ – fixed remuneration and at risk variable remuneration.
In structuring remuneration, the Board aims to find the right balance between fixed and variable remuneration (at risk), the way
itisdelivered (cash versus deferred remuneration) and appropriate deferral time frames (the short, medium and long-term).
The Board sets and reviews annually the CEO and Disclosed Executives’ FR based on financial services market relativities and
reflectingeach executive’s responsibilities, performance, qualifications and experience.
The CEO and Disclosed Executives’ variable remuneration is comprised of STVR and LTVR consistent with external market practice.
At target performance, 63% of variable remuneration for the CEO and Disclosed Executives, and 56% of variable remuneration for
theCRO is deferred for at least four years from the date the Board approved the variable remuneration in October, and the date
shareholders approve the CEO’s LTVR, noting that this complies with the FAR minimum deferral requirement of 60% for the CEO and
40% for Disclosed Executives.
41
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
41
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
4.3.1 Remuneration structure
CEO and Disclosed Executives (DEs) (excluding CRO
1
)
4.3.2 Variable remunerationdelivery
Variable remuneration for the CEO and the Disclosed Executives (excluding the CRO and former Acting GE T&C) is delivered as follows:
STVR as 50% cash paid to executives at the end of the annual Performance and Remuneration Review (December), and subject to
clawback for two years post payment, and 50% shares deferred equally over years 2 and 3 (granted in November in respect of
performance for the prior financial year); and
LTVR as restricted rights and performance rights granted at the beginning of the financial year in November/December, and
deferredover:
year 4 (33%), year 5 (33%) and year 6 (34%) for the CEO; and
year 4 (50%) and year 5 (50%) for Disclosed Executives.
Both restricted rights and performance rights are tested against the relevant performance condition at the end of the four-year
performance period and are then subject to additional holding period(s) until the completion of the respective deferral periods (Section 9.1).
Before any scheduled release of deferred remuneration, the Board considers whether malus should be applied to previously deferred
remuneration (or further deferral of vesting), or clawback to variable remuneration previously granted (two years post payment or
vesting), for the CEO and Disclosed Executives (Section 4.5).
1. CRO mix: 33.3% FR/33.3% STVR/33.3% LTVR. STVR maximum opportunity: the same as CEO/DE at 100% of FR, LTVR full opportunity: 100% of FR and delivered as 100% RR to
support independence.
2. If the CEO receives above target STVR, the amount above target will be delivered as 40% cash and 60% DS (20% year 4, 20% year 5, 20% year 6) to ensure
compliance with the minimum deferral requirements with respect to FAR and APRA’s Prudential Standard CPS 511 Remuneration.
Mix at
Maximum
Maximum/full
opportunity
Delivery
Timing/
deferral
Year 1 Cash 100%
Fixed Remuneration
(FR)
30%
100% of FR
Cash and superannuation
contributions
Year 2 DS 25%
Year 3 DS 25%
Year 1 Cash 50%
Short Term Variable
Remuneration (STVR)
2
30%
100% of FR
50% Cash
50% Deferred
shares (DS)
Awarded at end of year based
onGroup and individual
performance
50% Restricted
rights(RR)
50% Performance
rights (PR)
Long Term Variable
Remuneration (LTVR)
40%
135% of FR
~2 yr HP
~1 yr HP
4-year Performance Period
Awarded at start of year subject to
RR: Pre grant assessment
(riskbasedmeasures)
RR & PR: Shareholder approval at AGM for
CEO award
Performance condition tested at end of
4-yearperformance period
RR: Pre vest assessment
(riskbasedmeasures)
PR: Relative and absolute TSR hurdles
For both RR and PR:
Deferral period = 4-year Performance Period + Holding Period (HP)
Year 4 CEO: 33% / DE: 50%
Year 5 CEO: 33% / DE: 50%
Year 6 CEO 34%
All variable remuneration is subject to the Board’s ongoing discretion
to apply in-year adjustments, malus and clawback
42 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
42 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
For deferred variable remuneration for the CEO and Disclosed Executives, we calculate the number of deferred shares to be granted
based on the VWAP of the shares traded on the ASX in the five trading days leading up to and including 1 October (i.e., in line with the
beginning of the financial year). Allocations prior to the 2022 financial year were based on the VWAP in the five trading days leading up
to and including the date of grant. The VWAP used for disclosure and expensing purposes is the one-day VWAP at the date of grant,
which is in line with the Accounting Standard.
In some cases, we may grant deferred share rights to executives instead of deferred shares. Each deferred share right entitles the
holder to one ordinary share.
4.4 Performance assessment
The following provides a summary of the performance assessment approach for the CEO and Disclosed Executives.
Financial Accountability Regime (FAR) compliance is the gateway that requires the Accountable Person to meet their obligations in line
with their Accountability Statement under the FAR since 15 March 2024 and, prior to that, under the Banking Executive Accountability
Regime (BEAR). The ‘what’ assessment comprises of the ANZ Group Scorecard and Divisional Scorecard (excluding the CEO). Both the
Group and Divisional Scorecard assessments are calculated as follows: Risk modifier
1
% x [Shareholder/Financial % + Customer % +
People & Culture %]. The ‘what’ assessment outcome is then modied by the ‘how’ modifier. The ‘how’ modifier for Disclosed
Executives considers a macro view of the individual’s approach to risk, demonstration of ANZ behaviours, and their contribution to
building a successful Group Executive team. See below and Section 5.1.2 for CEO Leadership Modifier detail.
4.4.1 CEO performance
The CEO’s STVR is assessed 100% on
the ANZ Group Scorecard, adjusted by
the CEO Leadership Modifier, which takes
into consideration the CEO’s leadership of:
Key strategic priorities aligned with
ANZ’s strategy
• ANZ’s values/behaviours
ANZ’s risk and compliance standards
This is a change from 2023, where
performance informing the CEO’s
STVR was split 50% between the
Group Scorecard and the CEO’s
individual objectives.
With the change to 100% assessment on
the ANZ Group Scorecard (as highlighted
in the ‘People & Culture Commiee Chair
leer’), the weighting to financial
performance for the CEO is around 40%
(moving to 50% in 2025); however noting
that the CEO’s STVR is not formulaic.
1. Note for the CRO, Risk is incorporated in the Scorecard rather than as a separate modifier.
2. Performance
arrangements for the CRO are addressed additionally by the Risk Committee. Performance arrangements for the GE &
CEO, New Zealand are determined and approved by the ANZ NZ HR Committee/ANZ NZ Board in consultation with and
endorsed by the People & Culture Committee/Board, consistent with their respective regulatory obligations.
The Scorecard/strategic priorities are
agreed upon by the Board at the
beginning of the financial year (and are
designed to be stretching). At the end of
the financial year, the People & Culture
Commiee reviews and recommends to
the Board for approval the CEO’s overall
performance taking into consideration:
i. Performance against the ANZ Group
Scorecard
ii. CEO Leadership Modifier
iii. Input from the Chairman
iv. Compliance with FAR obligations
v. Control function reports from the CRO
(on risk management), CFO (on financial
performance), GE T&C (on talent and
culture maers) and Group General
Manager Internal Audit (GGM IA) (on
internal audit maers)
vi. Material risk, audit and conduct events
that have either occurred or come to
light in the year
vii. Input from both the Audit Commiee
and the Risk Commiee of the Board
4.4.2 Disclosed Executive
performance
At the start of each year, stretching
performance objectives are set for
Disclosed Executives through Divisional
Scorecards, aligned with the ANZ Group
Scorecard. At the end of the financial year,
the People & Culture Commiee
recommends to the Board for approval the
performance of each Disclosed Executive
2
against:
i. the ANZ Group Scorecard
(25% to 50% weighting)
ii. their Divisional Scorecard
(50% to 75% weighting)
iii. ANZs values/behaviours
iv. points iv) to vii) as detailed for the CEO
The ANZ Group Scorecard weighting for
Disclosed Executives varies based on
role focus:
50% weighting for enablement
Disclosed Executives: Chief Financial
Ocer, GE Strategy & Transformation,
GE Talent & Culture, and GE Technology
& Group Services
25% weighting for Chief Risk Ocer,
and frontline Disclosed Executives: GE
Australia Retail, GE Australia
Commercial, GE & CEO New Zealand,
and GE Institutional
FAR
Compliance
Gateway
‘How’
Modifier %
Key Inputs:
• Risk Standards
assessment
• How assessment
Leadership of key
strategic priorities
(CEO only)
ANZ Group Scorecard
assessment %
Weighting
CEO: 100%
CRO: 25%
Frontline DEs: 25%
Enablement DEs: 50%
Divisional Scorecard
assessment %
Weighting
CEO: n/a
CRO: 75%
Frontline DEs: 75%
Enablement DEs: 50%
‘What’ assessment
Overall
Performance
Assessment %
Key Inputs:
• Informs STVR
outcome
43
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
43
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
1. Except for the CRO who has a percentage weighting assigned to risk measures.
2. Considers all risk types including capital adequacy risk, liquidity and funding risk, credit risk,
market risk, climate risk, non-financial risk and strategic risk.
However, to reinforce the importance of collective accountability and contribution to Group outcomes, the Group weighting will increase
from 25% to 40% in 2025 for frontline Disclosed Executives (excluding GE & CEO, New Zealand). The Chief Risk Ocer will retain a 25%
weighting to reinforce independence of the role.
Similar to the ANZ Group Scorecard, the Divisional Scorecards include the key elements of Shareholder/Financial, Customer, and People
& Culture, with Risk acting as a modifier.
1
The weighting of each element varies to reflect the responsibilities of each individual’s role.
TheShareholder/Financial element weightings range from 20% to 40% (increasing to 50% in 2025).
4.4.3 Alignment with the achievement of stretching performance objectives
Variable remuneration for the CEO and Disclosed Executives is designed to align with the achievement of stretching performance
objectives that support our business strategy and drive long-term sustainable outcomes for shareholders.
Alignment with the achievement of stretching performance objectives
Variable remuneration outcomes are based on a range of measures (as illustrated below), with material weight provided to
non-nancial measures in accordance with Prudential Standard CPS 511 Remuneration.
STVR
Mix of financial and non-financial measures
Key individual assessment inputs
ANZ’s values/behaviours ANZ’s risk and compliance standards FAR obligations
ANZ Group Scorecard
25%-100% weighting
Divisional Scorecards
50%-75% weighting
Control function input
Risk, Finance, T&C, Audit
2024 ANZ Group Scorecard
Below are examples of key drivers of shareholder value
Shareholder/Financial (40%)
Ensure dynamic, ecient and disciplined resource allocation,
including capital, that creates more value and sustainable
returns for customers, shareholders and society
Customer (40%)
Create propositions that aract and engage more of our
target customers, and improve their financial well-being,
access to housing and sustainability
Build resilient business services and technology that more
safely and eciently serve customers
People & Culture (20%)
Establish an adaptable workforce and operating model
that delivers innovation and outcomes for our customers
more quickly
Risk modifier (0% to 110%)
Maintain risk discipline focused on good customer and
regulatory outcomes
Additional financial and non-financial considerations in determining Group and individual performance
and size of the ANZ Incentive Plan (ANZIP) variable remuneration pool include:
Broader financial performance
Quality of earnings and operating environment
Shareholder experience
Our Reward Principles (Section 4.1)
LTVR
Aligned to shareholder experience
LTVR restricted rights
Mostly non-nancial
LTVR performance rights
Financial
Prudential soundness
Capital ratio and liquidity
prudential minimums
Risk measures
Material risk outcomes
2
APRA active supervision
Risk culture
TSR
75% relative TSR
Performance relative to SFS
comparator group
25% absolute TSR
Focuses on positive growth –
even when market is declining
44 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
44 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
4.5 Board discretion
Variable remuneration is ’at risk’ remuneration and can range from zero to maximum opportunity. At the end of the financial year,
theBoard
1
approves variable remuneration recommendations for the CEO and each Disclosed Executive following lengthy and
detaileddiscussions and assessment, supported by comprehensive analysis of performance from a number of sources.
Board discretion is applied when determining all CEO and Disclosed Executive variable remuneration outcomes including:
the size of the ANZIP variable remuneration pool;
STVR and LTVR outcomes for each financial year;
LTVR vesting outcomes (including pre vest assessment); and
downward adjustment of variable remuneration as part of consequence management, in accordance with applicable law and
anyterms and conditions provided (see below).
Downward adjustment of variable remuneration
The Board may choose to exercise the following options or a combination of these at any time, but will always consider their
use if any of the circumstances specified by Prudential Standard CPS 511 Remuneration occur. #1 to #3 below are
applicable to all employees, while clawback (#4) is limited to select employees (primarily the CEO, Disclosed Executives and
senior employees in jurisdictions where clawback regulations apply):
1. In year adjustment
The most common type of
downward adjustment, which
reduces the amount of
variable remuneration an
employee may have otherwise
been awarded for that year.
2. Further deferral/freezing
Delays the decision to pay/
allocate variable
remuneration, or further
defers the vesting of
deferred remuneration or
freezes vested/unexercised
shares and rights. This would
typically only be considered
where an investigation is
pending/underway.
3. Malus
Is an adjustment to reduce the
value of all or part of deferred
remuneration before it has
vested. Malus is used in cases
of more serious performance
or behaviour issues. Any and
all variable remuneration we
award or grant to an employee
is subject to ANZ’s on-going
and absolute discretion to
apply malus and adjust
variable remuneration
downward (including to zero)
at any time before the relevant
variable remuneration vests.
4. Clawback
Is the recovery of variable
remuneration that has
already vested or been paid
(up to two years from
vesting/payment or a longer
period as determined by
Board discretion, policy or
applicable law). This would
typically only be considered
if the other types of
downward adjustment/other
consequences are
considered inadequate given
the severity of the situation.
Before any scheduled vesting of deferred remuneration, the Board (for the CEO, Disclosed Executives and other specified roles) and/or
the Enterprise Accountability Group (EAG) (for other employees) considers whether any further deferral, malus, or clawback should be
applied (Section 6).
4.6 Alignment of executive and shareholder interests
Variable remuneration for the CEO and Disclosed Executives is designed to align executive and shareholder interests.
Alignment of executive and shareholder interests
More broadly, ANZ’s variable remuneration structure supports the alignment of executives with the interests of shareholders through:
Substantial shareholding
requirements (around
80% of variable
remuneration at
maximum opportunity
deferred into ANZ equity,
and 75% for the CRO to
ensure alignment with
shareholder interests and
to ensure focus on
long-term value creation)
Significant variable
remuneration deferral
up to 5 and 6 years in
ANZ equity (which also
supports retention)
Significant weighting to
the LTVR component
(around 60% of VR)
which includes relative
and absolute TSR
hurdles
Consideration of cash
prot and economic
profit in determining
ANZIP variable
remuneration pool
Consideration of
theshareholder
experience (in respect
of the share price
anddividend) in
determining ANZIP
variable remuneration
pool and individual
outcomes
1. Remuneration arrangements for the Group Executive and CEO, New Zealand are determined and approved by the ANZ NZ Board in consultation with and endorsed by the Board,
consistent with their respective regulatory obligations.
45
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
45
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
4.7 Remuneration mix
The CEO and Disclosed Executives
1
have an aligned remuneration mix of 30% FR, 30% STVR and 40% LTVR at maximum/full
opportunity, and structure, with the exception of longer deferral for the CEO in line with APRA’s deferral requirements.
CEO
Remuneration mix – CEO ($m)
2.500
2.500 +1.200 +1.300 +1.688 +1.688
2.500
Minimum opportunity
8.375 (44% cash, 56% equity)
Maximum/full opportunity
30% 30% 40%
LTVR PRLTVR RRSTVR deferred sharesSTVR cashFR
Disclosed Executives
The dollar amounts in the below example are for illustrative purposes only, and are based on the FR value of $1.25m.
Remuneration mix – Disclosed Executives
1
($m)
1.250
Minimum opportunity
4.188 (45% cash, 55% equity)
Maximum/full opportunity
1.250
1.250 +0.625 +0.625 + 0.844 +0.844
30% 30% 40%
LTVR PRLTVR RRSTVR deferred sharesSTVR cashFR
Chief Risk Ocer
To preserve the independence of the role and to minimise any conflicts of interest in carrying out the risk control function across the
organisation, the CRO’s remuneration arrangements dier to other Disclosed Executives.
While the STVR opportunity (100% of FR) is the same as the CEO and Disclosed Executives, the LTVR opportunity is dierent
(100% of FR instead of 135% of FR) reflecting the delivery of LTVR as 100% restricted rights (instead of 50% restricted rights and
50% performance rights). Maximum variable remuneration opportunity is 200% of FR for the CRO. The remuneration mix is 33.3%
FR/33.3% STVR/33.3% LTVR.
Former Acting Group Executive, Talent & Culture
Due to the acting nature of R Howell’s appointment his remuneration arrangements diered to other Disclosed Executives. For the time
spent in this acting role, his FR was set at $700k per annum from 1 June 2023 and increased to $703k from 1 July 2023 (due to the
impact of the Superannuation Guarantee rate change). His VR maximum opportunity was set at 150% of FR (his remuneration mix was
therefore 40% FR/60% VR). His VR in the acting role was delivered as 60% cash and 40% as shares deferred over years 4 to 5 to ensure
compliance with CPS 511 deferral requirements.
1. Excluding CRO.
46 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
46 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
5. Executive remuneration outcomes
5.1 Short term variable remuneration (STVR)
5.2 Long term variable remuneration (LTVR)
5.3 2024 Received remuneration
5.4 2024 CEO remuneration comparison with prior years
Remuneration outcomes have been presented in the following three ways:
1. Awarded remuneration –
STVR and LTVR
(Sections 5.1.2, 5.2.1 and 5.4)
2. Received remuneration
(Section 5.3)
3. Statutory remuneration
(Section 9.2)
5.1 Short term variable remuneration (STVR)
5.1.1 ANZ Group Scorecard – approach and 2024 outcomes
The ANZ Group Scorecard is approved by the Board at the start of each year. It plays a key role to:
Message internally what
maers most
Reinforce the importance of sound
management in addition to risk,
shareholder/financial, customer,
and people and culture outcomes
Inform focus of eort,
prioritisation and decision-
making across ANZ
Assessment of performance against the ANZ Group Scorecard provides a key input (as illustrated in Section 4.4):
In determining the size of the ANZ
Incentive Plan (ANZIP) variable
remuneration pool, which funds
individual variable remuneration
outcomes for all employees/STVR
for Disclosed Executives (excluding
the CEO to help mitigate potential
conflicts of interest)
In the overall performance assessment for the CEO (100% weighting,
adjusted based on a CEO Leadership Modifier) and Disclosed Executives
(25% – 50% weighting), which informs the STVR awarded outcomes in
Section 5.1.2
As managing risk appropriately is fundamental to the way ANZ operates, risk forms an integral part of the assessment, directly
impacting theoverall ANZ Group Scorecard outcome (a modifier ranging from 0% to 110% of the ANZ Group Scorecard assessment).
On the following pages we have outlined ANZ’s 2024 Group Scorecard and provided a summary of outcomes for each of the key
performance categories to inform the overall assessment for 2024.
47
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
47
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Shareholder/Financial 40% weight: 110%/Above Target
Key objectives Outcomes
Ensure dynamic, ecient and disciplined resource allocation, including capital,
that creates more value and sustainable returns for customers, shareholders
and society
Below Target Above
Deliver Group economic profit
1
to plan or beer in a high-quality manner,
targeting sustainable returns
Eectively manage total cost growth, in support of our 3yr Strategic Plan
(including our 2024 productivity ambition)
Economic profit exceeded plan by $88m aer removing the impact from Suncorp Bank, which was not included in the original plan.
Total cost growth was 6%. Excluding Suncorp Bank division, the cost growth of 4% was marginally higher than plan as a result of higher
restructuring costs to further our productivity agenda. Continued inflation and high levels of investment directed into growth, productivity and
simplification initiatives were partially oset by disciplined cost management and productivity initiatives.
Return on equity (ROE) exceeded target by 36 basis points aer removing the impacts from Suncorp Bank earnings not included in the
original plan.
Customer 40% weight: 88%/Below Target
Key objectives Outcomes
Create propositions that aract and engage more of our target customers,
and improve their financial well-being, access to housing and sustainability
Build resilient business services and technology that more safely and
eciently serve customers
Below Target Above
Suncorp Bank: Ensure Suncorp integration is on track
Australia Retail: Make ANZ Plus a success including Plus Home loan in market
and migration of initial cohort from Classic to Plus
Australia Commercial: Continue to execute Commercial strategy with targeted
growth in chosen segments and an increase in digital lending
Institutional: Deliver against Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) targets
and extend leadership in platforms
New Zealand: Continue to make banking easier
Suncorp Bank acquisition was completed, with a successful day 1 cutover.
Australia Retail ANZ Plus growth has been strong, with Deposit Funds Under Management (FUM) of $16.5bn and customer numbers of
850k surpassing target, coupled with the rollout of additional features and continued improvement in Net Promoter Score (NPS)
2
.
However, ANZ Plus Home Loans have been slower to market and achieved slower growth than target.
Australia Commercial maintained sound delivery of initiatives to support strategy and achieved targeted growth in specific segments.
NPS continued to improve year-on-year. Digital lending exceeded target. Flat growth with Business Owner/Home Owner FUM.
Institutional achieved well beyond the 2024 target set to make progress on funding and facilitating $100bn by the end of 2030 in social
and environmental activities. Signicant mandates won for Payment Platforms and named best bank for cash management globally by
Global Finance.
New Zealand made significant progress on the Ngā Tapuwae program (to move ANZ NZ core to cloud and redesign business for greater
resilience, agility and lower cost) – the key enabler in making banking easier for customers in New Zealand. Delivered first Climate Related
Disclosure for New Zealand Climate standards.
1.
2. See footnotes over page.
48 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
48 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
People & Culture 20% weight: 100%/On Target
Key objectives Outcomes
Establish an adaptable workforce and operating model that delivers innovation
and outcomes for our customers more quickly
Below Target Above
Retain high performers (particularly those with the skills to support our business
transformation)
Maintain a purpose led culture, with strong employee engagement, and
improved diversity and inclusion
Engagement continued to be very high (84% vs 87% in 2023). This engagement is evidenced beyond survey data in other measures such
as participation in the ‘Lead@ANZ program’ (over 75% of eligible leaders having commenced the program), around 1,300 engineers having
completed the ‘Engineering Career Pathways program’ and the number of sta who chose to be upskilled in ESG (3,249 completed the
‘ESG@ANZ learning program’).
Retention of high performers was also strong, despite a more competitive employment market.
A new Diversity and Inclusion (D&I) target was created in 2024 (aligned to our D&I strategy), and improvement from the baseline was positive.
We continued to make progress on Women in Leadership (38.8%, up from 37.3% in 2023) and also maintained our #1 ranking amongst
major bank peers in Glassdoor
3
employer of choice ratings.
Risk modifier 0 to 110%: 90%/Below Target
Maintain risk discipline focused on good customer and regulatory outcomes
Strong credit outcome with no material credit events recorded. Overall, credit and market risk has been well managed, and liquidity risk
remains appropriate.
Ongoing progress in delivering key regulatory commitments and upliing NFR management, however, the recent impost of an additional
$250m operational risk overlay on top of our current $500m overlay is acknowledged as a clear sign that we need to do more in this area,
and this will be a signicant focus for 2025.
The enterprise’s risk culture has been assessed as Needs Improvement in 2024. Regulatory concerns around our Markets business and
NFR management have contributed to this re-assessment. Importantly, a high ‘Speak Up’ index of 81% was achieved, reflecting sustained
eorts to encourage people to speak up and challenge each other respectfully.
No repeat adverse audits, no material Risk Appetite Statement breaches, and no material overdue regulatory issues.
Overall Group Performance Assessment Assessment: 90%/Below Target
Overall performance (excluding the impact of the Risk Modifier), is assessed at 99% or slightly below target, despite a challenging
economic and socio-political environment. This reflects our strong financial performance with all business lines each contributing strongly,
solid progress against our long-term strategic objectives, and good customer and people outcomes.
However, while ANZ delivered against the majority of the Group Scorecard objectives, the recent issues in the Markets business, and the
additional $250m capital overlay from APRA in response to concerns regarding NFR maers, resulted in the application of a Risk Modifier of
90%, and therefore an overall performance assessment for 2024 of 90% (rounded) or Below Target. The Board notes that STVR outcomes
for the CEO and Disclosed Executives also take into consideration performance against individual objectives.
1. Economic profit is a risk adjusted profit measure used to evaluate business unit performance and is not subject to audit by the external auditor. Economic profit is calculated via a
series of adjustments to cash profit with the economic credit cost adjustment replacing the accounting credit loss charge; the inclusion of the benefit of imputation credits (measured
at 70% of Australian tax) and an adjustment to reflect the cost of capital.
2. Net Promoter Score (NPS) is a customer loyalty metric used globally to evaluate a company’s brand,
products or services. Net Promoter® and NPS® are registered trademarks and Net Promoter Score and Net Promoter System are trademarks of Bain & Company, Satmetrix Systems and
Fred Reichheld.
3. Glassdoor is a website where employees and former employees anonymously review companies and their management.
49
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
49
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
5.1.2 CEO and DEs STVR – 2024 outcomes
At the end of the financial year, the People & Culture Commiee makes a recommendation to the Board for approval in respect of
STVR outcomes. STVR will vary up or down year-on-year, it is not guaranteed, and may range from zero to a maximum opportunity.
Where expectations are met, STVR is likely to be awarded around 80% of maximum opportunity. Where performance is below
expectations, STVR will be less (potentially down to zero), and where above expectations, STVR will be more (potentially up to
maximum opportunity). The degree of variance in individual STVR outcomes for Disclosed Executives reflects the weighting of the
Group component (i.e., roles with 50% Group weighting will generally have less dierentiation), and relative performance of the
dierent areas/individuals.
Summary of how the 2024 overall performance assessment has impacted the STVR Allocation
2024 remuneration outcomes reflect both the overall performance of the Group and the performance of each individual/Division.
The following provides a summary of how the performance assessment has been impacted as a result of the Markets and NFR
maers, and therefore the resulting impact on the 2024 awarded STVR.
2024 STVR Allocation (Target: 80%; Max: 100% as % of FR)
1. The term ‘accountability’ is used in the broader sense – i.e., taken to mean that the CEO/Disclosed Executives are ultimately responsible for the effective management of risk and the
performance of the bank, and therefore should bear appropriate consequences for the impacts of the matters. As used in this report, the term should not be taken to mean
accountability under FAR, unless otherwise stated. Where referring to FAR accountability, the term ‘Accountability’ will be capitalised.
The STVR awarded tables show a year-on-year comparison of STVR awarded to the CEO, and Disclosed Executives for the 2023 and
2024 performance periods. STVR awarded reflects actual cash and the deferred shares component of STVR awarded in respect of the
relevant financial year. As non-cash components are subject to future vesting outcomes, the awarded value may be higher or lower
than the future realised value.
Awarded
STVR
Current Fixed
Remuneration
STVR Target
(80%)
Additional downward
Board discretion applied
to select individuals,
to ensure a fair and
proportionate STVR
outcome with respect to
executive accountability
1
for the Markets and
NFR maers
+ / - Adjustment
(if applicable)
Board
discretion
Awarded
STVR
Group Risk modifier adjusted
Individual Risk
outcome adjusted
All DEs impacted
ANZ Group Scorecard
assessment %
Divisional Scorecard
assessment %
Overall Performance
Assessment %
50 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
50 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
Awarded STVR in the relevant financial year – CEO
Actual STVR STVR as % of
Financial year
STVR maximum
opportunity
$
Total STVR
$
STVR cash
$
STVR deferred
shares
$
Target
opportunity
Maximum
opportunity
CEO
S Ellio 2024 2,500,000 1,300,000 650,000 650,000 65% 52%
2023 2,500,000 2,400,000 1,160,000 1,240,000 120% 96%
Board assessment of CEO
Leadership Modifier
The CEO has delivered well against the
key factors forming part of the CEO
Leadership Modifier.
1. Led/driven performance against
theANZ Group Scorecard
The CEO’s leadership of the bank’s key
priorities resulted in strong progress
against ANZ’s longer term strategy, and
good overall performance against 2024
objectives (Section 5.1.1). Key leadership
highlights include:
Final approval and acquisition of
SuncorpBank
The ongoing successful rollout of ANZ
Plus with strong adoption numbers,
FUM growth and NPS, although
acknowledging the slower than
planned progress in some areas
(e.g., home loans)
Exceeding many ESG targets
Significant productivity saves, to enable
investment in key platforms for long
term success
While 2024 has been a year of many
successful achievements, the Board’s
reduction to the Risk Modier resulted in
aBelow Target Group Scorecard
assessment overall.
2. ANZ values/behaviours
The CEO’s personal role modelling of the
ANZ values and behaviours is exemplary,
and as a result he is highly respected by
ANZ sta and regarded as an authentic
leader. Externally, the CEO demonstrates
industry leadership on a range of maers,
including his advocacy on making banking
more accessible to the general population,
along with his regular engagement with
non-profit partners and community groups.
3. Individual risk/compliance assessment
The CEO actively leads, encourages and
cultivates a culture where people seek to
understand, measure and proactively
manage risk and compliance maers.
He sets the tone from the top regarding
the importance of risk management and
speak up culture across the bank, as
evidenced by the improvement from 83%
to 88% for the response to “At ANZ there
are appropriate risk consequences when
risk management processes and
behaviours are not followed.” While the
CEO is ultimately accountable for the
Markets and NFR maers, he has provided
strong positive leadership in response to
each maer.
Board discretion
While on balance the CEO’s performance
against the ‘what’ and ‘how’ assessments
were good, the Markets and NFR maers
have impacted ANZ’s reputation, the
confidence of customers, shareholders
and regulators, and increased the risk
capital overlay on ANZ by $250m. As a
result, the Board has applied its discretion
to ensure a fair and proportionate
performance and STVR outcome for the
CEO, given he has ultimate accountability
for these maers.
CEO
The Board determined that an STVR outcome of $1.3m (65% of target/52% of maximum opportunity) was appropriate for 2024 having
regard to the overall performance of the Group, the CEO Leadership Modifier, and the Board’s application of downward adjustment due
to risk and reputation considerations arising from the Markets and NFR maers. As a result, the CEO’s STVR outcome is down 46%
year-on-year.
The Board assessed the CEO’s 2024 performance as follows:
‘What’ assessment ‘How’ assessment
Basis for: Assessed as: Basis for: Assessed as:
ANZ Group Scorecard
(Section 5.1.1)
(100% weighting)
90%/
Below Target
CEO Leadership Modifier
(see below)
Overall: Met
1. Led/driven performance against the ANZ Group
Scorecard (including leadership of personal
objectives aligned to the ANZ Group Scorecard)
Met
2. ANZ values/behaviours Role Modelled
3. Individual risk/compliance assessment Consistently demonstrated
Board discretion: Downward adjustment to reflect impacts arising from the Markets and NFR maers
Overall performance assessment of 65% of target aligned to STVR outcome
51
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
51
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Awarded STVR in the relevant financial year – Disclosed Executives
Actual STVR STVR as % of
Financial
year
STVR maximum
opportunity
$
Total STVR
$
STVR cash
$
STVR deferred
shares
$
Target
opportunity
Maximum
opportunity
Current Disclosed Executives
M Carnegie 2024 1,300,000 865,000 432,500 432,500 83% 67%
2023 1,250,000 1,100,000 550,000 550,000 110% 88%
E Clements
1
2024 784,000 470,400 235,200 235,200 75% 60%
K Corbally 2024 1,300,000 624,000 312,000 312,000 60% 48%
2023 1,250,000 1,065,000 532,500 532,500 107% 85%
F Faruqui 2024 1,275,000 885,000 442,500 442,500 87% 69%
2023 1,250,000 1,200,000 600,000 600,000 120% 96%
G Florian 2024 1,262,500 865,000 432,500 432,500 86% 69%
2023 1,250,000 995,000 497,500 497,500 100% 80%
C Morgan
1
2024 1,135,000 650,000 325,000 325,000 72% 57%
2023 627,000 500,000 250,000 250,000 100% 80%
A Strong
1
2024 850,000 580,000 290,000 290,000 85% 68%
2023 690,000 630,200 315,100 315,100 114% 91%
A Watson
2
2024 1,129,635 797,660 398,830 398,830 88% 71%
2023 1,106,505 945,140 472,570 472,570 107% 85%
M Whelan 2024 1,500,000 595,000 297,500 297,500 50% 40%
2023 1,460,000 1,460,000 730,000 730,000 125% 100%
Former Disclosed Executives
R Howell
1
2024 21,490 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
2023 348,068 300,000 180,000 120,000 108% 86%
1. STVR based on time as a Disclosed Executive in either 2023 (C Morgan, A Strong, R Howell) or 2024 (E Clements, R Howell).
2. Paid in NZD and converted to AUD. Year to date
average exchange rate used to convert NZD to AUD as at 30 September for the relevant year.
5.2 Long term variable remuneration (LTVR)
LTVR reinforces the focus on achieving longer term strategic objectives, driving outperformance relative to peers, and creating long-
term sustained value for all stakeholders. LTVR will be awarded based on full opportunity unless the LTVR restricted rights pre grant
assessment results in any reduction (and is also subject to shareholder approval for the CEO).
Disclosed Executives
STVR outcomes for Disclosed Executives
continue to dier both year-on-year and
between executives demonstrating the
variability in Group and individual
performance year-on-year and the at risk
nature of this element of remuneration
(i.e., it is not guaranteed and may be
adjusted up or down ranging from zero
to a maximum opportunity).
In 2024, STVR outcomes for all Disclosed
Executives have been impacted by the
Markets and NFR maers (i.e., down 29%
on average year-on-year for those in role
for a full year in 2023 and 2024), due to the:
impact of the Risk Modifier outcome on
the Group Scorecard assessment; and
the application of a -20% individual Risk
Modier adjustment for most Disclosed
Executives to reflect collective executive
accountability for the NFR challenges.
The risk assessment impact was
greatest for the CRO and GE,
Institutional to reflect their greater overall
accountability for these maers (i.e.,
issues took place within their area of
control and influence), resulting in an
average STVR reduction of 50%
year-on-year.
The average STVR outcome for current
Disclosed Executives is 75% of target
(60% of maximum opportunity). This
reflects both the overall assessment of
ANZ Group performance as Below Target
(Section 5.1.1), which is weighted 25% or
50%, and also individual performance
(Section 4.4.2) which is weighted 75% or
50% depending on role. Outcomes range
from 50% to 88% of target (or 40% to
71% of maximum opportunity).
To ensure an overall fair and proportionate
consequence for the Markets and NFR
maers, downward Board discretion was
applied to STVR outcomes for select
individuals (refer to Section 6 for
consequence considerations).
The 2024 STVR awarded outcome for
EClements is based on her time as a
Disclosed Executive during 2024. R Howell
was awarded nil STVR for the 8 days he
was a Disclosed Executive during 2024.
52 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
52 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
A pre vest assessment will determine the number of restricted rights that ultimately vest, and performance against TSR hurdles will
determine the level of vesting of performance rights and subsequent value of performance rights at the end of the performance period.
LTVR (restricted rights and performance rights) is designed to strengthen the alignment of executive interests with shareholders, and
performance rights provide a strong link between the reward for executive performance and TSR returns over the next four-year period.
5.2.1 CEO and DEs
1
LTVR – 2024 outcomes
2024 Awarded LTVR and pre grant assessment outcome
Following completion of the 2024 LTVR pre grant assessment, based on its outcome in October 2023, the Board determined that the
2024 LTVR (awarded at the start of the 2024 financial year) should be awarded at full opportunity to Disclosed Executives (November
2023) and the CEO (December 2023 post AGM).
The restricted rights component of LTVR was subject to a pre grant assessment by the Board which determined that the award should
be made at full value (i.e., no reduction); and will be subject to a pre vest assessment by the Board of non-financial measures at the end
of the four-year performance period to determine whether the restricted rights should vest in full.
Restricted rights 2024 pre grant assessment (Section 9.1.1)
Step Action Outcome
Step 1 Assess Prudential Soundness Met
Step 2 Assess Risk Measures Met
Step 3 Apply Board discretion No adjustment
Pre grant assessment outcome 100%
CEO LTVR: Shareholders approved at the 2023 AGM a 2024 LTVR award of $3,375,000 (135% of FR), delivered in the form of 50%
restricted rights and 50% performance rights.
Disclosed Executives LTVR: 2024 LTVR awarded at full opportunity (135% of FR, and 100% for the CRO). Note that R Howell was not
eligible in his acting capacity. Section 4.3 outlines delivery details.
2024 Awarded LTVR – CEO and Disclosed Executives
2024 LTVR Allocation (Full Opportunity
1
: 135% of FR; 2024 LTVR awarded at 100% of Full Opportunity)
Overall
135%
of FR
2024 Fixed
Remuneration
2024 Fixed
Remuneration
LTVR Restricted
Rights opportunity
(67.5%)
2024 Pre grant
assessment
Outcome: 100%
LTVR
Restricted Rights Allocation:
67.5% of Fixed Remuneration
LTVR
Performance Rights Allocation:
67.5% of Fixed Remuneration
LTVR Performance
Rights opportunity
(67.5%)
1. CRO role: Full opportunity at 100% of Fixed Remuneration and delivered wholly in restricted rights.
Actual LTVR
1
Total LTVR
1
$
LTVR
restricted rights
$
LTVR
performance rights
$
CEO and Current Disclosed Executives
S Ellio 3,375,000 1,687,500 1,687,500
M Carnegie 1,755,000 877,500 877,500
E Clements 1,080,000 540,000 540,000
K Corbally 1,300,000 1,300,000 -
F Faruqui 1,721,250 860,625 860,625
G Florian 1,704,375 852,188 852,188
C Morgan 1,532,250 766,125 766,125
A Strong 1,147,500 573,750 573,750
A Watson
2
1,524,903 762,451 762,451
M Whelan 2,025,000 1,012,500 1,012,500
1. LTVR full opportunity based on FR at start of financial year.
2. Awarded in NZD and converted to AUD.
Year to date average exchange rate used to convert NZD to AUD as at 30 September for the relevant year.
53
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
53
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
2024 Received LTVR
2019 performance rights granted to the CEO in December 2019 and Disclosed Executives (excluding the CRO) in November 2019,
reached the end of their performance period in November 2023. Based on performance against hurdles, 100% of the performance
rights lapsed and executives received no value from this award.
Performance rights vesting outcomes
Over four years
Hurdle Grant date
1
First date
exercisable
1
ANZ TSR/
CAGR
2
TSR
Median TSR/
CAGR
2
TSR
threshold
target
Upper quartile
TSR/CAGR
2
TSR maximum
target % vested
Overall
performance
rights
outcome
75% relative TSR
Select Financial Services (SFS)
comparator group
22-Nov-19 22-Nov-23 12.32% 18.64% 47.58% 0%
100% lapsed
25% absolute CAGR
2
TSR 22-Nov-19 22-Nov-23 2.95% 8.5% 12.75% 0%
1. Grant date for the CEO was 17 December 2019, and date first exercisable was 17 December 2023. The CEO’s performance period was the same as the performance period for
Disclosed Executives.
2. Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR).
5.2.2 CEO and DEs
1
LTVR – 2025 outcomes
Following completion of the 2025 LTVR pre grant assessment, the Board determined in October 2024 that the 2025 LTVR restricted
rights (50% of full LTVR opportunity), should be awarded at 90% of full opportunity to Disclosed Executives (November 2024) and the
CEO (December 2024 post AGM) due to risk considerations.
This adjustment formed part of a holistic assessment (i.e., including consideration of risk adjustments impacting STVR), to
ensure a proportionate collective impact for the NFR maers contributing to the additional capital overlay (Section 6). This
would result in a total 2025 LTVR award (awarded at the start of the 2025 financial year) at 95% of full opportunity (90% of full
opportunity for the CRO, whose LTVR is delivered wholly in restricted rights).
The restricted rights component of LTVR was subject to a pre grant assessment by the Board (outcomes are summarised below); and
will be subject to a pre vest assessment by the Board of non-financial measures at the end of the four-year performance period to
determine whether the restricted rights should vest in full.
Restricted rights 2025 pre grant assessment (Section 9.1.1)
Step Action Outcome
Step 1 Assess Prudential Soundness Met
Step 2 Assess Risk Measures Not met
Step 3 Apply Board discretion No adjustment
Pre grant assessment outcome 90%
The performance rights component of LTVR is subject to TSR hurdles, which will determine the level of vesting and subsequent value
of performance rights at the end of the performance period.
CEO LTVR: 2025 LTVR subject to shareholder approval at the 2024 AGM – 2025 LTVR award of $3,206,250 (128.25% of FR), delivered
in the form of 47% restricted rights and 53% performance rights.
Disclosed Executives LTVR: 2025 LTVR awarded at 90% of their full opportunity (128.25% of FR, and 90% for the CRO), delivered as part
restricted rights and part performance rights (except for the CRO whose LTVR is delivered wholly in restricted rights).
1. See footnote over page.
54 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
54 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
2025 LTVR Allocation (Full Opportunity
1
: 135% of FR; 2025 LTVR awarded at 95% of Full Opportunity)
u
Overall
128.25%
of FR
(95% of full
opportunity)
2025 Fixed
Remuneration
2025 Fixed
Remuneration
LTVR Restricted
Rights opportunity
(67.5%)
2025 Pre grant
assessment
Outcome: 90%
2
LTVR
Restricted Rights Allocation:
60.75% of Fixed Remuneration
LTVR
Performance Rights Allocation:
67.5% of Fixed Remuneration
LTVR Performance
Rights opportunity
(67.5%)
1. CRO role: Full opportunity at 100% of Fixed Remuneration, overall awarded at 90% of full opportunity (as delivered wholly in restricted rights).
2. Downward adjustment
due to risk considerations in2024. All DEs impacted.
5.3 2024 Received remuneration
This table shows the remuneration the CEO and Disclosed Executives actually received in relation to the 2024 financial year as cash
paid, or in the case of prior equity awards, the value which vested in 2024.
FR adjustments were received by Disclosed Executives eective 1 October 2023 to maintain or improve market positioning, approved
by the Board in October 2023. There were no other adjustments to FR for Disclosed Executives in 2024.
2024 Received remuneration – CEO and Disclosed Executives:
Received value includes the value of prior equity awards which vested in that year
Fixed
remuneration
$
Cash variable
remuneration
$
Total cash
$
Deferred variable
remuneration
which vested
during the year
1
$
Other deferred
remuneration
which vested
during the year
1
$
Actual
remuneration
received
2
$
Deferred variable
remuneration
which lapsed/
forfeited during
the year
1,3
$
CEO and Current Disclosed Executives
S Ellio 2,500,000 650,000 3,150,000 958,134 - 4,108,134 (4,297,414)
M Carnegie
4
1,300,000 432,500 1,732,500 526,735 - 2,259,235 (992,392)
E Clements
5
784,000 235,200 1,019,200 196,188 - 1,215,388 -
K Corbally
4
1,300,000 312,000 1,612,000 1,057,966 - 2,669,966 -
F Faruqui
4
1,275,000 442,500 1,717,500 697,515 - 2,415,015 (1,680,521)
G Florian
4
1,262,500 432,500 1,695,000 516,838 - 2,211,838 (562,329)
C Morgan
4,6
1,135,000 325,000 1,460,000 - 242,326 1,702,326 -
A Strong
4
850,000 290,000 1,140,000 329,428 - 1,469,428 -
A Watson
4,7
1,129,635 398,830 1,528,465 584,674 - 2,113,139 -
M Whelan
4
1,500,000 297,500 1,797,500 656,862 - 2,454,362 (1,753,220)
Former Disclosed Executives
R Howell
5
14,327 n/a 14,327 - - 14,327 -
1. Deferred variable remuneration which either vested or lapsed/forfeited during the year is the point in time value of previously deferred remuneration granted as deferred shares,
deferred share rights and/or restricted rights/performance rights, and is based on the one day Volume Weighted Average Price (VWAP) of the Company’s shares traded on the ASX on
the date of vesting or lapsing/forfeiture multiplied by the number of deferred shares/deferred share rights and/or restricted rights/performance rights.
2. The sum of fixed remuneration,
cash variable remuneration and deferred variable remuneration which vested during the year.
3. The lapsed/forfeited values relate to 100% of the performance rights awarded in
November/December 2019 lapsing in November/December 2023 due to the performance hurdles not being met.
4. Fixed remuneration reflects increases applied from 1 October
2023 to maintain or improve market positioning (M Carnegie, K Corbally, F Faruqui, G Florian, C Morgan, A Strong, A Watson, M Whelan).
5. Fixed remuneration based on time as a
Disclosed Executive (E Clements, R Howell).
6. Other deferred remuneration for C Morgan relates to deferred remuneration forfeited and bonus opportunity forgone as a result of joining
ANZ, that was deferred in prior years as deferred shares and vested during the year.
7. Paid in NZD and converted to AUD. Year to date average exchange rate used to convert NZD to
AUD as at 30 September for the relevant year.
55
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
55
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Awarded Received Statutory
Awarded remuneration reflects actual cash
and the deferred shares component of STVR
awarded in the year. As non-cash components
are subject to future vesting outcomes, the
awarded value may be higher or lower than the
future realised value.
Awarded remuneration is lower in 2024
(compared to 2023), due to the notably lower
STVR in 2024. Note, STVR is awarded at the
end of the year.
Received remuneration
reflects the actual
remuneration received in the
year (i.e., cash paid and the
value of previously awarded
STVR deferred shares and
LTVR performance rights
whichvested in the year).
The amount received is lower
in 2024 (compared to 2023),
due to the notably lower STVR
in2024.
Note that whilst all LTVR due
tovest in 2024 lapsed, for
comparative purposes, in 2023
there was no LTVR due to vest
as a result of changing from a
three to four-year performance
period in November 2019.
Statutory remuneration
reflects remuneration in
accordance with Australian
Accounting Standards which
includes FR and the amortised
accounting value of equity
based variable remuneration,
not the actual awarded or
received value in respect of the
relevant financial year (i.e.,
includes the value of STVR and
LTVR expensed in the year).
This is dierent to remuneration
received in 2024 (which
includes prior year awards
which vested).
Fixed
remuneration
$
STVR
$
LTVR
$
Total
remuneration
$
Total
remuneration
$
Total
remuneration
$
2024 2,500,000 1,300,000 3,375,000 7,175,000 4,108,134 5,699,642
2023 2,500,000 2,400,000 3,375,000 8,275,000 4,579,413 6,186,508
5.4 2024 CEO remuneration comparison with prior years
CEO – Summary of 2023 and 2024 total remuneration
56 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
56 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
6.1 Board considerations of
consequences for material
risk, audit and conduct events
Considerations regarding accountability
and consequences for our most senior
executives are considered and determined
by the People & Culture Commiee and
Board, including the application of malus
and clawback (Section 4.5) for the CEO
and Disclosed Executives.
When determining consequences,
consideration is given to the level of
accountability, and the severity of the
issue, including customer impacts.
Consequences may include, for example,
one or more of the following: counselling,
formal warnings, impacts to in year
performance and remuneration outcomes
or application of malus to previously
deferred remuneration and ultimately
termination of employment or clawback
for the most serious issues.
As part of our standard process, reports
on the most material risk, audit and
conduct issues are presented to the
People & Culture, Risk and Audit
Commiees at a joint meeting. This
information is considered by the Board
when considering the performance
ofthe Group, the ANZIP variable
remuneration pool for all employees and
in determining the performance and
remuneration outcomes of the CEO
andDisclosed Executives.
6.2 Additional Board
governance and oversight
regarding the Markets and
non-financial risk maers
in2024
Further to consideration of material risk,
audit and conduct events, the Board put
inplace in 2024 additional governance to
ensure it is well placed to determine
accountability consequences on issues
associated with the various Markets
maers. As part of the additional
governance, the Board also considered
ANZ’s NFR framework, particularly the
additional $250m capital overlay issued
byAPRA.
In reviewing these maers, and to ensure
the application of fair and proportionate
consequences that are based on clearly
established evidence and facts, the Board:
appointed its own independent legal
advisors to review material resulting
from three external reviews, and an
independent Markets expert to ensure
Board independence and that FAR
obligations had been met;
established a sub-commiee
consisting of the Board Chair and three
Board directors with experience in
Markets trading;
spent considerable time deliberating
remuneration outcomes for the CEO
and Disclosed Executives taking into
consideration the findings from the
accountability reviews, and the fact that
the Executive Commiee have collective
accountability for the performance of
the bank; and
sought independent advice in relation
tothe application of the remuneration
consequences for the CEO and
Disclosed Executives.
The Board views that relevant Executive
Commiee members should bear
appropriate accountability for actions
and outcomes that took place within
their area of control or influence,
irrespective of whether they themselves
were personally involved or were
otherwise at fault, by virtue of their role
and seniority. Similarly, with respect to
the NFR maers, the Board considered
itappropriate to hold the Executive
Commiee collectively accountable.
The Board has determined for the
CEOand Disclosed Executives, that the
deferred remuneration available in
November/December 2024, should vest
infull (subject to performance hurdles).
However, as investigations into the maers
above are ongoing, the Board view that
there is sucient deferred remuneration
on-foot (Section 9.3), to apply downward
adjustment should further information
come to light that justifies the application
of additional consequences.
6. Accountability and Consequence Framework
6.1 Board considerations of consequences for
material risk, audit and conduct events
6.2 Additional Board governance and
oversight regarding theMarkets and
non-financial risk maers in 2024
6.3 Summary of consequences applied to
the CEO and Disclosed Executives
6.4 Role of the Enterprise Accountability Group
6.5 Material positive risk events
6.6 Risk role models
6.7 Compliance with Prudential Standard
CPS 511 Remuneration
6.8 Evolving the Accountability &
Consequence Framework
6.9 Speak up culture
6.10 Application of consequences
57
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
57
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
6.3 Summary of consequences applied to the CEO and Disclosed Executives
The following summarises how consequences related to the Markets and NFR maers have been considered overall for the CEO
and Disclosed Executives (DEs), both in terms of ANZ’s performance and remuneration framework and the additional Board
governance put in place to address these issues in 2024.
Summary of 2024 Consequence Approach and Outcomes
Note, no malus or clawback was applied to the remuneration of the CEO and Disclosed Executives during 2024.
While the 2024 Remuneration Report focuses on consequences for the CEO and Disclosed Executives, the Board has and will
continue to provide oversight (as appropriate), of consequence considerations for other current and former employees should there
be findings of accountability regarding the Markets maers.
6.4 Role of the Enterprise Accountability Group
The Enterprise Accountability Group (EAG) is the governance mechanism for the operation of the Accountability and Consequence
Framework (A&CF), and reviews accountability and consequences for employees below the CEO and ExCo/Disclosed Executives.
The EAG is chaired by the CEO and members include the CRO, CFO and GE T&C. It operates under the delegated authority of
thePeople & Culture Commiee, considering Accountability questions under FAR and accountability in its broader sense, and is
responsible for:
supporting the Board in monitoring the implementation and ongoing eectiveness of ANZ’s A&CF;
reviewing the most material risk, conduct and audit events for accountability and the application of consequences,
whereappropriate;
providing guidance to the Divisions and considering initiatives across the Divisions to strengthen risk behaviours;
acknowledging material positive risk events and recognising risk role models, whose achievements are profiled across the
organisation; and
approving the release or application of downward adjustment for deferred variable remuneration (noting that for the CEO and
Disclosed Executives this is approved by the Board).
The EAG has processes in place to ensure that we mitigate the risk of conflicts of interest in reviewing events and determining
accountability and consequences. For example, when undertaking accountability reviews, a recommendation regarding the review
leader and scope must be sent to the CRO (or in the case of an event involving Group Risk to the CEO), for review and approval to
ensure the individual is capable of undertaking an impartial and unbiased review.
ANZ
Performance
Assessment
Framework
Group Risk modifier
adjusted
Individual Risk
outcome adjusted
All DEs impacted –
with higher impact for
those assessed as
having greater
accountability
Additional Board
Governance regarding
Markets & NFR Maers
(incl. external reviews)
Board discretion
overlay with
STVR adjustments for
select individuals
Adjustments applied
based on a
consequence lens,
rather than a ‘pure’
performance lens
2025 LTVR
Pre Grant
Assessment
Downward
adjustment
due to 2024 risk
considerations
All DEs impacted
Future
downward
adjustment
(if required)
Further
adjustment
ifadditional
information
comes to light
at a later date
See Section 4.5
for downward
adjustment options
Fair and
proportionate
remuneration
consequences
2024 STVR
and 2025 LTVR
outcomes
Awarded STVR
outcome of 52% of
maximum for CEO
and average of 60%
of maximum for
Disclosed Executives;
90% LTVR RR
resulting in 95%
2025 LTVR overall
58 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
58 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
6.5 Material positive
riskevents
The EAG reviews material positive risk
decisions and events – times when our
proactive approach to identifying and
mitigating risk have had a material positive
outcome. Reviewing these examples
provides an opportunity to acknowledge
the importance of these events and share
learnings across the enterprise.
6.6 Risk role models
In 2024, 104 individuals were recognised
by the EAG for role modelling outstanding
risk behaviours through their eorts to
identify, manage and mitigate the
organisation’s risks and contribute to our
strong risk culture. Recognition provided
included a personalised e-mail from the
CEO, local recognition events, and having
their achievement profiled on our intranet
and in internal newsleers.
6.7 Compliance with
Prudential Standard
CPS 511 Remuneration
ANZ’s A&CF is an integral part of our
enterprise approach to meeting the
requirements of APRAs Prudential
Standard CPS 511 Remuneration.
We introduced clawback provisions for the
CEO and our Disclosed Executives eective
2022, in addition to existing downward
adjustment tools such as in year
adjustment, further deferral and malus.
In 2024, we have continued to raise
employee awareness with respect to
accountability and consequences
through explicit references to the A&CF
(including remuneration consequences) in
employee training and communications
and performance and remuneration
policy documents.
In addition, as part of our annual
performance and remuneration process,
we have provided our People Leaders with
guidance regarding appropriate (and in
1. Results reported are taken from the Q2 and/or Q4 employee engagement surveys, and Risk Culture Survey.
some cases, mandatory) remuneration
consequences for conduct and
performance issues, including insights
from the previous year’s consequences
applied. These activities are part of our
continued focus on consistency in
application of remuneration consequence
across ANZ globally.
6.8 Evolving the Accountability
& Consequence Framework
Our A&CF is designed to support our
customer commitment that when things
go wrong, we fix them and hold
executives, (current and former where we
can), to account where appropriate. We
are also focused on ensuring that we learn
from the cause of the event, mitigate the
risk of future recurrences and continuously
seek to strengthen our risk culture. We
review the eectiveness of the A&CF
every year and implement enhancements
to further strengthen the A&CF based on
regulatory and internal stakeholder input.
6.9 Speak up culture
We continue to raise employee awareness
of, and promote the various ways
employees can speak up and raise issues
and ideas for improvement including
through initiatives such as:
targeted jurisdiction and business
specific awareness sessions, designed
to build trust in the process and
program and promote speak up
channels;
digital communications designed to
build confidence and trust in the
Whistleblower Program and process;
and
the monitoring of responses in our
employee engagement surveys.
Key risk and speak up scores, including
My manager (the person I report to)
demonstrates personal accountability for
managing risk and sound risk behaviours
(92%)‘, ‘I can raise issues and concerns
without fear of reprisals’ (77%), ‘In my
team, it feels safe to ask questions, make
mistakes, highlight problems & take social
risks (85%)’ and ‘When I speak up, my
ideas, opinions and concerns are heard
(81%) remained strong, in keeping with
2023, 2022 and 2021 results.
1
6.10 Application of
consequences
In 2024, there were 1,400 employee
relations cases involving alleged breaches
of our Code, with 488 resulting in a formal
consequence or the employee leaving
ANZ, down from 501 in 2023. Breaches
ranged from compliance/procedural
breaches (20.7%), through to general
unacceptable behaviour (38.5%), email/
systems misuse (10.5%), aendance
issues (17.4%), fraud/the (5.5%), conflict
of interest (3.7%) and breaches of our
Equal Opportunity, Bullying and
Harassment Policy (3.7%). Outcomes
following investigations of breaches this
year included 88 terminations, 306
warnings and 94 employees leaving ANZ.
In relation to the application of
consequences to our senior leadership
population (senior executives, executives
and senior managers), 20 current and
former employees (30 in 2023) had a
consequence applied as a result of the
application of our Code of Conduct Policy
and/or findings of accountability for a
relevant event. Consequences included
warnings, impacts on performance and
remuneration outcomes and dismissal.
All employees and contractors across the
enterprise are required to complete
mandatory learning modules. Permanent
employees who fail to complete their
mandatory learning requirements within
30 days of the due date are (in the
absence of genuinely exceptional
circumstances) ineligible for any FR
increase or variable remuneration award
as part of our annual Performance and
Remuneration Review. In 2024, the
mandatory learning course compliance
rate across the enterprise was 99.73%.
59
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
59
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
7.1 NED Remuneration structure
A review of 2024 NED fees was completed by the People & Culture Commiee in September 2023. Following that review of 2024 fees
(as previously disclosed in the 2023 Remuneration Report), the People & Culture Commiee approved a 2% increase to the NED
member fee (from $240,000 to $245,000) which has remained unchanged since 2016. The Board Chairman fee remains unchanged.
Following review, the People & Culture Commiee also approved the alignment of the fee structure across all Commiees increasing
each Commiee chair fee to $68,000, and each Commiee member fee to $34,000. This fee review considered increased complexity
in the regulatory environment, uplis for ANZ’s broader employee population, and the external market.
The fee structure is applicable to NEDs of ANZGHL and ANZBGL. Fees prior to the implementation of the Non-Operating Holding
Company (NOHC) structure related to membership of the ANZBGL Board, and post implementation are viewed as a single fee covering
both Boards (i.e., membership of ANZGHL and ANZBGL Boards/Commiees). Currently the fee structure applies irrespective of whether
NEDs serve on one or more Boards.
NEDs receive a fee for being a Director of the Board, and additional fees for either chairing, or being a member of a Board Commiee.
The Chairman of the Board does not receive additional fees for serving on a Board Commiee.
In seing Board and Commiee fees, the following are considered: general industry practice, ASX Corporate Governance Principles and
Recommendations, the responsibilities and risks aached to the NED role, the time commitment expected of NEDs on Group and
Company maers, and fees paid to NEDs of comparable companies.
ANZ compares NED fees to a comparator group of Australian listed companies with a similar market capitalisation, with particular focus
on the major financial services institutions. This is considered an appropriate group, given similarity in size and complexity, nature of
work and time commitment by NEDs.
To maintain NED independence and impartiality:
NED fees are not linked to the performance of the Group; and
NEDs are not eligible to participate in any of the Group’s variable remuneration arrangements.
The current aggregate fee pool for NEDs of $4m was approved by shareholders at the 2012 AGM. The annual total of NEDs’ fees,
including superannuation contributions, is within this agreed limit.
This table shows the NED fee policy structure for 2024 compared to 2023.
NED fee policy structure – 2024 and 2023
Financial
year Chair fee Member fee
Board
1,2
2024 $850,000 $245,000
2023 $850,000 $240,000
Audit Commiee 2024 $68,000 $34,000
2023 $65,000 $32,500
Risk Commiee 2024 $68,000 $34,000
2023 $65,000 $32,500
People & Culture Commiee (previously Human Resources Commiee) 2024 $68,000 $34,000
2023 $65,000 $32,500
Digital Business & Technology Commiee 2024 $68,000 $34,000
2023 $55,000 $27,500
Ethics, Environment, Social & Governance Commiee 2024 $68,000 $34,000
2023 $55,000 $27,500
1. Including superannuation.
2. The Chairman of the Board does not receive additional fees for serving on a Board Committee. The Chairman of the Board and NEDs do not receive a
fee for serving on the Nomination and Board Operations Committee.
7. Non-Executive Director (NED) remuneration
7.1 NED Remuneration structure
7.2 2024 Statutory remuneration – NEDS
60 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
60 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
NED shareholding guidelines
We expect our NEDs to hold ANZ shares. NEDs are required:
to accumulate shares – over a five-year period from their appointment to the value of:
100% of the NED member fee for Directors;
100% of the Chairman fee for the Chairman; and
to maintain this shareholding while they are a Director of ANZ.
Based on the ANZ share price as at 30 September 2024, all NEDs who have served five years met the holding guideline.
7.2 2024 Statutory remuneration – NEDS
The following table outlines the statutory remuneration of NEDs
1
disclosed in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards.
1. In addition to the fees shown below the following NEDs were awarded fees relating to other ANZ entities:
• John Cincotta awarded $35,743 in 2024 for his role as NED of Norfina Limited (Suncorp Bank).
• Jane Halton awarded $60,984 in 2024 for her role as Chair of Norfina Limited (Suncorp Bank).
• Christine O’Reilly awarded $35,743 in 2024 for her role as NED of Norfina Limited (Suncorp Bank).
• Scott St John awarded NZD 324,342 in 2024 for his roles as Chair and NED of ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited.
• Sir John Key awarded NZD 200,697 in 2024 (NZD 422,050 in 2023) for his role as Former Chair of ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited.
2024 Statutory remuneration – NEDS
Short-term NED benets
Post-
employment
Financial
year
Fees
1
$
Non monetary
benefits
2
$
Super
contributions
1
$
Total
remuneration
3
$
Current Non-Executive Directors
P O’Sullivan
2024 821,968 - 28,032 850,000
2023 824,181 - 25,819 850,000
J Cincoa
4
2024 177,802 184 18,253 196,239
R Gibb
4
2024 206,291 184 18,253 224,728
J Halton 2024 358,281 - 28,032 386,313
2023 329,181 - 25,819 355,000
G Hodges
4
2024 284,968 184 28,032 313,184
2023 176,745 - 17,102 193,847
H Kramer
4
2024 328,577 184 28,032 356,793
2023 35,841 - 3,942 39,783
C O’Reilly 2024 362,484 - 28,032 390,516
2023 344,181 - 25,819 370,000
J Smith 2024 347,332 - 28,032 375,364
2023 298,889 - 25,819 324,708
S St John
4
2024 146,879 - 14,800 161,679
Former Non-Executive Directors
I Atlas
4
2024 78,047 - 6,850 84,897
2023 339,181 - 25,819 365,000
J Key
4
2024 143,595 1,295 13,699 158,589
2023 301,681 - 25,819 327,500
J Macfarlane
4
2024 78,047 4,974 6,850 89,871
2023 336,443 - 25,819 362,262
Total of all Non-Executive Directors 2024 3,334,271 7,005 246,897 3,588,173
2023 2,986,323 - 201,777 3,188,100
1. Year-on-year differences in fees relate to changes to the NED fees and also to the superannuation Maximum Contribution Base.
2. Non monetary benefits generally consist of
company-funded benefits (and the associated Fringe Benefits Tax) such as welcome gifts from the ANZ NZ Board and gifts provided upon retirement.
3. Long-term benefits and
share-based payments do not apply for the NEDs.
4. Remuneration based on time as a NED in either 2023 (G Hodges and H Kramer) or 2024 (J Cincotta, R Gibb, S St John, I Atlas, J Key
and J Macfarlane).
61
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
61
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
8.1 The People &
CultureCommiee
8.1.1 Role of the People &
Culture Commiee
The Board is ultimately responsible for and
oversees ANZ Group’s Performance and
Remuneration Framework (P&R
Framework) and its eective application
throughout the ANZ Group. The People &
Culture Commiee’s role is to assist the
Board in its oversight of the eective
operation of P&R Framework and other
T&C maers. It has been delegated
authority to act as the remuneration
commiee for ANZBGL.
During the year the People & Culture
Commiee met on six occasions and
reviewed and approved, or made
recommendations to the Board on
maersincluding:
remuneration for the CEO and other key
executives (broader than those
disclosed in the Remuneration Report)
in accordance with ANZ’s Board level
P&R Policies, and fees for the NEDs;
maers related to P&R Framework
compliance with APRA’s Prudential
Standard CPS 511 Remuneration, and
updates on Treasury’s Financial
Accountability Regime (FAR);
the ANZ Group Scorecard (annual
objectives seing and assessment) and
annual variable remuneration spend;
performance and reward outcomes for
key senior executives, including the
consideration of material events that
have either occurred or came to light in
the year;
the release, further deferral or
application of malus of deferred
remuneration or clawback;
key senior executive appointments
andterminations;
the review of ANZ’s Board level P&R
Policies, and the Accountability &
Consequence Framework (A&CF);
building capabilities required to
deliveron our strategy;
succession plans for key senior
executives; and
culture, diversity and inclusion,
employee engagement, and how
wework.
8.1.2 Link between
remunerationand risk
The People & Culture Commiee has a
strong focus on the relationship between
business performance, risk management
and remuneration, aligned with our
business strategy. The chairs of the Risk
and Audit Commiees and the full Board
(ANZGHL and ANZBGL) are in aendance
for specic People & Culture Commiee
meetings. A joint meeting of the People &
Culture, Risk and Audit Commiees was
held to review:
material risk, conduct and audit
events that either occurred or came
to light in 2024;
2024 performance and variable
remuneration recommendations at
boththe Group, CEO and Disclosed
Executive level.
To further reflect the importance of the
link between remuneration and risk:
the Board had three NEDs (in addition to
the Chairman) in 2024 who served on
both the People & Culture Commiee
and the Risk Commiee;
the People & Culture Commiee has
free and unfeered access to risk and
financial control personnel (the CRO
andCFO aend People & Culture
Commiee meetings for specific
agenda items);
the CRO (together with GE T&C and
GGM IA) provides an independent
report to the People & Culture
Commiee on the most material risk,
conduct and audit events (as relevant)
to help inform considerations of
performance and remuneration, and
accountability and consequences at the
Group, Divisional and individual level;
the CRO also provides an independent
report to assist the Board in their
assessment of performance and
remuneration outcomes for the CEO
and Disclosed Executives;
the chairs of the Risk and Audit
Commiees are asked to provide input
to ensure appropriate consideration of
all relevant risk and internal audit issues;
the ANZ Group Scorecard and Divisional
Scorecards include Risk as a key
element acting as a modier, and it
forms an integral part of each
framework’s assessment and directly
impacts the overall outcomes; and
the LTVR restricted rights pre grant and
pre vest assessments undertaken by
the Board are primarily based on
non-financial risk outcomes.
8.1.3 Conflict of interest
To help mitigate potential conflicts of
interest:
management are not in aendance
when their own performance or
remuneration is being discussed by the
People & Culture Commiee or Board;
the CEO’s STVR is funded and
determined separately from the ANZIP
variable remuneration pool;
the CRO’s remuneration arrangements
dier to other Disclosed Executives to
preserve the independence of the role;
the EAG also has processes in place to
help mitigate conflicts of interest as
outlined in Section 6; and
the People & Culture Commiee seeks
input from a number of sources to
inform their consideration of
performance and remuneration
outcomes for the CEO and Disclosed
Executives including:
independent reports from Risk,
Finance, Talent and Culture, and
Internal Audit;
material risk, conduct and audit event
data provided by the CRO;
input from both the Audit Commiee
and the Risk Commiee of the Board.
More details about the role of the People & Culture Commiee, including its Charter,
can be found on our website. Go to anz.com > Our company > Strong governance
framework > ANZ People & Culture Commiee Charter.
8. Remuneration governance
8.1 The People & CultureCommiee
8.2 Internal governance
62 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
62 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
8.1.4 External advisors provided information but not recommendations
The People & Culture Commiee can engage independent external advisors as needed.
Throughout the year, the People & Culture Commiee and management received information from the following external advisors:
Ashurst, Deloie, EY, Guerdon Associates, PayIQ Executive Pay and PricewaterhouseCoopers. This information related to market data,
market practices, analysis and modelling, legislative requirements and the interpretation of governance and regulatory requirements.
During the year, ANZ did not receive any remuneration recommendations from external advisors about the remuneration ofKMP.
ANZ employs in-house remuneration professionals who provide recommendations to the People & Culture Commiee and the Board.
The Board made its decisions independently, using the information provided and with careful regard to ANZ’s key strategic priorities,
purpose and values, risk appetite, and the ANZ Group P&R Framework, ANZ’s Board level P&R Policies and ANZ’s Reward Principles.
8.2 Internal governance
8.2.1 Hedging prohibition
All deferred equity must remain at risk until it has fully vested. Accordingly, executives and their associated persons must not enter into
any schemes that specically protect the unvested value of equity allocated. If they do so, then they would forfeit the relevant equity.
8.2.2 CEO and Disclosed Executives’ shareholding guidelines
We expect the CEO and each Disclosed Executive to, over a five-year period:
accumulate ANZ shares to the value of 200% of their FR; and
maintain this shareholding level while they are an executive of ANZ.
Executives are permied to sell ANZ securities to meet taxation obligations on employee equity even if below the 200% guideline.
However, tax obligations for the purpose of these guidelines is limited to that arising from the initial taxing point event (i.e., when the
deferred shares vest or rights are exercised).
Shareholdings include all vested and unvested equity (excluding performance rights). Based on equity holdings as at 30 September
2024, the CEO and all Disclosed Executives meet or, if less than five years’ tenure, are on track to meet their minimum shareholding
guidelines requirements.
8.2.3 CEO and Disclosed Executives’ contract terms and equity treatment
The details of the contract terms and the equity treatment on termination (in accordance with the Conditions of Grant) relating to the
CEO and Disclosed Executives are below. Although they are similar, they vary in some cases to suit dierent circumstances.
Type of contract Permanent ongoing employment contract.
Notice on resignation 12 months by CEO;
6 months by Disclosed Executives.
1
Notice on termination
by ANZ
2
12 months by ANZ for CEO and Disclosed Executives.
3
However, ANZ may immediately terminate an individual’s employment at any time in the case of serious
misconduct. In that case, the individual will be entitled only to payment of FR up to the date of their
termination and their statutory entitlements.
How unvested equity is
treated on leaving ANZ
Executives who resign or are terminated will forfeit all their unvested deferred equity – unless the Board
determines otherwise.
If an executive is terminated due to redundancy or they are classified as a ‘good leaver, unless the
Board determines otherwise, then:
their STVR (deferred shares/share rights) remain on foot and are released at the original vesting date;
their LTVR (restricted rights/performance rights) (for grants awarded from 31 December 2020) remain
on foot and are released at the original vesting date (to the extent that the performance hurdles are
met); and
their performance rights
4
(for grants awarded pre 31 December 2020) are pro-rated for service to
the full notice termination date and released at the original vesting date (to the extent that the
performance hurdles are met).
On an executive’s death or total and permanent disablement, their deferred equity vests.
Unvested equity remains subject to malus post termination.
Change of control
(applies to the CEO only)
If a change of control or other similar event occurs, then we will test the performance conditions
applying to the CEO’s LTVR (restricted rights/performance rights). They will vest to the extent that the
performance conditions are satisfied.
1. 3 months by the former Acting GE T&C.
2. For M Carnegie, E Clements, K Corbally, F Faruqui, G Florian, C Morgan, A Strong, M Whelan and R Howell, their contracts state that in
particular circumstances they may be eligible for a retrenchment benefit in accordance with the relevant ANZ policy, as varied from time to time. For A Watson, notice on retrenchment
is 6 weeks and compensation on retrenchment is calculated on a scale up to a maximum of 79 weeks after 25 years’ service.
3. 6 months by ANZ for the former Acting GE T&C.
4. Or
deferred share rights granted to the CRO instead of performance rights.
63
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
63
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
9.1 LTVR Remuneration detail
1
The award of restricted rights ensures that LTVR provides material weight to non-financial measures (as required under APRA’s
Prudential Standard CPS 511 Remuneration), as well as supporting long-term alignment with shareholders.
Having a risk-based focus reflects the intent of the Prudential Standard CPS 511 Remuneration in ensuring remuneration arrangements
appropriately incentivise individuals to prudently manage risks. The performance conditions are designed to ensure there is focus on
both material risk events and building a strong risk culture over the longer term.
The following table details design features common to both LTVR restricted rights and performance rights.
Below details the LTVR approach that applied to the 2024 LTVR award granted in November/December 2023.
LTVR element Detail
Description
Restricted rights and performance rights provide a right to acquire one ordinary ANZ share at nil cost –
as long as applicable time and performance conditions are met. Their future value may range from zero to
an indeterminate value. The value depends on performance against the applicable performance condition
andon the share price at the time of exercise.
Performance period Both restricted rights and performance rights have a four-year performance period commencing from
1October and ending four years later on 30 September (e.g., 1 October 2023 to 30 September 2027 for
the2024 grant), noting that LTVR is awarded at the start of the financial year (rather than the end).
A four-year performance period provides sucient time for longer term performance to be reflected.
Deferral periods The deferral period is the sum of the four-year performance period and the applicable holding period.
The holding period commences the day aer the end of the four-year performance period (e.g., 1 October
2027 in the case of the 2024 LTVR award), and finishes on the 4th, 5th or 6th anniversary of grants.
Exercise period Rights can only be exercised at the end of the relevant deferral period (4, 5 or 6 years) when the rights vest
andbecome exercisable.
There is a two-year exercise period which commences at the end of the relevant deferral period for restricted
rights and performance rights.
Expensing ANZ engages PricewaterhouseCoopers to independently determine the fair value of restricted rights and
performance rights, which is only used for expensing for accounting purposes. They consider factors including:
the market performance conditions, share price volatility, life of the instrument, dividend yield, and share price
at grant date.
Dividends A dividend equivalent payment (DEP) is paid in cash at the end of the relevant deferral period, but is only made
to the extent that all or part of the underlying rights meet the relevant performance condition and vest to the
individual. Dividend equivalent payments accrue over the full deferral period for restricted rights, and only
during the holding period for performance rights.
Allocation basis The value the Board uses to determine the number of restricted rights and performance rights to be allocated
to the CEO and Disclosed Executives is the face value of ANZGHL shares traded on the ASX in the five trading
days leading up to and including 1 October (beginning of the financial year and LTVR performance period).
LTVR is awarded around the start of the financial year in late November for Disclosed Executives and
December for the CEO (subject to shareholder approval).
Satisfying vesting On vesting, the Board may determine to sele the relevant restricted rights and/or performance rights with
acash equivalent payment, rather than with shares.
1. Excluding former Acting GE T&C.
9. Other remuneration information
9.1 LTVR Remuneration detail
9.2 2024 Statutory remuneration –
CEO and Disclosed Executives
9.3 Equity holdings
9.4 Loans
9.5 Other transactions
64 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
64 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
9.1.1 2024 LTVR restricted rights further details – CEO and Disclosed Executives
1
LTVR element Performance condition detail
Restricted rights
pre grant and pre
vest assessments
Pre grant assessment purpose: Determines whether any reduction should be made to restricted rights award
value and is primarily based on outcomes in the prior financial year.
Pre vest assessment purpose: Determines whether the restricted rights amount awarded should vest in full
and is based on outcomes over the four-year performance period.
The pre grant and pre vest assessments also take into consideration any adjustments already applied for the
same event/outcomes in either the current or prior years (i.e., adjustments to STVR and LTVR, malus and
clawback), to ensure the overall impact is fair and proportionate to the severity of the outcome. Therefore,
given other remuneration adjustments are likely to be considered first, and as the award of restricted rights is
future focused, it is anticipated that restricted rights will be allocated at full value in most years – unless the
outcome of the following three assessment steps determines otherwise.
Step 1
Assess Prudential soundness
Step 2
Assess risk measures
Step 3
Apply Board discretion
Nil award if ANZ does not
meet capital ratio and
liquidity prudential
minimums.
Consideration of any Material
Risk Outcomes from executive
actions or inactions which are
expected to/or have resulted in
significant impacts.
Consideration of any signicant
adverse change in APRAs
Active Supervision level.
• Consideration of Risk Culture
(additional measure for pre vest)
that examines whether or not
ANZ has maintained (or made
progress towards) a sound risk
culture, considering both
executive actions or inactions.
Board to determine whether any
reduction should be made to LTVR
restricted rights outcome based on
consideration of a range of factors,
including:
the outcomes from steps 1 and
2;
the impact, if any, of the issue/s
on ANZ’s reputation/standing in
the market;
whether the issue was specific to
ANZ, the banking industry or the
broader market;
any impacts already applied (e.g.,
regarding downward adjustment
mechanisms, pre grant
assessment impact to LTVR
restricted rights);
whether any impact should be
made on an individual or
collective basis.
The assessments are not intended to be formulaic given the circumstances requiring the application of Board
discretion will typically be dierent or unique, however a Board decision making framework is in place to guide
the Board in applying discretion.
Material risk
outcomes process
The consideration of material risk outcomes is a key process that forms part of our broader Accountability and
Consequence Framework (A&CF) (Section 6), and is a comprehensive boom-up process designed to ensure
that all relevant events are surfaced and considered appropriately. Key steps include:
Risk, conduct and audit events are reported in ANZ’s Compliance & Operational Risk System.
Divisional Accountability Groups review serious risk, conduct and audit events, and provide
recommendations regarding accountability and consequences, where appropriate.
Enterprise Accountability Group (EAG) reviews recommendations of the Divisional Accountability Groups and
make final determination (with some exceptions where local Board approval is required or for material risk
takers and other non-administrative direct reports to the CEO, where Board approval is required).
People & Culture Commiee reviews the most serious risk, conduct and audit events (as part of independent
report from CRO) and determines impacts at the Group, Division and individual level for the CEO and ExCo.
1. Excluding former Acting GE T&C.
65
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
65
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
9.1.2 2024 LTVR performance rights further details – CEO and Disclosed Executives excluding the CRO
1
LTVR element Performance condition detail
Performance rights
hurdles
The performance rights have TSR performance hurdles reflecting the importance of focusing on achieving
longer term strategic objectives and aligning executives’ and shareholders’ interests. There are two TSR
performance hurdles for the 2024 grants of performance rights:
75% will be measured against a relative TSR hurdle.
25% will be measured against an absolute TSR hurdle.
TSR represents the change in value of a share plus the value of reinvested dividends paid. We regard it as the
most appropriate long-term measure – it focuses on the delivery of shareholder value and is a well understood
and tested mechanism to measure performance. The combination of relative and absolute TSR hurdles
provides balance to the plan by:
Relative: rewarding executives for performance that exceeds that of comparator companies; and
Absolute: ensuring there is a continued focus on providing positive growth – even when the market
isdeclining.
The two hurdles measure separate aspects of performance:
the relative TSR hurdle measures our TSR compared to that of the Select Financial Services (SFS) comparator
group, made up of core local and global competitors. This comparator group is chosen to broadly reflect the
geographies and business segments in which ANZ competes for revenue; and
the absolute Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) TSR hurdle provides executives with a more direct line
of sight to the level of shareholder return to be achieved. It also provides a tighter correlation between the
executives’ rewards and the shareholders’ financial outcomes.
We will measure ANZ’s TSR against each hurdle at the end of the four-year performance period to determine
whether any performance rights become exercisable. We measure relative and absolute TSR hurdles
independently from the other – for example one may vest fully or partially but the other may not vest.
Relative TSR hurdle
for performance
rights
The relative TSR hurdle is an external hurdle that measures our TSR against that of the SFS comparator group
over four years.
As previously disclosed in the 2023 Remuneration Report, in July 2023 for LTVR awards of performance rights
from financial year 2024 onwards, the Board approved for DBS Bank Limited to be removed from the
comparator group (noting that this change does not apply to prior awards currently on foot). This change
reflects the need to beer balance the weighting of international peers in our comparator group to more
appropriately reflect the change in capital allocated to Asia compared to when international comparators were
originally included in 2015 (as part of the super regional strategy at that time).
In July 2023, the Board approved the removal of Suncorp Group Limited from the comparator group, post the
Suncorp Bank acquisition. This change applies to both prior awards currently on foot and future LTVR awards
of performance rights (i.e., from financial year 2025).
When considering an appropriate cohort of peers for benchmarking TSR performance, the Board take into
consideration organisations with a similar scope of activities, common geographical focus, broadly comparable
risk compliance and regulatory profiles, and relative stability and transparency across market cycles. The SFS
comparator group for the 2024 LTVR performance rights is made up of: Bank of Queensland Limited; Bendigo
and Adelaide Bank Limited; Commonwealth Bank of Australia Limited; Macquarie Group Limited; National
Australia Bank Limited; Standard Chartered PLC; and Westpac Banking Corporation.
If the TSR of the company compared to the TSR of
the constituents of the comparator group:
The percentage of performance rights which will
vest is:
Does not reach the 50
th
percentile 0%
Reaches or exceeds the 50
th
percentile 50%, plus 2% for every one percentile increase
above the 50
th
percentile
Reaches or exceeds the 75
th
percentile 100%
1. Excluding former Acting GE T&C.
66 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
66 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
LTVR element Performance condition detail
Absolute TSR hurdle
for performance
rights
The absolute CAGR TSR hurdle is an internal hurdle focused on ANZ achieving or exceeding a threshold level of
growth that is set by the Board at the start of the performance period. The Board reviews and approves the
absolute CAGR TSR targets for each performance rights award. When determining the targets, the Board
references ANZ’s assessed Cost of Capital (CoC).
As previously disclosed in the 2023 Remuneration Report, in October 2023 the Board approved an update to
ANZ’s absolute CAGR TSR model for LTVR awards of performance rights from financial year 2024 onwards, to
reflect a dynamic (rather than static) target for CoC (noting that this change does not apply to prior awards
currently on foot). The TSR hurdle is now based on the time weighted CoC over the four-year performance
period. Therefore, the CAGR TSR target will be adjusted on a time weighted basis unless the Board applies
discretion not to adjust.
Any CoC changes approved by the Board throughout the performance period are prospective only (i.e., reflect
current market factors) and will form part of the dynamic CAGR TSR target calculation. This approach further
strengthens executive and shareholder alignment as the target is more responsive to future changes in both
the interest rate cycle and ANZ’s risk profile.
The level of performance required for each level of vesting, and the percentage of performance rights that vest
at each level of performance, is based on the time weighted CoC over the four-year performance period. The
Board will review and approve any changes to the CoC on a quarterly basis throughout the performance
period, based on the output from the Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM) methodology (which takes into
consideration the risk-free bond rate, the market risk premium and the beta – i.e., the volatility of ANZ’s
historical share price relative to the market). The Board will also approve the level of vesting (if any) at the end of
the performance period based on the time weighted CoC.
The Board retains discretion to adjust the absolute CAGR TSR hurdle in exceptional circumstances to ensure
that executives are neither advantaged nor disadvantaged by maers outside management’s control that
materially aect achievement of the absolute CAGR TSR performance condition.
If the absolute CAGR TSR of the company: The percentage of performance rights which will
vest is:
Does not reach the threshold
1
0%
Reaches the threshold 50%
Exceeds the threshold but does not reach the full
vesting level (i.e., 150% of threshold)
Progressive pro-rata vesting between 50% and
100% (on a straight line basis)
Reaches or exceeds 150% of threshold 100%
Calculating TSR
performance
When calculating performance against TSR, we:
reduce the impact of share price volatility – by using an averaging calculation over a 90-trading day period
for start and end values;
ensure an independent measurement – by engaging the services of an external organisation, to calculate
ANZ’s performance against both the absolute and relative TSR hurdles; and
test the performance against the relevant hurdle once only at the end of the four-year performance period
– the rights lapse if the performance hurdle is not met – there is no retesting.
1. Based on the CoC at the start of the performance period, the CAGR TSR threshold was 9.75% and the full vesting level was based on a CAGR TSR of 14.63%; however this may be
subject to change based on the time weighted CoC over the performance period unless the Board exercises discretion to set it otherwise.
67
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
67
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
9.2 2024 Statutory remuneration – CEO and Disclosed Executives
The following table outlines the statutory remuneration disclosed in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards. While it shows
the FR awarded (cash and superannuation contributions) and also the cash component of the 2024 variable remuneration award, it
does not show the actual variable remuneration awarded or received in 2024 (Sections 5.1.2, 5.2.1, 5.3 and 5.4), but instead shows
the amortised accounting value for this financial year of deferred remuneration (including prior year awards).
2024 Statutory remuneration – CEO and Disclosed Executives
Short–term employee benefits Post–employment
Financial
year
Cash salary
1
$
Non monetary
benefits
2
$
Total cash
incentive
3
$
Other cash
4
$
Super
contributions
5
$
CEO and Current Disclosed Executives
S Ellio 2024 2,471,968 10,394 650,000 - 28,032
2023 2,474,181 15,676 1,160,000 - 25,819
M Carnegie
9
2024 1,271,468 30,510 432,500 - 28,532
2023 1,224,181 77,341 550,000 - 26,319
E Clements
10
2024 755,468 13,042 235,200 - 28,532
K Corbally
9
2024 1,271,968 10,394 312,000 - 28,032
2023 1,224,181 10,176 532,500 - 25,819
F Faruqui
9
2024 1,246,968 15,990 442,500 - 28,032
2023 1,224,181 11,423 600,000 - 25,819
G Florian
9
2024 1,234,468 21,358 432,500 - 28,032
2023 1,216,181 23,179 497,500 - 25,819
C Morgan
4,9,10
2024 1,106,468 33,024 325,000 - 28,532
2023 608,220 15,707 250,000 407,000 18,780
A Strong
9,10
2024 821,968 - 290,000 - 28,032
2023 670,504 - 315,100 - 19,496
A Watson
5,8,9,11
2024 1,043,345 10,870 398,830 - 64,667
2023 1,062,823 21,431 472,570 - 60,557
M Whelan
9
2024 1,471,968 10,394 297,500 - 28,032
2023 1,434,181 10,176 730,000 - 25,819
Former Disclosed Executives
R Howell
10
2024 7,477 6,850
2023
224,942 180,000 6,850
1. Cash salary includes any adjustments required to reflect the use of ANZ’s Lifestyle Leave Policy for the period in the KMP role.
2. Non monetary benefits generally consist of
company-funded benefits (and the associated Fringe Benefits Tax) such as car parking, taxation services and costs met by the Company in relation to relocation/accommodation.
3. The total cash incentive relates to the cash component of STVR only. The relevant amortisation of the STVR deferred components is included in share-based payments and has been
amortised over the vesting period. The total STVR was approved by the ANZBGL and ANZGHL Boards in October 2024, and in addition for A Watson by the ANZ NZ Board in October
2024. 100% of the cash component of the STVR awarded for the 2023 and 2024 years vested to the executive in the applicable financial year.
4. Other cash and other equity
allocations (C Morgan) relate to the employment arrangements of deferred variable remuneration forfeited and bonus opportunity forgone as a result of joining ANZ.
5. For Australian
based executives, the 2023 and 2024 superannuation contributions reflect the Superannuation Guarantee Contribution based on the Maximum Contribution Base. A Watson
participates in KiwiSaver where ANZ provides an employer superannuation contribution matching member contributions up to 4% of total gross pay. KiwiSaver employer superannuation
contributions are also contributed on top of cash STVR at the time of payment.
6. For Australian based executives, long service leave accrued takes into consideration the impact of
changes to the Superannuation Guarantee percentage. Year-on-year fluctuations in long service leave accrued relate to the impact of historical fixed remuneration increases on the
accrual as calculated at the end of each financial year.
68 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
68 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
Long–term
employee benefits
Share–based payments
7
Total amortisation value of
Long service leave
accrued during
the year
6
$
Variable
remuneration
Other equity
allocations
4,8
Deferred
shares
$
Deferred
share rights
$
Restricted
rights
$
Performance
rights
$
Deferred
shares
$
Termination
benefits
$
Total
remuneration
$
34,899 983,953 - 470,353 1,050,043 - - 5,699,642
35,112 1,061,506 - 212,024 1,202,190 - - 6,186,508
24,194 537,168 - 278,624 318,478 - - 2,921,474
22,858 548,990 - 132,871 298,501 - - 2,881,061
62,803 258,379 - 74,331 41,931 - - 1,469,686
28,812 504,806 184,609 412,784 - - - 2,753,405
27,518 568,319 265,999 196,849 - - - 2,851,361
19,593 587,723 11,970 276,254 339,842 - - 2,968,872
19,332 600,306 56,608 132,871 364,031 - - 3,034,571
19,520 519,518 - 262,636 314,818 - - 2,832,850
30,978 531,235 - 122,240 270,977 - - 2,718,109
17,191 248,970 - 193,884 109,398 238,340 - 2,300,807
5,367 67,909 - 1,414 798 29,899 - 1,405,094
33,855 382,072 - 173,812 94,524 - - 1,824,263
18,550 354,547 - 73,347 38,600 - - 1,490,144
7,560 494,722 - 244,918 294,280 - - 2,559,192
6,612 528,328 - 117,866 222,922 46 - 2,493,155
31,775 589,980 - 323,689 378,985 - - 3,132,323
36,172 700,447 - 155,192 393,646 - - 3,485,633
237 2,831 17,395
9,32162,538––– 483,651
7. As required by AASB 2 Share-based payments, the amortisation value includes a proportion of the fair value (taking into account market-related vesting conditions) of all equity that
had not yet fully vested as at the commencement of the financial year. The fair value is determined at grant date and is allocated on a straight-line basis over the relevant vesting period.
The amount included as remuneration neither relates to, nor indicates, the benefit (if any) that the executive may ultimately realise if the equity becomes exercisable. No terms of
share-based payments have been altered or modified during the financial year. There were no cash settled share-based payments or any other form of share-based payment
compensation during the financial year for the CEO or Disclosed Executives.
8. Other equity allocations (A Watson) relate to shares received in relation to the historical Employee Share
Offer which provided a grant of ANZ shares in each financial year to eligible employees subject to Board approval.
9. 2024 fixed remuneration reflects increases applied from 1 October
2023 to maintain or improve market positioning (M Carnegie, K Corbally, F Faruqui, G Florian, C Morgan, A Strong, A Watson, M Whelan).
10. Remuneration based on time as a
Disclosed Executive in either 2023 (C Morgan, A Strong, R Howell) or 2024 (E Clements, R Howell).
11. Paid in NZD and converted to AUD.
69
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
69
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Type of equity
Number
granted
1
Equity
fair
value
(for
2024
grants
only)
$
Grant
date
First
date
exercisable
Date
of
expiry
Vested
Lapsed/
Forfeited Exercised/Sold Vested
and
exercis-
able
as at
30 Sep
2024
3
Unexer-
cisable
as at
30 Sep
2024
4
Name Number %
Value
2
$ Number %
Value
2
$ Number %
Value
2
$
CEO and Current Disclosed Executives
S Ellio
Deferred shares 3,001 22-Nov-19 22-Nov-23 - 3,001 100 72,966 - - - (3,001) 100 72,966 -
Deferred shares 5,420 07-Dec-20 22-Nov-23 - 5,420 100 131,781 - - - (5,420) 100 131,781 - -
Deferred shares 10,830 22-Nov-21 22-Nov-23 - 10,830 100 263,318 - - - (10,830) 100 263,318 - -
Deferred shares 20,156 01-Oct-22 22-Nov-23 - 20,156 100 490,069 - - - (20,156) 100 490,069 - -
Deferred shares 19,740 25.66 01-Oct-23 22-Nov-24 - - - - - - - - - - - 19,740
Deferred shares 19,739 25.66 01-Oct-23 22-Nov-25 - - - - - - - - - - - 19,739
Deferred shares 3,158 25.66 01-Oct-23 22-Nov-26 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,158
Deferred shares 3,158 25.66 01-Oct-23 22-Nov-27 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,158
Deferred shares 3,158 25.66 01-Oct-23 22-Nov-28 - - - - - - - - - - - 3,158
Restricted rights 21,984 20.08 21-Dec-23 21-Dec-27 21-Dec-29 - - - - - - - - - - 21,984
Restricted rights 21,984 18.85 21-Dec-23 21-Dec-28 21-Dec-30 - - - - - - - - - - 21,984
Restricted rights 22,651 17.70 21-Dec-23 21-Dec-29 21-Dec-31 - - - - - - - - - - 22,651
Performance rights 126,050 17-Dec-19 17-Dec-23 17-Dec-25 - - - (126,050) 100 (3,223,073) - - - - -
Performance rights 42,016 17-Dec-19 17-Dec-23 17-Dec-25 - - - (42,016) 100 (1,074,341) - - - - -
Performance rights 16,488 12.54 21-Dec-23 21-Dec-27 21-Dec-29 - - - - - - - - - - 16,488
Performance rights 5,496 7.35 21-Dec-23 21-Dec-27 21-Dec-29 - - - - - - - - - - 5,496
Performance rights 16,488 11.33 21-Dec-23 21-Dec-28 21-Dec-30 - - - - - - - - - - 16,488
Performance rights 5,496 7.26 21-Dec-23 21-Dec-28 21-Dec-30 - - - - - - - - - - 5,496
Performance rights 16,988 10.08 21-Dec-23 21-Dec-29 21-Dec-31 - - - - - - - - - - 16,988
Performance rights 5,662 7.15 21-Dec-23 21-Dec-29 21-Dec-31 - - -
- - - - - - - 5
,662
M Carnegie
Deferred shares 36 20-Aug-16 01-Jun-17 - - - - - - - (36) 100 1,038 - -
Deferred shares 3,584 20-Aug-16 20-Aug-17 - - - - - - - (3,584) 100 103,364 - -
Deferred shares 1,327 20-Aug-16 21-Nov-17 - - - - - - - (1,327) 100 38,271 - -
Deferred shares 1,327 20-Aug-16 27-Feb-18 - - - - - - - (1,327) 100 38,271 - -
Deferred shares 1,327 20-Aug-16 01-Jun-18 - - - - - - - (1,327) 100 38,271 - -
Deferred shares 1,182 22-Nov-16 22-Nov-19 - - - - - - - (1,182) 100 34,089 - -
Deferred shares 1,182 22-Nov-16 22-Nov-20 - - - - - - - (1,182) 100 34,089 - -
Deferred shares 4,785 22-Nov-17 22-Nov-18 - - - - - - - (4,785) 100 138,001 - -
Deferred shares 4,785 22-Nov-17 22-Nov-19 - - - - - - - (4,785) 100 138,001 - -
Deferred shares 4,785 22-Nov-17 22-Nov-20 - - - - - - - (4,785) 100 138,001 - -
Deferred shares 4,785 22-Nov-17 22-Nov-21 - - - - - - - (4,785) 100 142,975 - -
Deferred shares 5,205 22-Nov-18 22-Nov-19 - - - - - - - (5,205) 100 156,052 - -
Deferred shares 5,202 22-Nov-18 22-Nov-20 - - - - - - - (5,202) 100 155,962 - -
Deferred shares 5,202 22-Nov-18 22-Nov-21 - - - - - - - (5,202) 100 155,962 - -
Deferred shares 5,202 22-Nov-18 22-Nov-22 - - - - - - - (5,202) 100 155,962 - -
9.3 Equity holdings
For the equity granted to the CEO and Disclosed Executives in November/December 2023, all deferred shares were purchased on the
market. For deferred share rights, which vested to Disclosed Executives in November 2023, where the rights were not able to be satisfied
through the reallocation of previously forfeited shares they were satisfied through the on market purchase of shares.
9.3.1 CEO and Disclosed Executives’ equity granted, vested, exercised/sold and lapsed/forfeited
The table below sets out details of deferred shares and rights that we granted to the CEO and Disclosed Executives:
during the 2024 year, relating to 2023 Performance and Remuneration Review outcomes; or
in prior years and that then vested, were exercised/sold or which lapsed/were forfeited during the 2024 year.
Equity granted, vested, exercised/sold and lapsed/forfeited – CEO and Disclosed Executives
70 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
70 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
Type of equity
Number
granted
1
Equity
fair
value
(for
2024
grants
only)
$
Grant
date
First
date
exercisable
Date
of
expiry
Vested
Lapsed/
Forfeited Exercised/Sold Vested
and
exercis-
able
as at
30 Sep
2024
3
Unexer-
cisable
as at
30 Sep
2024
4
Name Number %
Value
2
$ Number %
Value
2
$ Number %
Value
2
$
CEO and Current Disclosed Executives
M Carnegie
Deferred shares 7,924 22-Nov-19 22-Nov-20 - - - - - - - (7,924) 100 234,926 - -
Deferred shares 5,942 22-Nov-19 22-Nov-21 - - - - - - - (5,942) 100 176,131 - -
Deferred shares 3,961 22-Nov-19 22-Nov-22 - - - - - - - (3,961) 100 117,411 -
Deferred shares 1,980 22-Nov-19 22-Nov-23 - 1,980 100 48,141 - - - - - - 1,980 -
Deferred shares 7,099 07-Dec-20 22-Nov-21 - - - - - - - (7,099) 100 210,426 - -
Deferred shares 5,323 07-Dec-20 22-Nov-22 - - - - - - - (5,207) 98 154,344 116 -
Deferred shares 3,549 07-Dec-20 22-Nov-23 - 3,549 100 86,290 - - - - - - 3,549 -
Deferred shares 6,165 22-Nov-21 22-Nov-23 - 6,165 100 149,895 - - - - - - 6,165 -
Deferred shares 9,970 01-Oct-22 22-Nov-23 - 9,970 100 242,409 - - - - - - 9,970 -
Deferred shares 10,857 25.66 01-Oct-23 22-Nov-24 - - - - - - - - - - - 10,857
Deferred shares 10,856 25.66 01-Oct-23 22-Nov-25 - - - - - - - - - - - 10,856
Restricted rights 17,321 18.92 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 17,321
Restricted rights 17,321 17.77 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 17,321
Performance rights 30,612 22-Nov-19 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-25 - - - (30,612) 100 (744,294) - - - - -
Performance rights 10,204 22-Nov-19 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-25 - - - (10,204) 100 (248,098) - - - - -
Performance rights 12,991 11.94 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 12,991
Performance rights 4,330 7.37 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 4,330
Performance rights 12,991 10.74 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 12,991
Performance rights 4,330 7.26 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 4,330
E Clements
5
Deferred shares 2,751 07-Dec-20 22-Nov-23 - 2,751 100 66,887 - - - - - - 2
,751 -
Deferred shares 2,285 22-Nov-21 22-Nov-23 - 2,285 100 55,557 - - - - - - 2,285 -
Deferred shares 3,033 22-Nov-22 22-Nov-23 - 3,033 100 73,744 - - - - - - 3,033 -
Deferred shares 4,102 24.31 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-24 - - - - - - - - - - - 4,102
Deferred shares 4,102 24.31 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-25 - - - - - - - - - - - 4,102
Deferred shares 4,102 24.31 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-26 - - - - - - - - - - - 4,102
Restricted rights 10,659 18.92 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 10,659
Restricted rights 10,659 17.77 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 10,659
Performance rights 7,994 11.94 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 7,994
Performance rights 2,664 7.37 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 2,664
Performance rights 7,994 10.74 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 7,994
Performance rights 2,664 7.26 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 2,664
K Corbally
Deferred shares 3,829 22-Nov-19 22-Nov-23 - 3,829 100 93,098 - - - (3,829) 100 93,225 - -
Deferred shares 3,720 07-Dec-20 22-Nov-23 - 3,720 100 90,447 - - - (3,720) 100 90,572 - -
Deferred shares 6,647 22-Nov-21 22-Nov-23 - 6,647 100 161,614 - - - (6,647) 100 161,836 - -
Deferred shares 9,590 01-Oct-22 22-Nov-23 - 9,590 100 233,169 - - - (9,590) 100 233,490 - -
Deferred shares 10,511 25.66 01-Oct-23 22-Nov-24 - - - - - - - - - - - 10,511
Deferred shares 10,511 25.66 01-Oct-23 22-Nov-25 - - - - - - - - - - - 10,511
Deferred share
rights
19,727 22-Nov-19 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-23 19,727 100 479,638 - - - (19,727) 100 479,638 - -
Restricted rights 25,661 18.92 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 25,661
Restricted rights 25,661 17.77 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 25,661
F Faruqui
Deferred shares 1,797 21-Nov-14 21-Nov-17 - - - - - - - (1,797) 100 50,778 - -
Deferred shares 8,523 22-Nov-21 22-Nov-22 - - - - - - - (8,523) 100 240,834 - -
Deferred shares 7,862 22-Nov-21 22-Nov-23 - 7,862 100 191,155 - - - (7,862) 100 216,332 - -
Deferred shares 12,950 01-Oct-22 22-Nov-23 - 12,950 100 314,864 - -
- (12,950) 100 365,927 - -
Deferred shares 11,844 25.66 01-Oct-23 22-Nov-24 - - - - - - - - - - - 11,844
71
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
71
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Type of equity
Number
granted
1
Equity
fair
value
(for
2024
grants
only)
$
Grant
date
First
date
exercisable
Date
of
expiry
Vested
Lapsed/
Forfeited Exercised/Sold Vested
and
exercis-
able
as at
30 Sep
2024
3
Unexer-
cisable
as at
30 Sep
2024
4
Name Number %
Value
2
$ Number %
Value
2
$ Number %
Value
2
$
CEO and Current Disclosed Executives
F Faruqui
Deferred shares 11,843 25.66 01-Oct-23 22-Nov-25 - - - - - - - - - - - 11,843
Deferred share
rights
4,257 22-Nov-19 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-23 4,257 100 103,504 - - - (4,257) 100 103,504 - -
Deferred share
rights
3,619 07-Dec-20 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-23 3,619 100 87,992 - - - (3,619) 100 87,992 - -
Restricted rights 16,988 18.92 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 16,988
Restricted rights 16,988 17.77 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 16,988
Performance rights 51,839 22-Nov-19 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-25 - - - (51,839) 100 (1,260,403) - - - - -
Performance rights 17,279 22-Nov-19 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-25 - - - (17,279) 100 (420,118) - - - - -
Performance rights 12,741 11.94 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 12,741
Performance rights 4,247 7.37 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 4,247
Performance rights 12,741 10.74 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 12,741
Performance rights 4,247 7.26 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 4,247
G Florian
Deferred shares 2,775 22-Nov-18 22-Nov-22 - - - - - - - (2,775) 100 71,726 - -
Deferred shares 4,491 22-Nov-19 22-Nov-20 - - - - - - - (4,491) 100 119,651 - -
Deferred shares 1,122 22-Nov-19 22-Nov-23 - 1,122 100 27,280 - - - (1,122) 100 29,893 - -
Deferred shares 3,219 07-Dec-20 22-Nov-23 - 3,219 100 78,266 - - - (3,219) 100 85,762 - -
Deferred shares 7,326 22-Nov-21 22-Nov-23 - 7,326 100 178,123 - - - (7,326) 100 202,453 - -
Deferred shares 9,590 01-Oct-22 22-Nov-23 - 9,590 100 233,169 - - - (9,590) 100 283,731 - -
Deferred shares 9,820 25.66 01-Oct-23 22-Nov-24 - - - - - - - - - - - 9,820
Deferred shares 9,820 25.66 01-Oct-23 22-Nov-25 - - - - - - - - - - - 9,820
Restricted rights 16,821 18.92 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - -
- - - - - - - 16,821
Restricted rights 16,821 17.77 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 16,821
Performance rights 17,346 22-Nov-19 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-25 - - - (17,346) 100 (421,747) - - - - -
Performance rights 5,782 22-Nov-19 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-25 - - - (5,782) 100 (140,582) - - - - -
Performance rights 12,616 11.94 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 12,616
Performance rights 4,205 7.37 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 4,205
Performance rights 12,616 10.74 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 12,616
Performance rights 4,205 7.26 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 4,205
C Morgan
Deferred shares 3,025 20-Aug-23 20-Aug-24 - 3,025 100 90,420 - - - - - - 3,025 -
Deferred shares 5,082 20-Aug-23 20-Aug-24 - 5,082 100 151,906 - - - - - - 5,082 -
Deferred shares 4,935 25.66 01-Oct-23 22-Nov-24 - - - - - - - - - - - 4,935
Deferred shares 4,934 25.66 01-Oct-23 22-Nov-25 - - - - - - - - - - - 4,934
Restricted rights 15,122 18.92 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 15,122
Restricted rights 15,122 17.77 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 15,122
Performance rights 11,342 11.94 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 11,342
Performance rights 3,780 7.37 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 3,780
Performance rights 11,342 10.74 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 11,342
Performance rights 3,780 7.26 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 3,780
A Strong
Deferred shares 2,590 07-Dec-20 22-Nov-22 - - - - - - - (2,590) 100 63,059 - -
Deferred shares 3,229 07-Dec-20 22-Nov-23 - 3,229 100 78,509 - - - (3,229) 100 78,617 - -
Deferred shares 4,189 22-Nov-21 22-Nov-22 - - - - - - - (4,189) 100 101,990 - -
Deferred shares 4,187 22-Nov-21 22-Nov-23 - 4,187 100 101,802 - - - (4,187) 100 101,942 - -
Deferred shares 6,133 01-Oct-22 22-Nov-23 - 6,133 100 149,117 - - - (6,133) 100 149,321 - -
Deferred shares 6,761 25.66 01-Oct-23 22-Nov-24 - - - - - - - - - - - 6,761
Deferred shares 6,760 25.66 01-Oct-23 22-Nov-25 - - -
- - - - - - - - 6
,760
Restricted rights 11,325 18.92 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 11,325
Restricted rights 11,325 17.77 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 11,325
72 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
72 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
1. For the purpose of the five highest paid executive disclosures, Executives are defined as Disclosed Executives or other members of the ExCo. For the 2024 financial year the five highest
paid executives include five Disclosed Executives. Rights granted to Disclosed Executives as remuneration in 2024 are included in the table. No rights have been granted to the CEO,
Disclosed Executives or the five highest paid executives since the end of 2024 up to the Directors’ Report sign-off date.
2. The point in time value of deferred shares/deferred share rights
and/or restricted rights/performance rights is based on the one day VWAP of the Company’s shares traded on the ASX on the date of vesting, lapsing/forfeiture or exercising/sale/transfer
out of trust, multiplied by the number of deferred shares/deferred share rights and/or restricted rights/performance rights. The exercise price for all deferred share rights/restricted rights/
performance rights is $0.00. No terms or conditions of grant of the share-based payment transactions have been altered or modified during the reporting period.
3. The number vested
and exercisable is the number of shares, options and rights that remain vested at the end of the reporting period. No shares, options and rights were vested and unexercisable.
4. Performance rights granted in prior years (by grant date) that remained unexerciseable at 30September 2024 or date ceased as a KMP include (the below):
Nov-20 Nov-21 Nov-22 Nov-23
S Elliott 159,308 126,353 73,143 66,618
M Carnegie 38,378 42,345 36,572 34,642
E Clements - - - 21,316
K Corbally ----
F Faruqui 34,045 54,006 36,572 33,976
G Florian 34,820 50,324 33,644 33,642
C Morgan - - 18,421 30,244
A Strong - - 21,944 22,650
A Watson 31,389 51,117 32,442 30,098
M Whelan 34,045 60,266 42,716 39,970
R Howell ----
Type of equity
Number
granted
1
Equity
fair
value
(for
2024
grants
only)
$
Grant
date
First
date
exercisable
Date
of
expiry
Vested
Lapsed/
Forfeited Exercised/Sold Vested
and
exercis-
able
as at
30 Sep
2024
3
Unexer-
cisable
as at
30 Sep
2024
4
Name Number %
Value
2
$ Number %
Value
2
$ Number %
Value
2
$
CEO and Current Disclosed Executives
A Strong
Performance rights 8,494 11.94 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 8,494
Performance rights 2,831 7.37 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 2,831
Performance rights 8,494 10.74 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 8,494
Performance rights 2,831 7.26 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 2,831
A Watson
Deferred shares 29 03-Dec-18 03-Dec-21 - - - - - - - (29) 100 856 - -
Deferred shares 32 02-Dec-19 02-Dec-22 - - - - - - - (32) 100 945 - -
Deferred shares 4,541 22-Nov-19 22-Nov-23 - 4,541 100 110,409 - - - (4,541) 100 128,315 - -
Deferred shares 2,902 07-Dec-20 22-Nov-23 - 2,902 100 70,559 - - - (2,902) 100 82,815 - -
Deferred shares 7,442 22-Nov-21 22-Nov-23 - 7,442 100 180,943 - - - (5,357) 72 158,151 2,085 -
Deferred shares 9,162 01-Oct-22 22-Nov-23 - 9,162 100 222,763 - - - - - - 9,162 -
Deferred shares 9,328 25.66 01-Oct-23 22-Nov-24 - - - - - - - - - - - 9,328
Deferred shares 9,328 25.66 01-Oct-23 22-Nov-25 - - - - - - - - - - - 9,328
Restricted rights 15,050 18.92 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 15,050
Restricted rights 15,050 17.77 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 15,050
Performance rights 11,287 11.94 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 11,287
Performance rights 3,762 7.37 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 3,762
Performance rights 11,287 10.74 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 11,287
Performance rights 3,762 7.26 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 3,762
M Whelan
Deferred shares 3,499 22-Nov-19 22-Nov-23 - 3,499 100 85,074 - - - (3,499) 100 85,085 - -
Deferred shares 3,148 07-Dec-20 22-Nov-23 - 3,148 100
76,540 - - - (3,148) 100 76,550 - -
Deferred shares 8,774 22-Nov-21 22-Nov-23 - 8,774 100 213,329 - - - (8,774) 100 213,357 - -
Deferred shares 11,595 01-Oct-22 22-Nov-23 - 11,595 100 281,919 - - - (11,595) 100 281,956 - -
Deferred shares 14,410 25.66 01-Oct-23 22-Nov-24 - - - - - - - - - - - 14,410
Deferred shares 14,409 25.66 01-Oct-23 22-Nov-25 - - - - - - - - - - - 14,409
Restricted rights 19,986 18.92 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 19,986
Restricted rights 19,986 17.77 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 19,986
Performance rights 54,081 22-Nov-19 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-25 - - - (54,081) 100 (1,314,915) - - - - -
Performance rights 18,027 22-Nov-19 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-25 - - - (18,027) 100 (438,305) - - - - -
Performance rights 14,989 11.94 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 14,989
Performance rights 4,996 7.37 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-27 22-Nov-29 - - - - - - - - - - 4,996
Performance rights 14,989 10.74 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 14,989
Performance rights 4,996 7.26 22-Nov-23 22-Nov-28 22-Nov-30 - - - - - - - - - - 4,996
Former Disclosed Executives
R Howell
6
Performance rights granted to S Elliott in 2024 were approved by shareholders at
the 2023 AGM in accordance with ASX Listing Rule 10.14.
5. Equity transactions disclosed from date commenced as a Disclosed Executive.
6. Equity transactions disclosed up to date ceased as a KMP. There were no
disclosable transactions for R Howell.
73
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
73
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
9.3.2 NED, CEO and Disclosed Executives’ equity holdings
The table below sets out details of equity held directly, indirectly or beneficially by each NED, the CEO and each Disclosed Executive,
including their related parties.
Equity holdings – NED, CEO and Disclosed Executives
Name Type of equity
Opening balance at
1 Oct 2023
Granted during
the year as
remuneration
1
Received during the
year on exercise of
options or rights
Resulting from any
other changes
during the year
2
Closing
balance at
30 Sep 2024
3,4
Current Non-Executive Directors
P O'Sullivan Ordinary shares 4,350 - - - 4,350
Capital notes 7 9,250 - - - 9,250
J Cincoa
5
R Gibb
5
Ordinary shares - - - 1,032 1,032
Capital notes 7 - - - 194 194
Capital notes 8 - - - 196 196
J Halton Ordinary shares 10,058 - - - 10,058
G Hodges Ordinary shares 184,401 - - - 184,401
Capitol notes 4 1,350 - - (1,350) -
H Kramer Ordinary shares 5,828 - - - 5,828
C O'Reilly Ordinary shares 6,400 - - - 6,400
J Smith Ordinary shares 2,779 - - - 2,779
S St John
5
Ordinary shares 2,000 - - 1,000 3,000
Former Non-Executive Directors
I Atlas
6
Ordinary shares 15,318 - - - 15,318
J Key
6
Ordinary shares 10,500 - - - 10,500
J Macfarlane
6
Ordinary shares 19,042 - - - 19,042
Capital notes 6 2,140 - - - 2,140
Capital notes 7 2,000 - - - 2,000
Capital notes 8 5,000 - - - 5,000
CEO and Current Disclosed Executives
S Ellio Deferred shares 73,103 48,953 - (39,407) 82,649
Ordinary shares 495,640 - - 44,648 540,288
Restricted rights 73,145 66,619 - - 139,764
Performance rights 526,870 66,618 - (168,066) 425,422
M Carnegie Deferred shares 132,773 21,713 - (84,865) 69,621
Ordinary shares 41,580 - - 4,298 45,878
Restricted rights 36,572 34,642 - - 71,214
Performance rights 158,111 34,642 - (40,816) 151,937
E Clements
5
Deferred shares 17,775 12,306 - - 30,081
Ordinary shares 993 - - 1,567 2,560
Restricted rights - 21,318 - - 21,318
Performance rights - 21,316 - - 21,316
K Corbally Deferred shares 45,958 21,022 - (23,786) 43,194
Ordinary shares 4,345 - 19,727 (24,072) -
Capital notes 6 1,400 - - - 1,400
Deferred share rights 62,675 - (19,727) - 42,948
Restricted rights 54,182 51,322 - - 105,504
F Faruqui Deferred shares 51,942 23,687 - (31,132) 44,497
Ordinary shares 120,517 - 6,397 3,238 130,152
Deferred share rights 9,780 - (7,876) - 1,904
Restricted rights 36,572 33,976 - - 70,548
Performance rights 193,741 33,976 - (69,118) 158,599
G Florian Deferred shares 47,048 19,640 - (28,523) 38,165
Ordinary shares 55,612 - - (25,495) 30,117
Restricted rights 33,646 33,642 - - 67,288
Performance rights 141,916 33,642 - (23,128) 152,430
C Morgan
7
Deferred shares 13,189 9,869 - - 23,058
Ordinary shares 25 - - 1,197 1,222
Restricted rights 18,422 30,244 - - 48,666
Performance rights 18,421 30,244 - - 48,665
A Strong Deferred shares 36,779 13,521 - (20,328) 29,972
Ordinary shares 4,235 - - (1,897) 2,338
Restricted rights 21,944 22,650 - - 44,594
Performance rights 21,944 22,650 - - 44,594
A Watson Deferred shares 42,101 18,656 - (12,800) 47,957
Employee Share Oer 61 - - (61) -
Ordinary shares 50,974 - - (13,795) 37,179
Restricted rights 32,442 30,100 - - 62,542
Performance rights 114,948 30,098 - - 145,046
74 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
74 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
9.4 Loans
9.4.1 Overview
When we lend to NEDs, the CEO or Disclosed Executives, we do so in the ordinary course of business and on normal commercial terms
and conditions that are no more favourable than those given to other employees or customers – this includes the term of the loan, the
security required and the interest rate. Details of the terms and conditions of lending products can be found on
anz.com. No amounts
have been wrien o during the period, or individual assessed allowance for expected credit losses raised in respect of these balances.
Total loans to NEDs, the CEO and Disclosed Executives, including their related parties at 30 September 2024 (including those with balances
less than $100,000) was $23,446,756 (2023: $30,555,236) with interest paid of $1,077,834 (2023: $1,346,442) during the period.
9.4.2 NED, CEO and Disclosed Executives’ loan transactions
The table below sets out details of loans outstanding to NEDs, the CEO and Disclosed Executives including their related parties,
if – at any time during the year – the individual’s aggregate loan balance exceeded $100,000.
Loan transactions – NED, CEO and Disclosed Executives
Names
Opening balance
at 1 Oct 2023¹
$
Closing balance at
30 Sep 2024
$
Interest paid and
payable in the
reporting period²
$
Highest balance in
the reporting period
$
Current Non–Executive Directors
P O’Sullivan 657,998 675 23 664,981
G Hodges 2,322,355 1,246,738 84,858 2,501,191
H Kramer 3,189,935 3,532,890 205,664 3,602,471
S St John 1,160,096 1,145,916 37,112 1,165,093
CEO and Current Disclosed Executives
S Ellio 2,467,062 1,968,205 72,173 2,478,583
M Carnegie 5,602,183 3,782 141,566 5,620,083
G Florian 2,324,157 2,223,982 60,887 2,344,193
A Strong 1,715,981 2,406,222 116,714 2,868,494
M Whelan 1,528,458 1,495,365 95,089 1,578,999
Former Disclosed Executives
J Key
3
3,583,961 3,579,413 157,598 3,896,804
J Macfarlane
3
5,907,690 5,762,167 105,883 6,310,584
Total 30,459,876 23,365,355 1,077,567 33,031,476
1. Opening balances have been adjusted for new and leaving KMP.
2. Actual interest paid after considering offset accounts. The loan balance is shown gross, however the interest paid
takes into account the impact of offset amounts.
3. Closing balance is as at the date ceased as a KMP.
9.5 Other transactions
Other transactions with NEDs, the CEO and Disclosed Executives, and their related parties included deposits.
Other transactions – NED, CEO and Disclosed Executives
Opening balance at
1 Oct 2023
1
$
Closing balance at
30 Sep 2024
2,3
$
Total KMP Deposits 41,142,034 44,115,399
1. Opening balance is at 1 October 2023 or the date of commencement as a KMP if part way through the year and it has been adjusted to take into account timing variances.
2. Closing balance is at 30 September 2024 or at the date ceased as a KMP if part way through the year.
3. Interest received on deposits for 2024 was $854,222 (2023: $1,001,678).
Other transactions with KMP and their related parties included amounts paid to the Group in respect of investment management
service fees, brokerage, bank fees and charges. The Group has reimbursed KMP for the costs incurred for security and secretarial
services associated with the performance of their duties. These transactions are conducted on normal commercial terms and
conditions are no more favourable than those given to other employees or customers.
M Whelan
Deferred shares 48,958 28,819 - (27,016) 50,761
Ordinary shares 47,196 - - (41,820) 5,376
Restricted rights 42,716 39,972 - - 82,688
Performance rights 209,135 39,970 - (72,108) 176,997
Former Disclosed Executives
R Howell
6
Deferred shares 12,138 - - - 12,138
1. Details of options/rights granted as remuneration during 2024 are provided in the previous table.
2. Shares resulting from any other changes during the year include the net result of
any shares purchased (including under the ANZ Share Purchase Plan), forfeited, sold or acquired under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan.
3. The following shares (included in the
holdings above) were held on behalf of the NEDs, CEO and Disclosed Executives (i.e., indirect beneficially held shares) as at 30 September 2024 (or the date ceased as a KMP):
P O’Sullivan - 0, J Cincotta - 0, R Gibb - 1,422, J Halton - 0, G Hodges - 45,584, H Kramer - 5,828, C OReilly - 0, J Smith - 0, S St John - 3,000, I Atlas - 15,318, J Key - 10,500,
J Macfarlane - 28,182, S Elliott - 617,696, M Carnegie - 69,621, E Clements - 30,081, K Corbally - 44,594, F Faruqui - 44,497, G Florian - 68,277, C Morgan - 23,058, A Strong - 29,972,
A Watson - 47,957, M Whelan - 52,761, R Howell - 12,138.
4. Zero rights were vested and exercisable, and zero options/rights were vested and unexerciseable as at 30 September
2024.
5. Commencing balance is based on holdings as at the date of commencement as a KMP.
6. Concluding balance is based on holdings as at the date ceased as a KMP.
7. 2023
Remuneration Report incorrectly showed a zero closing balance of ordinary shares. The 25 ordinary shares are still held.
75
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
75
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Directors’ Report
The Directors’ Report for the financial year
ended 30 September 2024 has been
prepared in accordance with the
requirements of the Corporations Act
2001. The information below forms part of
this Directors’ Report:
Principal activities on page 8;
Operating and financial review on
pages 20 to 32;
Dividends on page 32;
Information on the Directors on
pages 10 to 13;
Remuneration report on pages 34 to 75
Acquisition of Suncorp Bank
On 31 July 2024, the Group acquired
100% of the shares in SBGH Limited, the
immediate holding company of Suncorp
Bank. Suncorp Bank provides banking and
related services to retail, commercial, small
and medium enterprises and agribusiness
customers in Australia. The transaction
was undertaken to accelerate the growth
of the Group’s retail and commercial
businesses while also improving the
geographic balance of its business in
Australia.
Significant changes in state
of affairs
There have been no other significant
changes in the Group’s state of affairs
other than Acquisition of Suncorp Bank, as
described above.
Events since the end of the
financial year
Other than matters outlined in the
Financial Report, there have been no
significant events from 30 September
2024 to the date of signing this report.
Participation in political party
activities
We aim to assist the democratic process
in Australia by attending and participating
in paid events hosted by the major federal
political parties. For the year ended
30 September 2024, we contributed
$115,000 to participate in political
activities hosted by the Australian Labor
Party, the Liberal Party of Australia and the
National Party of Australia. These activities
included speeches, political functions and
conferences, and policy dialogue forums.
We disclose these contributions to the
Australian Electoral Commission (AEC),
noting the AEC’s reporting year is a
different period to the Group’s financial
year.
Modern slavery reporting
The Group is subject to Australia's Modern
Slavery Act Australian Commonwealth
Modern Slavery Act 2018 (Cth) and United
Kingdom's Modern Slavery Act 2015.
Our Modern Slavery Statement (when
released) will set out actions taken to
identify, assess and manage modern
slavery risks in our operations and supply
chain during the 2024 financial year.
Our 2024 Modern Slavery Statement will
be available at anz.com/esgreport prior to
our Annual General Meeting.
Environmental regulation
We recognise the expectations of our
stakeholders – customers, shareholders,
staff, regulators and the community – to
operate in a way that mitigates our
environmental impact.
In Australia, we meet the requirements of
the National Greenhouse and Energy
Reporting Act 2007 (Cth), which imposes
reporting obligations where energy
production, usage or greenhouse gas
emissions trigger specified thresholds.
We do not believe that our operations are
subject to any other particular and
significant environmental regulation under
a law of the Commonwealth of Australia or
of an Australian State or Territory. We may
become subject to environmental
regulation as a
result of our lending activities in the
ordinary course of business and have
developed policies, which are reviewed on
a regular basis, to help identify and
manage such environmental matters and
regulations.
Further details of our environmental
performance, including progress against
our targets and management of ESG
material issues are available in the ESG
Supplement, ESG Data and Framework
Pack and our Climate-related financial
disclosures, at anz.com/annualreport.
External auditor
The Group’s external auditor is KPMG. The
ANZ Group appointed Peat, Marwick,
Mitchell & Co (predecessor to KPMG) in
1969.
The Board Audit Committee conducts a
formal annual performance assessment of
the external auditor, including whether to
commence an external tender for the audit.
After considering relevant factors including
tenure, audit quality, local and international
capability and experience, and
independence, the Board Audit Committee
resolved to reappoint KPMG for the
30 September 2025 financial year audit.
KPMG regularly rotates the Group Lead
Audit Engagement Partner and the
Engagement Quality Control Review
Partner with the most recent rotation being
for the financial years ended
30 September 2023 and 30 September
2020, respectively.
Non-audit services
Our Stakeholder Engagement Model for
Relationship with the External Auditor (the
Policy), which incorporates requirements
of the Corporations Act 2001 and industry
best practice, prevents the external auditor
from providing services that are perceived
to be in conflict with the role of the external
auditor or breach independence
requirements. This includes consulting
advice and sub- contracting of operational
activities normally undertaken by
management, and engagements where
the external auditor may ultimately be
required to express an opinion on its own
work.
76 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
Specifically, the Policy:
limits the scope of non-audit services
that may be provided;
requires that audit, audit-related and
permitted non-audit services be
considered in light of independence
requirements and for any potential
conflicts of interest before they are
approved by the Audit Committee, or
approved by the Chair of the Audit
Committee (or delegate) and notified to
the Audit Committee; and
requires pre-approval before the
external auditor can commence any
engagement for the Group.
Further details about the Policy can be
found in ANZGHL’s Corporate Governance
Statement.
The external auditor has confirmed to the
Audit Committee that it has:
implemented procedures to
ensure it complies with
independence rules in applicable
jurisdictions; and
complied with applicable policies and
regulations in those jurisdictions
regarding the provision of non-audit
services, and the Policy.
The Audit Committee has reviewed the
non-audit services provided by the
external auditor during the 2024
financial year, and has confirmed that
the provision of these services is
consistent with the Policy, compatible
with the general standard of
independence for auditors imposed
by the Corporations Act 2001 and did not
compromise the auditor independence
requirements of the Corporations Act 2001.
This has been formally advised by the Audit
Committee to the Board of Directors.
The categories of non-audit services
supplied to the Group during the year
ended 30 September 2024 by the
external auditor, KPMG, or by another
person or firm on KPMG’s behalf, and the
amounts paid or payable (including GST)
by the Group are as follows:
Amount paid/
payable $’000’s
Non-audit services
2024 2023
Methodology,
procedural, operational
and administrative
reviews
180
105
Total 180 105
Further details on the compensation paid
to KPMG are provided in Note 33 Auditor
Fees to the financial statements including
details of audit-related services provided
during the year of $6.79 million (2023:
$5.82 million).
For the reasons set out above, the
Directors are satisfied that the provision of
non-audit services by the external auditor
during the year ended 30 September
2024 is compatible with the general
standard of independence for external
auditors imposed by the Corporations Act
2001 and did not compromise the auditor
independence requirements of the
Corporations Act 2001.
Directors’ and Officers’
Indemnity
ANZBGL’s Constitution (Rule 9.1) permits
ANZBGL to:
Indemnify any officer or employee of
ANZBGL or any of its related bodies
corporate, or its auditor, against
liabilities (so far as may be permitted
under applicable law) incurred as such
an officer, employee or auditor to a
person (other than ANZBGL or a related
body corporate), including liabilities
incurred as a result of appointment or
nomination by ANZBGL or a related
body corporate as a trustee or as an
officer or employee of another
corporation; and
Make payments in respect of legal
costs incurred by an officer or
employee or auditor in defending an
action for a liability incurred as such an
officer, employee or auditor, or in
resisting or responding to actions taken
by a government agency, a duly
constituted Royal Commission or other
official inquiry, a liquidator, administrator,
trustee in bankruptcy or other
authorised official.
Our policy is that our employees should be
protected from any liability they incur as a
result of acting in the course of their
employment, subject to appropriate
conditions.
Under the policy, we will indemnify
employees and former employees
against any liability they incur to any third
party as a result of acting in good faith in
the course of their employment and this
extends to liability incurred as a result of
their appointment/nomination by or at
the request of the ANZ Group as an
officer or employee of another
corporation or body or as a trustee.
The indemnity is subject to applicable
law and certain exceptions.
ANZBGL has entered into Indemnity Deeds
with each of its Directors, with certain
secretaries and former Directors of
ANZBGL, and with certain employees and
other individuals who act as directors or
officers of related bodies corporate or of
another company, to indemnify them
against liabilities and legal costs of the kind
mentioned in ANZBGL’s Constitution.
During the 2024 financial year, we have
paid premiums for insurance for the
benefit of the Directors and employees
of the Group. In accordance with
common commercial practice, the
insurance prohibits disclosure of the
nature of the liability insured against and
the amount of the premium.
Key management personnel
and employee share and
option plans
The Remuneration Report contains
details of Non-Executive Directors
(NEDs), the Chief Executive Officer (CEO)
and Disclosed Executives’ equity holdings
and options/rights issued during the
2024 financial year.
Note 30 Employee Share and Option Plans
in the 2024 Financial Report contains
details of the 2024 financial year and as at
the date of signing the Directors’ Report:
Options/rights issued over shares
granted to employees;
Shares issued as a result of the
exercise of options/rights granted to
employees; and
Other details about share
options/rights issued, including any
rights to participate in any share issues.
The names of all persons who currently
hold options/rights are entered in the
register kept by ANZGHL pursuant to
section 170 of the Corporations Act
2001. This register may be inspected
free of charge.
77
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Rounding of amounts
ANZBGL is a company of the kind referred to in Australian Securities and Investments Commission Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’
Reports) Instrument 2016/191 dated 24 March 2016 and, in accordance with that Instrument, amounts in the consolidated financial statements
and this Directors’ Report have been rounded to the nearest million dollars unless specifically stated otherwise.
This report is made in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors and is signed for and on behalf of the Directors.
Paul O’Sullivan
Chairman
7 November 2024
Shayne Elliott
Managing Director
Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration
The Lead Auditors Independence Declaration given under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is set out below and forms part of the
Directors’ Report for the year ended 30 September 2024.
To: the Directors of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the audit of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited for the financial
year ended 30 September 2024, there have been:
No contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and
No contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.
KPMG
7 November 2024
Maria Trinci
Partner
KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Limited, a private English
company limited by guarantee. All rights reserved. The KPMG name and logo are trademarks used under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation.
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.
78 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
Financial Report
Financial Report
Contents
Consolidated Financial Statements
Income Statement 80
Statement of Comprehensive Income 81
Balance Sheet 82
Cash Flow Statement 83
Statement of Changes in Equity 84
Notes to the Consolidated
FinancialStatements
Basis of preparation
1. About our Financial Statements 86
Financial performance
2. Net interest income 89
3. Non-interest income 90
4. Operating expenses 92
5. Income tax 94
6. Dividends 97
7. Segment reporting 98
Financial assets and other
tradingassets
8. Cash and cash equivalents 102
9. Trading assets 103
10. Derivative financial instruments 104
11. Investment securities 116
12. Net loans and advances 118
13. Allowance for expected
credit losses 119
Financial liabilities
14. Deposits and other borrowings 129
15. Payables and other liabilities 130
16. Debt issuances 131
Financial instrument disclosures
17. Financial risk management 137
18. Fair value of financial assets
and financial liabilities 159
19. Assets charged as security
for liabilities and collateral
accepted as security for assets 166
20. Oseing 167
Non-financial assets
21. Goodwill and other
intangible assets 169
Non-financial liabilities
22. Other provisions 173
Equity
23. Shareholders’ equity 175
24. Capital management 178
Consolidation and presentation
25. Controlled entities 181
26. Investments in associates 183
27. Structured entities 185
28. Transfers of financial assets 188
Employee and related
partytransactions
29. Superannuation and post
employment benefit obligations 189
30. Employee share and option plans 191
31. Related party disclosures 197
Other disclosures
32. Commitments,
contingent liabilities and
contingent assets 200
33. Auditor fees 203
34. Suncorp Bank acquisition 204
35. Events since the end
of the financial year 205
Consolidated entity 206
disclosure statement
Directors’ declaration 209
Independent auditor’s report 210
79
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
79
Income Statement
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
For the year ended 30 September Note
$m $m $m $m
Interest income
1
60,678 49,929 49,868 41,144
Interest expense (44,641) (33,361) (38,622) (29,026)
Net interest income 2
16,037 16,568 11,246 12,118
Other operating income 3 4,228 3,577 9,791 5,401
Net income from insurance business 3
122 108 - -
Share of associates' profit/(loss) 3
134 225 - (18)
Operating income
20,521 20,478 21,037 17,501
Operating expenses 4 (10,669) (10,087) (8,777) (8,488)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
9,852 10,391 12,260 9,013
Credit impairment (charge)/release 13 (406) (245) (126) (75)
Profit before income tax
9,446 10,146 12,134 8,938
Income tax expense 5 (2,816) (2,945) (1,879) (1,964)
Profit for the year
6,630 7,201 10,255 6,974
Comprising:
Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company 6,595 7,173 10,255 6,974
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests
35 28 - -
1.
Includes interest income calculated using the effective interest method on financial assets measured at amortised cost or fair value through other comprehensive income of $55,717 million
(2023: $46,920 million) in the Group and $43,743 million (2023: $37,235 million) in the Company.
The notes appearing on pages 86 to 205 form an integral part of these financial statements.
80 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
80
Statement of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated
The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
For the year ended 30 September
$m $m $m $m
Profit after tax
6,630 7,201 10,255 6,974
Other comprehensive income
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Investment securities - equity securities at FVOCI 148 (30) 145 (23)
Other reserve movements
1
(17) (80) (6) (105)
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Foreign currency translation reserve (930) 718 (399) 64
Cash flow hedge reserve
2,069 235 1,888 339
Other reserve movements
(774) (36) (763) 39
Income tax attributable to the above items (402) (22) (344) (73)
Share of associates’ other comprehensive income
2
(23) 31 - -
Total comprehensive income for the year
6,701 8,017 10,776 7,215
Comprising total comprehensive income attributable to:
Shareholders of the Company 6,676 7,962 10,776 7,215
Non-controlling interests
1
25 55 - -
1.
The Group includes foreign currency translation differences attributable to non-controlling interests of $10 million (2023: $27 million).
2.
The Group’s share of associates’ other comprehensive income, that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss in the Group, includes:
2024
$m
2023
$m
FVOCI reserve gain/(loss) (10) 25
Defined benefits gain/(loss) (13) 6
Total (23) 31
The notes appearing on pages 86 to 205 form an integral part of these financial statements.
81
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Balance Sheet
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
As at 30 September Note
$m $m $m $m
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
1
8 150,965 168,154 137,288 154,408
Settlement balances owed to ANZ
5,484 9,349 5,019 8,935
Collateral paid
10,090 8,558 8,797 7,717
Trading assets 9
45,755 37,004 38,427 30,693
Derivative financial instruments 10
54,370 60,406 57,627 59,989
Investment securities 11
140,262 96,969 113,966 83,201
Net loans and advances 12
804,032 707,694 588,998 563,017
Regulatory deposits
665 646 222 284
Due from controlled entities
- - 24,315 26,067
Shares in controlled entities 25
- - 24,316 16,277
Investments in associates 26
1,415 2,321 - -
Current tax assets
19 37 19 9
Deferred tax assets 5
3,302 3,398 2,750 2,988
Goodwill and other intangible assets 21
5,421 3,961 995 935
Premises and equipment
2,388 2,360 1,807 1,923
Other assets
5,417 5,207 3,645 3,636
Total assets
1,229,585 1,106,064 1,008,191 960,079
Liabilities
Settlement balances owed by ANZ 16,188 19,267 11,317 16,574
Collateral received
6,583 10,382 6,061 9,452
Deposits and other borrowings 14
905,166 815,203 703,870 675,075
Derivative financial instruments 10
55,254 57,482 57,467 57,511
Due to controlled entities
- - 25,660 26,894
Current tax liabilities
360 305 59 133
Deferred tax liabilities 5
64 60 61 47
Payables and other liabilities 15
18,594 15,984 14,474 13,279
Employee entitlements
644 568 457 424
Other provisions 22
1,584 1,714 1,319 1,499
Debt issuances 16
156,388 116,014 122,950 98,213
Total liabilities
1,160,825 1,036,979 943,695 899,101
Net assets 68,760 69,085 64,496 60,978
Shareholders' equity
Ordinary share capital 23 27,065 29,082 26,988 29,005
Reserves 23
(1,678) (1,796) (1,676) (2,222)
Retained earnings 23
42,602 41,277 39,184 34,195
Share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the
Company
67,989 68,563 64,496 60,978
Non-controlling interests 23 771 522 - -
Total shareholders' equity
68,760 69,085 64,496 60,978
1.
Includes Settlement balances owed to ANZ that meet the definition of Cash and cash equivalents.
The notes appearing on pages 86 to 205 form an integral part of these financial statements.
82 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
82
Cash Flow Statement
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
For the year ended 30 September
$m $m $m $m
Profit after income tax
6,630 7,201 10,255 6,974
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities:
Allowance for expected credit losses 406 245 126 75
Depreciation and amortisation
944 941 749 795
(Gain)/Loss on sale of premises and equipment
- 43 - 31
Net derivatives/foreign exchange adjustment
3,244 3,505 1,876 3,074
(Gain)/Loss on sale from divestments
21 (29) - 70
Other non-cash movements
(10) (98) 120 124
Net (increase)/decrease in operating assets:
Collateral paid (1,968) 4,143 (1,581) 3,590
Trading assets
1
(3,204) (5,888) (4,355) (7,427)
Net loans and advances
(33,546) (28,289) (30,642) (25,708)
Net intra-group loans and advances
- - (1,204) (1,481)
Other assets
(268) (1,725) (343) (1,333)
Net increase/(decrease) in operating liabilities:
Deposits and other borrowings 43,060 21,866 41,140 21,353
Settlement balances owed by ANZ
(2,905) 5,278 (5,127) 6,314
Collateral received
(3,368) (5,848) (2,922) (4,886)
Other liabilities
1
2,010 4,850 1,347 4,363
Total adjustments
4,416 (1,006) (816) (1,046)
Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities
2
11,046 6,195 9,439 5,928
Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of Suncorp Bank, net of cash acquired (4,914) - (6,247) -
Investment securities assets:
Purchases (84,777) (51,974) (77,131) (46,130)
Proceeds from sale or maturity
47,542 41,401 42,662 35,495
Proceeds from divestments, net of cash disposed
686 1,135 - 1,174
Net movement in shares in controlled entities
- - (21) (29)
Net investments in other assets
(604) (604) (486) (612)
Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities
(42,067) (10,042) (41,223) (10,102)
Cash flows from financing activities
Deposits and other borrowings (repaid)/drawn down (1,014) (11,105) - (12,002)
Debt issuances:
3
Issue proceeds 50,604 44,182 46,870 40,428
Redemptions
(25,367) (23,985) (21,886) (19,641)
Dividends paid
4
(5,252) (4,700) (5,220) (4,673)
On-market purchase of treasury shares
(126) (21) (126) (21)
Repayment of lease liabilities
(342) (337) (271) (277)
Capital return
(2,000) - (2,000) -
ANZ Bank New Zealand Perpetual Preference Shares
252 - - -
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities
16,755 4,034 17,367 3,814
Net increase/(decrease) in Cash and cash equivalents (14,266) 187 (14,417) (360)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 168,154 168,132 154,408 155,483
Effects of exchange rate changes on Cash and cash equivalents
(2,923) (165) (2,703) (715)
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
150,965 168,154 137,288 154,408
1.
Certain items were reclassified from Other liabilities to Trading assets to better reflect the movement in operating assets and operating liabilities. Comparative information was restated with a decrease of
$5,865 million in Trading assets and a corresponding increase in Other liabilities for the Group, and $5,658 million for the Company.
2.
Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities for the Group includes interest received of $59,657 million (2023: $48,362 million), interest paid of $43,537 million (2023: $30,738 million) and income
taxes paid of $2,925 million (2023: $3,501 million). Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities for the Company includes interest received of $49,705 million (2023: $40,353 million), interest paid
of $38,351 million (2023: $26,846 million) and income taxes paid of $2,084 million (2023: $2,384 million).
3.
Non-cash movements on Debt issuances include a gain of $711 million (2023: $2,084 million loss) from unrealised movements primarily due to fair value hedging adjustments and foreign exchange losses for
the Group, and include a gain of $246 million (2023: $1,598 million loss) from unrealised movements primarily due to fair value hedging and foreign exchange losses for the Company.
4.
Cash outflow for shares purchased in 2023 to satisfy the dividend reinvestment plan are classified in Dividends paid.
The notes appearing on pages 86 to 205 form an integral part of these financial statements.
83
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
83
Statement of Changes in Equity
Ordinary
share capital Reserves
Retained
earnings
Share capital
and reserves
attributable to
shareholders
of the Company
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
shareholders’
equity
Consolidated
$m
$m $m $m $m $m
As at 1 October 2022 28,797 (2,606) 39,716 65,907 494 66,401
Impact on transition to AASB 17 - - (37) (37) - (37)
Profit or loss for the year - - 7,173 7,173 28 7,201
Other comprehensive income for the year - 863 (74) 789 27 816
Total comprehensive income for the year - 863 7,099 7,962 55 8,017
Transactions with equity holders in their capacity as
equity holders:
Dividends paid - - (5,559) (5,559) (27) (5,586)
Dividend reinvestment plan
1
206 - - 206 - 206
Other equity movements:
Employee share and option plans 79 - - 79 - 79
ANZ Bank New Zealand Perpetual Preference Shares
2
- (39) 39 - - -
Other items - (14) 19 5 - 5
As at 30 September 2023 29,082 (1,796) 41,277 68,563 522 69,085
Profit or loss for the year - - 6,595 6,595 35 6,630
Other comprehensive income for the year - 101 (20) 81 (10) 71
Total comprehensive income for the year
- 101 6,575 6,676 25 6,701
Transactions with equity holders in their capacity as
equity holders:
Dividends paid - - (5,267) (5,267) (32) (5,299)
Other equity movements:
Employee share and option plans (17) 23 4 10 - 10
ANZ Bank New Zealand Perpetual Preference Shares
2
- - (4) (4) 256 252
Capital return
(2,000) - - (2,000) - (2,000)
Other items
- (6) 17 11 - 11
As at 30 September 2024
27,065 (1,678) 42,602 67,989 771 68,760
1.
8.4 million shares were issued under the dividend reinvestment plan for the 2022 final dividend.
2.
Perpetual preference shares issued by ANZ Bank New Zealand, a wholly owned subsidiary of ANZBGL, are considered non-controlling interests to the Group.
The notes appearing on pages 86 to 205 form an integral part of these financial statements.
84 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
84
Statement of Changes in Equity
Ordinary
share capital Reserves
Retained
earnings
Total
shareholders’
equity
The Company
$m $m $m $m
As at 1 October 2022 28,720 (2,546) 32,859 59,033
Profit for the year - - 6,974 6,974
Other comprehensive income for the year - 319 (78) 241
Total comprehensive income for the year - 319 6,896 7,215
Transactions with equity holders in their capacity as
equity holders:
Dividends paid - - (5,559) (5,559)
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
1
206 - - 206
Other equity movements:
Employee share and option plans 79
- - 79
Other items - 5 (1) 4
As at 30 September 2023 29,005 (2,222) 34,195 60,978
Profit for the year - - 10,255 10,255
Other comprehensive income for the year - 527 (6) 521
Total comprehensive income for the year
- 527 10,249 10,776
Transactions with equity holders in their capacity as
equity holders:
Dividends paid - - (5,267) (5,267)
Other equity movements:
-
Employee share and option plans
(17) 23 4 10
Capital return
(2,000) - - (2,000)
Other items
- (4) 3 (1)
As at 30 September 2024
26,988 (1,676) 39,184 64,496
1.
8.4 million shares were issued under the dividend reinvestment plan for the 2022 final dividend.
The notes appearing on pages 86 to 205 form an integral part of these financial statements.
85
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
85
Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements
1. About our financial statements
General information
These are the consolidated financial statements for ANZBGL (the Company) and its controlled entities (together, the Group or Consolidated Entity) for the
year ended 30 September 2024. The Company is a publicly listed company incorporated and domiciled in Australia with debt listed on securities
exchanges. The Company is a subsidiary of ANZGHL and is regulated by APRA as an ADI. The address of the Company’s registered office and its principal
place of business is ANZ Centre, 833 Collins Street, Docklands, Victoria, Australia 3008. The Group provides banking and financial services to individuals
and business customers and operates in and across 29 markets.
On 7 November 2024, the Directors resolved to authorise the issue of these financial statements. Information in the financial statements is included only
to the extent we consider it material and relevant to the understanding of the financial statements. A disclosure is considered material and relevant if, for
example:
the amount is significant in size (quantitative factor);
the information is significant by nature (qualitative factor);
the user cannot understand the Group’s results without the specific disclosure (qualitative factor);
the information is critical to a user’s understanding of the impact of significant changes in the Group’s business during the period - for example,
business acquisitions or disposals (qualitative factor);
the information relates to an aspect of the Group’s operations that is important to its future performance (qualitative factor); and
the information is required under legislative requirements of the Corporations Act 2001, the Banking Act 1959 (Cth) or by the Group’s principal
regulators, including the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) and the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA).
This section of the financial statements:
outlines the basis upon which the Group’s financial statements have been prepared; and
discusses any new accounting standards or regulations that directly impact the financial statements.
Basis of preparation
This financial report is a general purpose (Tier 1) financial report prepared by a ‘for profit’ entity, in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards
(AASs) and other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB), the Corporations Act 2001, and International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations published by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).
We present the financial statements of the Group in Australian dollars, which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency. We measure the
financial statements of each entity in the Group using the currency of the primary economic environment in which that entity operates (the functional
currency). We have rounded values to the nearest million dollars ($m), unless otherwise stated, as permitted under the ASIC Corporations (Rounding in
Financial/Directors Report) Instrument 2016/191.
Certain comparative amounts have been restated to conform with the basis of preparation in the current year.
Basis of measurement and presentation
The financial information has been prepared in accordance with the historical cost basis - except the following assets and liabilities which we have stated
at their fair value:
derivative financial instruments and in the case of fair value hedging, a fair value adjustment made to the underlying hedged item;
financial instruments held for trading;
financial assets and financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL); and
financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).
In accordance with AASB 119 Employee Benefits we have measured defined benefit obligations using the Projected Unit Credit Method.
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements of the Group comprise the financial statements of the Company and all its subsidiaries. An entity, including a
structured entity, is considered a subsidiary of the Group when we determine that the Company has control over the entity. Control exists when the Group
is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the
entity. We assess power by examining existing rights that give the Company the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the entity. We have
eliminated, on consolidation, the effect of all transactions between entities in the Group.
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
86
1. About our financial statements (continued)
Foreign currency translation
Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the relevant functional currency at the exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transaction. At the
reporting date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the relevant spot rate. Any
foreign currency translation gains or losses that arise are included in profit or loss in the period they arise.
We measure translation differences on non-monetary items classified as FVTPL and report them as part of the fair value gain or loss on these items. For
non-monetary items classified as investment securities measured at FVOCI, translation differences are included in other comprehensive income.
Financial statements of foreign operations that have a functional currency that is not Australian dollars
The financial statements of our foreign operations are translated into Australian dollars for consolidation into the Group financial statements using the
following method:
Foreign currency item Exchange rate used
A
ssets and liabilities The reporting date rate
Equity The initial investment date rate
Income and expenses The average rate for the period – but for a significant transaction if we believe the average rate is not reasonable,
t
hen we use the rate at the date of the transaction
Exchange differences arising from the translation of financial statements of foreign operations are recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve in
equity. When we dispose of a foreign operation, the cumulative exchange differences are transferred to profit or loss.
Fiduciary activities
The Group provides fiduciary services to third parties including custody, nominee and trustee services. This involves the Group holding assets on behalf of
third parties and making decisions regarding the purchase and sale of financial instruments. If the Group is not the beneficial owner or does not control the
assets, then we do not recognise these transactions in these financial statements, except when required by accounting standards or another legislative
requirement.
Key judgements and estimates
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made a number of judgements and applied estimates and
assumptions about past and future events. Further information on the key judgements and estimates that we consider material to the financial
statements are contained within each relevant note to the financial statements.
The global economy continues to face challenges associated with inflation and interest rate uncertainties, continuing trade and geopolitical
tensions, and impacts from climate change, which contribute to an elevated level of estimation uncertainty involved in the preparation of these
financial statements.
The Group is exposed to climate risk either directly through its operations or indirectly, for example, through lending to customers. Climate risk
may also be a driver of other risks within our risk management framework. Our most material climate risks arise from lending to business and
retail customers, which contributes to credit risk.
The Group has made various accounting estimates in this Financial Report based on forecasts of economic conditions which reflect
expectations and assumptions at 30 September 2024 about future events considered reasonable in the circumstances. Thus, there is a
considerable degree of judgement involved in preparing these estimates. Actual economic conditions are likely to be different from those
forecast since anticipated events frequently do not occur as expected, and the effect of these differences may significantly impact accounting
estimates included in these financial statements. The significant accounting estimates impacted by these forecasts and associated
uncertainties are predominantly related to expected credit losses and recoverable amounts of non-financial assets.
The impact of these uncertainties on each of these accounting estimates is discussed in the relevant notes in this Financial Report, along with
assumptions and judgements made in relation to other key estimates. Readers should consider these disclosures in light of the inherent
uncertainties described above.
87
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
87
1. About our financial statements (continued)
Accounting standards adopted in the period
Accounting policies have been consistently applied to all periods presented, unless otherwise noted.
AASB 17 Insurance Contracts
On 1 October 2023, the Group adopted AASB 17 Insurance Contracts (AASB 17) which established principles for the recognition, measurement,
presentation, and disclosure of insurance contracts, and replaced AASB 4 Insurance Contracts and AASB 1023 General Insurance Contracts. Although
the overall profit recognised in respect of insurance contracts will not change over the life of contracts, the timing of revenue recognition will change.
The Group applied AASB 17 effective from 1 October 2022 and restated prior period comparative information. This resulted in a decrease in opening
retained earnings of $37 million on 1 October 2022, an increase in profit after tax (2023: $8 million), an increase in total assets (2023: $22 million), and an
increase in total liabilities (2023: $51 million) in the Australia Retail division. These adjustments were primarily driven by the impact of changes in the
pattern of recognition of revenue on insurance contracts issued, changes in the pattern of recognition of the net cost of reinsurance and the valuation of
profit commissions on reinsurance contracts held.
Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction
AASB 2021-5 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction amends
AASB 112 Income Taxes. It clarifies that entities are required to recognise deferred tax on transactions for which there is both an asset and a liability and
that give rise to equal taxable and deductible temporary differences which may apply to leases and decommissioning or restoration obligations. This
amendment was effective for the Group from 1 October 2023 and did not have a material impact on the Group.
International Tax Reform – Pillar Two Model Rules
The Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development published the Pillar Two Model Rules in December 2021 which are designed to ensure
large multinational enterprises pay a minimum level of tax of 15% in each of the jurisdictions where they operate. A number of countries in which the
Group operates have implemented or announced the proposed implementation of the Pillar Two rules including Australia.
As at 30 September 2024, Pillar Two draft legislation has been released in Australia but is not yet enacted or substantially enacted. The Australian Pillar
Two rules, if enacted, will be effective for the Group from 1 October 2024.
In anticipation of the legislation being enacted, the AASB issued AASB 2023-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – International Tax Return
– Pillar Two Model Rules in June 2023. The Group has applied the mandatory exemption included in para.4A of this standard and has not recognised or
disclosed any associated deferred taxes.
The Group has assessed the potential impact of the Pillar Two legislation. Based on this analysis as at the reporting date and having regard to the
historical and reasonably estimable data, the Group is not expected to have a material Pillar Two tax exposure.
Accounting standards not early adopted
A number of new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations have been published but are not mandatory for the financial statements for
the year ended 30 September 2024 and have not been applied by the Group in preparing these financial statements. Further details of these are set out
below.
AASB 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements
In June 2024, the AASB issued AASB 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements (AASB 18) which updates and replaces requirements for the
presentation and disclosure of information in financial statements. AASB 18 introduces new defined subtotals to be presented in the consolidated Income
Statement, disclosure of management-defined performance measures and requirements for grouping of information. This standard will be effective for
the financial year beginning 1 October 2027. We are currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard.
Classification and measurement amendments to AASB 9 Financial Instruments
In July 2024, the AASB issued AASB 2024-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards - Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments
which amends requirements related to settling financial liabilities using an electronic payment system and assessing contractual cash flow characteristics
of financial assets with environmental, social and corporate governance and similar features. The amendments will be effective for the financial year
beginning 1 October 2026. We are currently assessing the impact of adopting the amendments.
Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback
AASB 2022-5 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback amends AASB 16 Leases and specifies the
accounting for variable lease payments by seller-lessees in sale and leaseback transactions. The amendment is effective from 1 October 2024 and will
not have a material impact on the Group.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
88
2.
Net interest income
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m
Interest income by type of financial asset
Financial assets at amortised cost 51,178 44,305 39,777 35,000
Investment securities at FVOCI
4,539 2,615 3,966 2,235
Trading assets
2,217 1,654 1,954 1,413
Financial assets at FVTPL
2,744 1,355 2,821 1,449
External interest income
60,678 49,929 48,518 40,097
Controlled entities' income - - 1,350 1,047
Interest income
60,678 49,929 49,868 41,144
Interest expense by type of financial liability
Financial liabilities at amortised cost (41,472) (31,343) (34,130) (26,016)
Securities sold short
(649) (451) (615) (392)
Financial liabilities designated at FVTPL
(2,131) (1,214) (1,977) (1,104)
External interest expense
(44,252) (33,008) (36,722) (27,512)
Controlled entities' expense - - (1,511) (1,161)
Interest expense
(44,252) (33,008) (38,233) (28,673)
Major bank levy (389) (353) (389) (353)
Net interest income 16,037 16,568 11,246 12,118
Recognition and measurement
Net interest income
Interest income and expense
We recognise interest income and expense in net interest income for all financial instruments, including those classified as held for trading,
assets measured at FVOCI, and assets and liabilities designated at FVTPL. We use the effective interest rate method to calculate the amortised
cost of assets held at amortised cost and to recognise interest income on financial assets measured at amortised cost and FVOCI. The effective
interest rate is the rate that discounts the stream of estimated future cash receipts or payments over the expected life of the financial instrument
or, when appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or liability. For assets subject to prepayment, we
determine their expected life on the basis of historical behaviour of the particular asset portfolio taking into account contractual obligations and
prepayment experience.
We recognise fees and costs, which form an integral part of the financial instrument (for example loan origination fees and costs), using the
effective interest rate method. These are presented as part of interest income or expense depending on whether the underlying financial
instrument is a financial asset or financial liability.
Major Bank Levy
The Major Bank Levy Act 2017 (levy or major bank levy) applies a rate of 0.06% to certain liabilities of ANZBGL. The levy represents a finance
cost, and it is presented as interest expense in the Income Statement.
89
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
89
3.
Non-interest income
Consolidated The Company
2024 2024 2023 2023
$m $m $m $m
Fee and commission income
Lending fees
1
420 397 394 362
Non-lending fees
2,272 2,275 1,551 1,533
Commissions
75 85 48 55
Funds management income
241 246 14 22
External fee and commission income
3,008 3,003 2,007 1,972
Controlled entities' income - - 192 187
Fee and commission income
3,008 3,003 2,199 2,159
Fee and commission expense (1,044) (1,057) (555) (553)
Net fee and commission income
1,964 1,946 1,644 1,606
Other income
Net foreign exchange earnings and other financial instruments income
2
2,166 1,535 1,941 1,272
Release of foreign currency translation reserve on dissolution of entities
22 43 - -
Loss on disposal of data centres in Australia
- (43) - (32)
Loss on disposal of investment in AmBank
(21) - - -
Dividends received from controlled entities
- - 6,104 2,562
Other
97 96 102 (7)
Other income
2,264 1,631 8,147 3,795
Other operating income 4,228 3,577 9,791 5,401
Net income from insurance business 122 108 - -
Share of associates' profit/(loss) 134 225 - (18)
Non-interest income
4,484 3,910 9,791 5,383
1.
Excludes fees treated as part of the effective yield calculation in Interest income.
2.
Includes fair value movements (excluding realised and accrued interest) on derivatives not designated as accounting hedges entered into to manage interest rate and foreign exchange risk, ineffective
portions of cash flow hedges, and fair value movements in financial assets and liabilities designated at FVTPL.
90 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
90
3. Non-interest income
(continued)
Recognition and measurement
Other operating income
Fee and commission revenue
We recognise fee and commission revenue arising from contracts with customers (a) over time when the performance obligation is satisfied
across more than one reporting period, or (b) at a point in time when the performance obligation is satisfied immediately or is satisfied within
one reporting period.
lending fees exclude fees treated as part of the effective yield calculation of interest income. Lending fees include certain guarantee and
commitment fees where the loan or guarantee is not likely to be drawn upon, and other fees charged for providing customers a distinct
good or service that are recognised separately from the underlying lending product.
non-lending fees include fees associated with deposit and credit card accounts, interchange fees and fees charged for specific customer
transactions such as international transaction fees. Where the Group provides multiple goods or services to a customer under the same
contract, the Group allocates the transaction price of the contract to distinct performance obligations based on the relative stand-alone
selling price of each performance obligation. Revenue is recognised as each performance obligation is satisfied.
commissions represent fees from third parties where we act as an agent by arranging a third party (such as an insurance provider) to
provide goods and services to a customer. In such cases, we are not primarily responsible for providing the underlying good or service to
the customer. If the Group collects funds on behalf of a third party when acting as an agent, we only recognise the net commission
retained as revenue. When the commission is variable based on factors outside our control (such as a trail commission), revenue is only
recognised if it is highly probable that a significant reversal of the variable amount will not be required in future periods.
funds management income represents fees earned from customers for providing financial advice and asset management services.
Revenue is recognised either at the point the financial advice is provided or over the period in which the asset management services are
delivered. Performance fees associated with funds management activities are only recognised when it becomes highly probable the
performance hurdle will be achieved.
Net foreign exchange earnings and other financial instruments income
We recognise the following as net foreign exchange earnings and other financial instruments income:
exchange rate differences arising on the settlement of monetary items and translation differences on monetary items translated at rates
different to those at which they were initially recognised or included in a previous financial report;
fair value movements (excluding realised and accrued interest) on derivatives not designated as accounting hedges that we use to manage
interest rate and foreign exchange risk on funding instruments;
the ineffective portions of fair value hedges, cash flow hedges and net investment hedges;
x
immediately upon sale or repayment of a hedged item, the unamortised fair value adjustments to items designated as fair value hedges
and amounts accumulated in equity related to designated cash flow hedges;
fair value movements on financial assets and financial liabilities designated at FVTPL or held for trading;
amounts released from the FVOCI reserve when a debt instrument classified as FVOCI is sold; and
the gain or loss on derecognition of financial assets or liabilities measured at amortised cost
.
Gain or loss on disposal of non-financial assets
The gain or loss on the disposal of assets is the difference between the carrying value of the asset and the proceeds of disposal net of costs.
This is recognised in Other income in the year in which control of the asset transfers to the buyer.
Share of associates’ profit/(loss)
The equity method is applied to accounting for associates. Under the equity method, our share of the after tax results of associates is included
in the Income Statement and the Statement of Comprehensive Income.
91
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
4. Operating expenses
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m
Personnel
Salaries and related costs 5,475 5,157 3,938 3,791
Superannuation costs
443 396 368 335
Equity-settled share-based payments
139 105 124 92
Other
83 78 53 62
Personnel
6,140 5,736 4,483 4,280
Premises
Rent 74 71 52 50
Depreciation
436 437 332 338
Other
178 176 123 123
Premises
688 684 507 511
Technology
Depreciation and amortisation 501 501 416 455
Subscription licences and outsourced services
1,155 1,007 782 695
Other
238 178 174 144
Technology
1,894 1,686 1,372 1,294
Restructuring 235 169 190 146
Other
Advertising and public relations 200 176 158 133
Professional fees
766 857 716 795
Freight, stationery, postage and communication
170 175 126 128
Card processing fees
107 104 103 101
Other
469 500 1,122 1,100
Other
1,712 1,812 2,225 2,257
Operating expenses 10,669 10,087 8,777 8,488
92 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
92
4. Operating expenses (continued)
Recognition and measurement
Operating expenses
Operating expenses are recognised as services are provided to the Group, over the period in which an asset is consumed, or once a liability is
created.
Salaries and related costs - annual leave, long service leave and other employee benefits
Wages and salaries, annual leave and other employee entitlements expected to be paid or settled within twelve months of employees
rendering service are measured at their nominal amounts using remuneration rates that the Group expects to pay when the liabilities are
settled.
We accrue employee entitlements relating to long service leave using an actuarial calculation. It includes assumptions regarding staff
departures, leave utilisation and future salary increases. The result is then discounted using market yields at the reporting date. The market
yields are determined from a blended rate of high quality corporate bonds with terms to maturity that closely match the estimated future cash
outflows.
If we expect to pay short term cash bonuses, then a liability is recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay
this amount (as a result of past service provided by the employee) and the obligation can be reliably measured.
Personnel expenses also include share-based payments which may be cash or equity settled. We calculate the fair value of equity settled
remuneration at grant date, which is then amortised over the vesting period, with a corresponding increase in share capital or the share option
reserve as applicable. When we estimate the fair value, we take into account market vesting conditions, such as share price performance
conditions. We take non-market vesting conditions, such as service conditions, into account by adjusting the number of equity instruments
included in the expense.
After the grant of an equity-based award, the amount we recognise as an expense is reversed when non-market vesting conditions are not
met, for example an employee fails to satisfy the minimum service period specified in the award due to resignation, termination or notice of
dismissal for serious misconduct. However, we do not reverse the expense if the award does not vest due to the failure to meet a market-
based performance condition.
Further information on share-based payment schemes operated by the Group during the current and prior year is included in Note 30
Employee share and option plans.
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
93
5. Income tax
Income tax expense
Reconciliation of the prima facie income tax expense on pre-tax profit with the income tax expense recognised in profit or loss:
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m
Profit before income tax
9,446 10,146 12,134 8,938
Prima facie income tax expense at 30% 2,834 3,044 3,640 2,681
Tax effect of permanent differences:
Share of associates' (profit)/loss (41) (68) - 5
Interest on convertible instruments
124 92 124 92
Overseas tax rate differential
(156) (163) (93) (95)
Provision for foreign tax on dividend repatriation
36 41 33 35
Rebatable and non-assessable dividends
- - (1,831) (769)
Other
(1) (2) (8) 23
Subtotal
2,796 2,944 1,865 1,972
Income tax (over)/under provided in previous years 20 1 14 (8)
Income tax expense
2,816 2,945 1,879 1,964
Current tax expense 3,063 2,891 1,956 2,012
Adjustments recognised in the current year in relation to the
current tax of prior years
20 1 14 (8)
Deferred tax expense/(income) relating to the origination and
reversal of temporary differences
(267) 53 (91) (40)
Income tax expense
2,816 2,945 1,879 1,964
Australia 1,481 1,644 1,476 1,568
Overseas 1,335 1,301 403 396
Income tax expense
2,816 2,945 1,879 1,964
Effective tax rate 29.8% 29.0% 15.5% 22.0%
94 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
94
5. Income tax (continued)
Deferred tax assets and liabilities
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m
Deferred tax assets balances comprise temporary differences attributable to:
Amounts recognised in the Income Statement:
Collectively assessed allowances for expected credit losses 1,216 1,128 898 897
Individually assessed allowances for expected credit losses
86 102 60 79
Provision for employee entitlements
330 294 252 243
Other provisions
261 263 196 209
Software
1,014 917 894 781
Lease liabilities
1
523 513 416 446
Other
1
221 231 165 181
Total
3,651 3,448 2,881 2,836
Amounts recognised directly in Other Comprehensive Income:
Cash flow hedge reserve 217 818 217 789
FVOCI reserve
245 29 243 29
Other reserves
2 - 1 (2)
Total 464 847 461 816
Total deferred tax assets (before set-off)
1
4,115 4,295 3,342 3,652
Set-off of deferred tax balances pursuant to set-off provisions
1
(813) (897) (592) (664)
Net deferred tax assets
3,302 3,398 2,750 2,988
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m
Deferred tax liabilities balances comprise temporary differences attributable to:
Amounts recognised in the Income Statement:
Finance leases 11 95 5 6
Right-of-use assets
1
446 442 352 389
Other
323 303 238 212
Total
780 840 595 607
Amounts recognised directly in Other Comprehensive Income:
Foreign currency translation reserve 1 36 1 36
Cash flow hedge reserve
32 17 1 7
FVOCI reserve
15 17 13 19
Defined benefit obligations
42 47 36 42
Other reserves
7 - 7 -
Total
97 117 58 104
Total deferred tax liabilities (before set-off)
1
877 957 653 711
Set-off of deferred tax balances pursuant to set-off provisions
1
(813) (897) (592) (664)
Net deferred tax liabilities
64 60 61 47
1.
Prior period balances have been restated to reflect the adoption of amendments to AASB 112 Income Taxes related to right-of-use assets and lease liabilities that arise from a single transaction.
95
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
95
5. Income tax (continued)
Tax consolidation
The Company and all its wholly owned Australian resident entities are part of a tax-consolidated group under Australian taxation law. ANZGHL is the head
entity of the tax-consolidated group. We recognise each of the following in the separate financial statements of members of the tax consolidated group
on a ‘group allocation’ basis: tax expense/income, and deferred tax liabilities/assets that arise from temporary differences for members of the tax-
consolidated group. ANZGHL (as head entity of the tax-consolidated group) recognises current tax liabilities and assets of the tax-consolidated group.
Under a tax funding arrangement between the entities in the tax-consolidated group, amounts are recognised as payable to or receivable by each
member of the tax-consolidated group in relation to the tax contribution amounts paid or payable between members of the tax-consolidated group and
the head entity ANZGHL.
Members of the tax-consolidated group have also entered into a tax sharing agreement that provides for the allocation of income tax liabilities between
the entities were the head entity to default on its income tax payment obligations
.
Unrecognised deferred tax assets and liabilities
Unrecognised deferred tax assets related to unused realised tax losses (on revenue account) total $10 million (2023: $1 million) for the Group and nil
(2023: nil) for the Company.
Unrecognised deferred tax liabilities related to additional potential foreign tax costs (assuming all retained earnings in offshore branches and subsidiaries
are repatriated) total $251 million (2023: $286 million) for the Group and $27 million (2023: $30 million) for the Company.
Recognition and measurement
Income tax expense
Income tax expense comprises both current and deferred taxes and is based on the accounting profit adjusted for differences in the
accounting and tax treatments of income and expenses (that is, taxable income). We recognise tax expense in profit or loss except when the
tax relates to items recognised directly in equity and other comprehensive income, in which case we recognise the tax directly in equity or
other comprehensive income respectively.
Current tax expense
Current tax is the tax we expect to pay on taxable income for the year, based on tax rates (and tax laws) which are enacted at the reporting
date. We recognise current tax as a liability (or asset) to the extent that it is unpaid (or refundable).
Deferred tax assets and liabilities
We account for deferred tax using the balance sheet method. Deferred tax arises because the accounting income is not always the same as
the taxable income. This creates temporary differences, which usually reverse over time. Until they reverse, we recognise a deferred tax asset,
or liability, on the balance sheet. We measure deferred taxes at the tax rates that we expect will apply to the period(s) when the asset is
realised, or the liability settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted at the reporting date.
We offset current and
deferred tax assets and liabilities only to the extent that:
they relate to income taxes imposed by the same taxation authority;
there is a legal right and intention to settle on a net basis; and
it is allowed under the tax law
of the relevant jurisdiction.
Key judgements and estimates
Judgement is required in determining provisions held in respect of uncertain tax positions. The Group estimates its tax liabilities based on its
understanding of the relevant law in each of the countries in which it operates and seeks independent advice where appropriate.
96 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
96
6. Dividends
Ordinary share dividends
Dividends determined by the Board of the Company are recognised with a corresponding reduction of retained earnings on the dividend payment date.
Accordingly, the final dividend proposed for the current financial year is paid in the following financial year.
Total
dividend
Dividends
Amount
% of total per share $m
Financial Year 2023
2022 final dividend paid
1
74 cents 2,213
2023 special dividend paid to ANZ BH Pty Ltd
33 cents 1,000
2023 interim dividend paid to ANZ BH Pty Ltd
79 cents 2,387
Dividends paid during the year ended 30 September 2023
5,600
Cash
96.3% 5,394
Dividend reinvestment plan
2
3.7% 206
Dividends paid during the year ended 30 September 2023
5,600
Financial Year 2024
2023 final dividend paid to ANZ BH Pty Ltd
92 cents 2,771
2024 interim dividend paid to ANZ BH Pty Ltd
83 cents 2,496
Dividends paid during the year ended 30 September 2024
5,267
Amount
Total
dividend
Dividends proposed and to be paid after year-end Payment date per share $m
2024 final dividend
20 December 2024 82 cents 2,472
1.
Fully franked for Australian tax purposes (30% tax rate) and carried New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 9 cents.
2.
Includes on-market share purchases for the DRP of $206 million.
Dividend reinvestment plan and bonus option plan
ANZBGL’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) and Bonus Option Plan (BOP) ceased to operate following implementation of the Restructure on 3 January
2023.
Restrictions on the payment of dividends
APRA’s written approval is required before paying dividends on the ordinary shares of the Company if:
the aggregate dividends exceed the Company’s after tax earnings (in calculating those after tax earnings, we take into account any payments we
made on senior capital instruments) in the financial year to which they relate; or
the Group’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio falls within capital range buffers specified by APRA.
If the Company fails to pay a dividend or distribution on its ANZ Capital Notes or ANZ Capital Securities on the scheduled payment date, it may (subject to
a number of exceptions) be restricted from resolving to pay or paying any dividend on the Company’s ordinary shares.
97
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
7. Segment reporting
Description of segments
The Group’s operating segments are presented on a basis that is consistent with the information provided internally to the Chief Executive Officer (CEO),
who is the chief operating decision maker. This reflects the way the Group’s businesses are managed, rather than the legal structure of the Group.
We measure the performance of operating segments on a cash profit basis. To calculate cash profit, we exclude items from profit after tax attributable to
shareholders. For 2024 and 2023, the adjustments relate to impacts of economic hedges and revenue and expense hedges which represent timing
differences that will reverse through earnings in the future. Transactions between divisions across segments within the Group are conducted on an arm’s-
length basis and where relevant disclosed as part of the income and expenses of these segments.
On 31 July 2024, the Group acquired 100% of the shares in SBGH Limited, the immediate holding company of Suncorp Bank. Suncorp Bank provides
banking and related services to retail, commercial, small and medium enterprises and agribusiness customers in Australia. The transaction was undertaken
to accelerate the growth of the Group’s retail and commercial businesses while also improving the geographic balance of its business in Australia. The
2024 reported results include 2 months results for Suncorp Bank from the date of acquisition, presented as Suncorp Bank division below.
The presentation of divisional results has been impacted by the following changes during the period:
Accounting standards adoption - the Group adopted AASB 17 Insurance Contracts (AASB 17) on 1 October 2023. Although the overall profit
recognised in respect of insurance contracts will not change over the life of contracts, the timing of revenue recognition will change. The Group applied
AASB 17 effective from 1 October 2022 and restated prior period comparative information. This resulted in a decrease in opening retained earnings of
$37 million on 1 October 2022, a $8 million increase in profit after tax, a $22 million increase in total assets, and a $51 million increase in total liabilities
in the Australia Retail division.
Divisional results presentation - prior period divisional comparative information was restated to reflect a number of cost reallocations across the
divisions.
The reportable segments are divisions engaged in providing either different products or services or similar products and services in different geographical
areas. They are as follows:
Australia Retail
The Australia Retail division provides a full range of banking services to Australian consumers. This includes Home Loans, Deposits, Credit Cards and
Personal Loans. Products and services are provided via the branch network, home loan specialists, contact centres, a variety of self-service channels
(digital and internet banking, website, ATMs and phone banking) and third-party brokers.
Australia Commercial
The Australia Commercial division provides a full range of banking products and financial services, including asset financing, across the following customer
segments: SME Banking (small business owners and medium commercial customers), and Diversified & Specialist Businesses (large commercial
customers, and high net worth individuals and family groups).
Institutional
The Institutional division services global institutional and corporate customers, and governments across Australia, New Zealand and International (including
Papua New Guinea (PNG)) via the following business units:
Transaction Banking provides customers with working capital and liquidity solutions including documentary trade, supply chain financing, commodity
financing as well as cash management solutions, deposits, payments and clearing.
Corporate Finance provides customers with loan products, loan syndication, specialised loan structuring and execution, project and export finance,
debt structuring and acquisition finance, and sustainable finance solutions.
Markets provides customers with risk management services in foreign exchange, interest rates, credit, commodities, and debt capital markets in
addition to managing the Group's interest rate exposure and liquidity position.
New Zealand
The New Zealand division comprises the following business units:
Personal provides a full range of banking and wealth management services to consumer and private banking customers. We deliver our services via
our internet and app-based digital solutions and a network of branches, mortgage specialists, private bankers and contact centres.
Business & Agri (previously Business) provides a full range of banking services through our digital, branch and contact centre channels, and traditional
relationship banking and sophisticated financial solutions through dedicated managers. These cover privately owned small, medium and large
enterprises, the agricultural business segment, government and government-related entities.
Suncorp Bank
The Suncorp Bank division provides banking and related services to retail, commercial, small and medium enterprises and agribusiness customers in
Australia.
Pacific
The Pacific division provides products and services to retail and commercial customers (including multi-nationals) and to governments located in the
Pacific region, excluding PNG which forms part of the Institutional division.
Group Centre
Group Centre division provides support to the operating divisions, including technology, property, risk management, financial management, treasury,
strategy, marketing, human resources, corporate affairs, and shareholder functions. It also includes minority investments in Asia.
98 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
98
7. Segment reporting (continued)
Operating segments
Australia
Retail
Australia
Commercial
Institutional
New
Zealand
Suncorp
Bank
Pacific
Group
Centre
Group
Total
Year ended 30 September 2024 $m $m $m $m $m $m $m $m
Net interest income
5,223 3,164 3,741 3,143 251 123 392 16,037
Net fee and commission income 531 300 740 399 6 14 (26) 1,964
Net income from insurance business 122 - - - - - - 122
Other income
1,2
11 42 2,408 - - 77 (12) 2,526
Share of associates’ profit/(loss)
- - - - - - 134 134
Other operating income
664 342 3,148 399 6 91 96 4,746
Operating income
1,2
5,887 3,506 6,889 3,542 257 214 488 20,783
Operating expenses (3,516) (1,507) (2,875) (1,376) (188) (138) (1,069) (10,669)
Cash profit/(loss) before credit impairment
and income tax
2,371 1,999 4,014 2,166 69 76 (581) 10,114
Credit impairment (charge)/release (71) (80) 10 (28) (243) 8 (2) (406)
Cash profit/(loss) before income tax
2,300 1,919 4,024 2,138 (174) 84 (583) 9,708
Income tax (expense)/benefit
1,2
(693) (577) (1,166) (602) 52 (22) 120 (2,888)
Non-controlling interests
- - - - - (2) (33) (35)
Cash profit/(loss)
1,607 1,342 2,858 1,536 (122) 60 (496) 6,785
Economic hedges
1
(264)
Revenue and expense hedges
2
74
Profit after tax attributable to shareholders
6,595
Includes non-cash items:
Share of associates’ profit/(loss) - - - - - - 134 134
Depreciation and amortisation
(56) (6) (171) (107) (46) (9) (550) (945)
Equity-settled share-based payment expenses
(6) (5) (97) (5) - (1) (25) (139)
Credit impairment (charge)/release
(71) (80) 10 (28) (243) 8 (2) (406)
Australia
Retail
Australia
Commercial Institutional
New
Zealand
Suncorp
Bank
3
Pacific
Group
Centre
Group
Total
Financial position
$m
$m $m $m $m $m $m $m
Goodwill
100 - 1,245 1,596 1,402 - - 4,343
Investments in associates
- - - - - - 1,415 1,415
Total external assets
335,356 65,456 574,998 127,032 87,185 3,162 36,396 1,229,585
Total external liabilities
180,801 122,029 460,053 120,203 81,610 3,686 192,443 1,160,825
1.
The cash profit adjustment for economic hedges applies to the Institutional, New Zealand and Group Centre divisions with $368 million loss recognised in Other operating income and $104 million benefit
recognised in Income tax expense.
2.
The cash profit adjustment for revenue and expense hedges applies to the Group Centre division with $106 million gain recognised in Other operating income and $32 million expense recognised in
Income tax expense.
3.
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are disclosed on a provisional basis. Refer to Note 34 Suncorp Bank acquisition for further information.
99
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
99
7. Segment reporting (continued)
Operating segments (continued)
Australia
Retail
Australia
Commercial Institutional
New
Zealand
Suncorp
Bank
Pacific
Group
Centre
Group
Total
Year ended 30 September 2023 $m $m $m $m $m $m $m $m
Net interest income 5,709 3,224 4,040 3,149 - 123 323 16,568
Net fee and commission income 546 322 685 398 - 19 (24) 1,946
Net income from insurance business 108 - - - - - - 108
Other income
1,2
16 43 2,009 11 - 66 (80) 2,065
Share of associates’ profit/(loss) - - - - - - 225 225
Other operating income 670 365 2,694 409 - 85 121 4,344
Operating income
1,2
6,379 3,589 6,734 3,558 - 208 444 20,912
Operating expenses (3,461) (1,423) (2,728) (1,299) - (145) (1,031) (10,087)
Cash profit/(loss) before credit impairment
and income ta
x
2,918 2,166 4,006 2,259 - 63 (587) 10,825
Credit impairment (charge)/release (135) (107) 80 (112) - 28 1 (245)
Cash profit/(loss) before income tax 2,783 2,059 4,086 2,147 - 91 (586) 10,580
Income tax (expense)/benefit
1,2
(845) (619) (1,137) (601) - (18) 148 (3,072)
Non-controlling interests - - - - - (2) (26) (28)
Cash profit/(loss) 1,938 1,440 2,949 1,546 - 71 (464) 7,480
Economic hedges
1
(217)
Revenue and expense hedges
2
(90)
Profit after tax attributable to shareholders 7,173
Includes non-cash items:
Share of associates’ profit/(loss) - - - - - - 225 225
Depreciation and amortisation (77) (5) (164) (105) - (10) (580) (941)
Equity-settled share-based payment expenses (6) (2) (73) (4) - - (20) (105)
Credit impairment (charge)/release (135) (107) 80 (112) - 28 1 (245)
Australia
Retail
Australia
Commercial Institutional
New
Zealand
Suncorp
Bank
Pacific
Group
Centre
Group
Total
Financial position
$m
$m $m $m $m $m $m $m
Goodwill 100 - 1,261 1,617 - - - 2,978
Investments in associates - - - - - - 2,321 2,321
Total external assets 315,207 61,916 538,825 125,178 - 3,391 61,547 1,106,064
Total external liabilities 168,926 119,341 452,777 122,924 - 3,862 169,149 1,036,979
1.
The cash profit adjustment for economic hedges applies to the Institutional, New Zealand and Group Centre divisions with $305 million loss recognised in Other operating income and $88 million benefit
recognised in Income tax expense.
2.
The cash profit adjustment for economic hedges applies to the Group Centre division with $129 million loss recognised in Other operating income and $39 million benefit recognised in Income tax
expense.
100 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
100
7. Segment reporting (continued)
Segment income by products and services
The primary sources of our external income across all divisions are interest income and other operating income, which includes net fee and commission
income, net foreign exchange earnings and other financial instruments income. The Australia Retail, Australia Commercial, New Zealand, Suncorp Bank,
and Pacific divisions derive income from products and services in retail and commercial banking. The Institutional division derives its income from
institutional products and market services. No single customer amounts to greater than 10% of the Group’s income.
Geographical information
The reportable segments operate across three geographical regions as follows:
Australia Retail division - Australia
Australia Commercial division - Australia
Institutional division - all three geographical regions
New Zealand division - New Zealand
Suncorp Bank division - Australia
Pacific division – Rest of World
Group Centre division - all three geographical regions
The Rest of World geography includes Asia, Pacific, Europe and the Americas.
The following table sets out total operating income earned and assets to be recovered in more than one year based on the geographical regions in which
the Group operates.
Australia New Zealand Rest of World Total
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m $m $m $m $m
Total operating income
12,794 12,689 4,400 4,463 3,327 3,326 20,521 20,478
Assets to be recovered in more than one year
1
498,091 407,221 121,455 119,278 25,444 28,877 644,990 555,376
1.
Represents Net loans and advances based on the contractual maturity.
101
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Financial assets
Outlined below is a description of how we classify and measure financial assets as they apply to the note disclosures that follow.
Classification and measurement
Financial assets - general
There are three measurement classifications for financial assets under AASB 9 Financial Instruments (AASB 9): amortised cost, FVTPL and
FVOCI. Financial assets are classified into these measurement classifications on the basis of two criteria:
the business model within which the financial asset is managed; and
the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset (specifically whether the contractual cash flows represent solely payments of
principal and interest).
The resultant financial asset classifications are as follows:
Amortised cost: Financial assets with contractual cash flows that comprise solely payments of principal and interest and which are held in a
business model whose objective is to collect their cash flows;
FVOCI: Financial assets with contractual cash flows that comprise solely payments of principal and interest and which are held in a business
model whose objective is to collect their cash flows or to sell the assets; and
FVTPL: Any other financial assets not falling into the categories above are measured at FVTPL.
Fair value option for financial assets
A financial asset may be irrevocably designated on initial recognition:
at FVTPL when the designation eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch that would otherwise arise; or
at FVOCI for investments in equity securities, where that instrument is neither held for trading nor contingent consideration recognised by
an acquirer in a business combination.
8. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and other balances, as outlined below, that are convertible into cash with an insignificant risk of
changes in value and with remaining maturities of three months or less, including reverse repurchase agreements.
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m
Coins, notes and cash at bank
1,196 1,070 843 667
Securities purchased under agreements to resell in less than 3 months 44,125 31,711 41,307 31,120
Balances with central banks
69,024 105,689 59,609 94,389
Settlement balances owed to ANZ within 3 months
36,620 29,684 35,529 28,232
Cash and cash equivalents
150,965 168,154 137,288 154,408
102 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
102
9. Trading assets
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m
Government debt securities and notes
35,276 28,074 28,796 23,144
Corporate and financial institution securities 4,057 3,885 3,365 2,914
Commodities
6,399 4,881 6,243 4,471
Other securities
23 164 23 164
Total
45,755 37,004 38,427 30,693
Recognition and measurement
Trading assets are financial instruments or other assets we either:
Acquire principally for the purpose of selling in the short-term; or
Hold as part of a portfolio we manage for short-term profit making.
Trading assets include commodity inventories measured at fair value less cost to sell in accordance with the broker trader exemption under
AASB 102 Inventories.
We recognise purchases and sales of trading assets on trade date:
Initially, we measure them at fair value; and
Subsequently, we measure them in the Balance Sheet at their fair value with any change in fair value recognised in profit or loss.
Assets disclosed as Trading assets are subject to the general classification and measurement policy for Financial Assets outlined at the
commencement of the Group’s financial assets disclosures on page 102.
Key judgements and estimates
Judgement is required when applying the valuation techniques used to determine the fair value of trading assets not valued using quoted
market prices. Refer to Note 18 Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities for further details.
2023
2024
28,074
164
3,885
4,881
Other securities
Government debt
securities and notes
Commodities
Corporate and financial
institution securities
35,276
23
4,057
6,399
103
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
10. Derivative financial instruments
Consolidated
Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities
2024 2024 2023 2023
Fair value
$m $m $m $m
Derivative financial instruments - held for trading
53,889 (54,798) 60,059 (57,210)
Derivative financial instruments - designated in hedging relationships
481 (456) 347 (272)
Derivative financial instruments
54,370 (55,254) 60,406 (57,482)
The Company
Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities
2024 2024 2023 2023
Fair value
$m $m $m $m
Derivative financial instruments - held for trading
57,370 (57,257) 59,649 (57,256)
Derivative financial instruments - designated in hedging relationships
257 (210) 340 (255)
Derivative financial instruments
57,627 (57,467) 59,989 (57,511)
Features
Derivative financial instruments are contracts:
Whose value is derived from an underlying price index (or other variable) defined in the contract - sometimes the value is derived from more than one
variable;
That require little or no initial net investment; and
That are settled at a future date.
Movements in the price of the underlying variables, which cause the value of the contract to fluctuate, are reflected in the fair value of the derivative.
Purpose
The Group’s derivative financial instruments have been categorised as follows:
Trading Derivatives held in order to:
meet customer needs for managing their own risks.
manage risks in the Group that are not in a designated hedge accounting relationship (some elements of balance
sheet management).
undertake market making and positioning activities to generate profits from short-term fluctuations in prices or margins.
Designated in Hedging
Relationships
Derivatives designated into hedge accounting relationships in order to minimise profit or loss volatility by matching
movements in underlying positions relating to:
hedges of the Group’s exposures to interest rate risk and currency risk.
hedges of other exposures relating to non-trading positions.
Types
The Group offers or uses four different types of derivative financial instruments:
Forwards A contract documenting the rate of interest, or the currency exchange rate, to be paid or received on a notional principal
amount at a future date.
Futures An exchange traded contract in which the parties agree to buy or sell an asset in the future for a price agreed on the
transaction date, with a net settlement in cash paid on the future date without physical delivery of the asset.
Swaps A contract in which two parties exchange one series of cash flows for another.
Options A contract in which the buyer of the contract has the right - but not the obligation - to buy (known as a ‘call option’) or to
sell (known as a ‘put option’) an asset or instrument at a set price on a future date. The seller has the corresponding
obligation to fulfil the transaction to sell or buy the asset or instrument if the buyer exercises the option.
104 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
104
10. Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Risks managed
The Group offers and uses the instruments described above to manage fluctuations in the following:
Foreign Exchange Currencies at current or determined rates of exchange.
Interest Rate Fixed or variable interest rates applying to money lent, deposited or borrowed.
Commodity Soft commodities (that is, agricultural products such as wheat, coffee, cocoa and sugar) and hard commodities (that is,
mined products such as gold, oil and gas).
Credit Risk of default by customers or third parties.
The Group uses a number of central clearing counterparties and exchanges to settle derivative transactions. Different arrangements for posting of
collateral exist with these exchanges:
some transactions are subject to clearing arrangements which result in separate recognition of collateral assets and liabilities, with the carrying values
of the associated derivative assets and liabilities held at their fair value.
other transactions, are legally settled by the payment or receipt of collateral which reduces the carrying values of the related derivative instruments by
the amount paid or received.
Derivative financial instruments – held for trading
The majority of the Group’s derivative financial instruments are held for trading. The fair value of derivative financial instruments held for trading is:
Consolidated
Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities
2024 2024 2023 2023
Fair value
$m $m $m $m
Interest rate contracts
Forward rate agreements 1 (1) - -
Futures contracts
80 (109) 294 (37)
Swap agreements
8,258 (9,527) 10,815 (15,194)
Options
1,263 (1,371) 1,805 (2,023)
Total
9,602 (11,008) 12,914 (17,254)
Foreign exchange contracts
Spot and forward contracts 20,008 (21,445) 21,399 (19,580)
Swap agreements
21,961 (19,612) 23,230 (18,172)
Options
779 (835) 690 (1,120)
Total
42,748 (41,892) 45,319 (38,872)
Commodity and other contracts 1,537 (1,896) 1,812 (1,067)
Credit default swaps 2 (2) 14 (17)
Derivative financial instruments - held for trading
1
53,889 (54,798) 60,059 (57,210)
1.
Includes derivatives held for balance sheet management which are not designated into accounting hedge relationships.
105
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
10. Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Derivative financial instruments – held for trading (continued)
The majority of the Company’s derivative financial instruments are held for trading. The fair value of derivative financial instruments held for trading is:
The Company
Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities
2024 2024 2023 2023
Fair Value
$m $m $m $m
Interest rate contracts
Forward rate agreements 1 (1) 2 (1)
Futures contracts
75 (40) 259 (30)
Swap agreements
10,063 (11,329) 11,324 (15,178)
Options
1,261 (1,371) 1,807 (2,016)
Total
11,400 (12,741) 13,392 (17,225)
Foreign exchange contracts
Spot and forward contracts 19,396 (20,141) 19,229 (17,595)
Swap agreements
24,224 (21,611) 24,493 (20,216)
Options
772 (829) 684 (1,110)
Total
44,392 (42,581) 44,406 (38,921)
Commodity and other contracts 1,537 (1,896) 1,823 (1,078)
Credit default swaps 41 (39) 28 (32)
Derivative financial instruments - held for trading
1
57,370 (57,257) 59,649 (57,256)
1.
Includes derivatives held for balance sheet management which are not designated into accounting hedge relationships.
106 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
10. Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Derivative financial instruments – designated in hedging relationships
Under the accounting policy choice provided by AASB 9, the Group has continued to apply the hedge accounting requirements of AASB 139 Financial
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (AASB 139).
There are three types of hedge accounting relationships the Group utilises:
Fair value hedge Cash flow hedge Net investment hedge
Objective of this
hedging arrangement
To hedge our exposure to changes to
the fair value of a recognised asset or
liability or unrecognised firm
commitment caused by interest rate or
foreign currency movements.
To hedge our exposure to variability in
cash flows of a recognised asset or
liability, a firm commitment or a highly
probable forecast transaction caused
by interest rate, foreign currency and
other price movements.
To hedge our exposure to exchange
rate differences arising from the
translation of our foreign operations
from their functional currency to
Australian dollars.
Recognition of
effective hedge
portion
The following are recognised in profit or
loss at the same time:
all changes in the fair value of the
underlying item relating to the
hedged risk; and
the change in the fair value of the
derivatives.
We recognise the effective portion of
changes in the fair value of derivatives
designated as a cash flow hedge in the
cash flow hedge reserve.
We recognise the effective portion of
changes in the fair value of the hedging
instrument in the foreign currency
translation reserve (FCTR).
Recognition of
ineffective hedge
portion
Recognised immediately in Other operating income.
If a hedging
instrument expires, or
is sold, terminated, or
exercised; or no
longer qualifies for
hedge accounting
When we recognise the hedged item in
profit or loss, we recognise the related
unamortised fair value hedge
adjustment in profit or loss. This may
occur over time if the hedged item is
amortised to profit or loss as part of the
effective yield over the period to
maturity.
Only when we recognise the hedged
item in profit or loss is the amount
previously deferred in the cash flow
hedge reserve transferred to profit
or loss.
The amount we defer in the foreign
currency translation reserve remains in
equity and is transferred to profit or
loss only when we dispose of, or
partially dispose of, the foreign
operation.
Hedged item sold or
repaid
We recognise the unamortised fair
value hedge adjustment immediately in
profit or loss.
Amounts accumulated in equity are
transferred immediately to profit or
loss.
The gain or loss, or applicable
proportion, we have recognised in
equity is transferred to profit or loss on
disposal or partial disposal of a foreign
operation.
107
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
10. Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Derivative financial instruments – designated in hedging relationships (continued)
The fair value of derivative financial instruments designated in hedging relationships is:
2024 2023
Consolidated
Nominal
amount Assets Liabilities
Nominal
amount Assets Liabilities
$m $m $m $m $m $m
Fair value hedges
Foreign exchange spot and forward contracts 571 14 - 607 5 -
Interest rate swap agreements
175,849 226 (253) 126,881 32 (195)
Interest rate futures contracts
3,151 11 - 11,778 243 (9)
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate swap agreements 154,968 200 (196) 122,704 17 (48)
Foreign exchange swap agreements
654 26 (7) 683 50 (19)
Foreign exchange spot and forward contracts
81 4 - - - -
Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange spot and forward contracts 92 - - 47 - (1)
Derivative financial instruments - designated in
hedging relationships
335,366 481 (456) 262,700 347 (272)
2024 2023
The Company
Nominal
amount Assets Liabilities
Nominal
amount Assets Liabilities
$m $m $m $m $m $m
Fair value hedges
Foreign exchange spot and forward contracts 571 14 - 607 5 -
Interest rate swap agreements
144,667 198 (134) 101,587 32 (184)
Interest rate futures contracts
3,151 11 - 11,778 243 (9)
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate swap agreements 92,998 4 (69) 89,173 10 (42)
Foreign exchange swap agreements
654 26 (7) 683 50 (19)
Foreign exchange spot and forward contracts
81 4 - - - -
Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange spot and forward contracts - - - 47 - (1)
Derivative financial instruments - designated in
hedging relationships
242,122 257 (210) 203,875 340 (255)
108 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
108
10. Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Derivative financial instruments – designated in hedging relationships (continued)
The maturity profile of the nominal amounts of our hedging instruments held is:
Consolidated
Average
Less than 3
months
3 to 12
months
1 to 5
years
After
5 years Total
Nominal amount
Rate $m $m $m$m $m
As at 30 September 2024
Fair value hedges
Interest rate Interest rate 2.94% 10,202 17,387 86,096 65,315 179,000
Foreign exchange HKD/AUD FX rate
5.26 571 - - - 571
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate Interest rate 3.11% 20,417 42,091 91,589 871 154,968
Foreign exchange
1
AUD/USD FX rate
0.74
20 61 - 654 735
USD/EUR FX rate
0.91
Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange NZD/AUD FX rate 1.09 - 92 - - 92
As at 30 September 2023
Fair value hedges
Interest rate Interest rate 2.38%
2,314 10,533 79,35046,462 138,659
Foreign exchange HKD/AUD FX rate 5.02 607 - - - 607
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate Interest rate 2.27% 7,573 37,630 76,359 1,142 122,704
Foreign exchange
1
AUD/USD FX rate 0.74
- - - 683 683
USD/EUR FX rate 0.91
Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange NZD/AUD FX rate 1.09
- 47 - - 47
1.
Hedges of foreign exchange risk cover multiple currency pairs. The table reflects the larger currency pairs only.
109
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
10. Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)
Derivative Financial Instruments – designated in hedging relationships (continued)
The Company
Average
Less than 3
months
3 to 12
months
1 to 5
years
After
5 years Total
Nominal Amount
Rate
$m $m $m $m $m
As at 30 September 2024
Fair value hedges
Interest rate Interest Rate 3.01% 9,860 14,596 65,270 58,092 147,818
Foreign exchange HKD/AUD FX Rate
5.26 571 - - - 571
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate Interest Rate 2.55% 8,580 16,580 67,080 758 92,998
Foreign exchange
1
AUD/USD FX Rate
0.74
20 61 - 654 735
USD/EUR FX Rate
0.91
Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange NZD/AUD FX Rate - - - - - -
As at 30 September 2023
Fair value hedges
Interest rate Interest Rate 2.49% 1,910 8,025 61,644 41,786 113,365
Foreign exchange HKD/AUD FX Rate 5.02 607 - - - 607
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate Interest Rate 1.78%
3,154 22,353 62,577 1,089 89,173
Foreign exchange
1
AUD/USD FX Rate 0.74
- - - 683 683
USD/EUR FX Rate 0.91
Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange NZD/AUD FX Rate 1.09 - 47 - - 47
1.
Hedges of foreign exchange risk cover multiple currency pairs. The table reflects the larger currency pairs only.
110 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
110
10. Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Derivative financial instruments – designated in hedging relationships (continued)
The impacts of ineffectiveness from our designated hedge relationships by type of hedge relationship and type of risk being hedged are:
Ineffectiveness
Amount reclassified
from the cash flow
hedge reserve or FCTR
to profit or loss
4
Consolidated
Change in value
of hedging
instrument
2
Change in value
of hedged item
Hedge ineffectiveness
recognised in profit or
loss
3
As at 30 September 2024 $m$m $m $m
Fair value hedges
1
Interest rate (2,922) 2,928 6 -
Foreign exchange
36 (36) - -
Cash flow hedges
1
Interest rate
2,175 (2,074) 101 (2)
Foreign exchange
(3) 3 - -
Net investment hedges
1
Foreign exchange 9 (9) - -
As at 30 September 2023
Fair value hedges
1
Interest rate (846) 870 24 -
Foreign exchange (4) 4 - -
Cash flow hedges
1
Interest rate 280
(239) 41 (13)
Foreign exchange - - - 9
Net investment hedges
1
Foreign exchange (39) 39 - 79
Ineffectiveness
Amount reclassified
from the cash flow
hedge reserve or FCTR
to profit or loss
4
The Company
Change in value
of hedging
instrument
2
Change in value
of hedged item
Hedge ineffectiveness
recognised in profit or
loss
3
As at 30 September 2024 $m $m $m $m
Fair value hedges
1
Interest rate (2,811) 2,817 6 -
Foreign exchange
36 (36) - -
Cash flow hedges
1
Interest rate
1,994 (1,894) 100 (2)
Foreign exchange (3) 3 - -
Net investment hedges
1
Foreign exchange - - - -
As at 30 September 2023
Fair value hedges
1
Interest rate (797) 814 17 -
Foreign exchange (4) 4 - -
Cash flow hedges
1
Interest rate 386
(344) 42 (15)
Foreign exchange - - - 9
Net investment hedges
1
Foreign exchange (4) 4 - -
1.
All hedging instruments are classified as derivative financial instruments.
2.
Changes in value of hedging instruments is before any adjustments for Settle to Market clearing arrangements.
3.
Recognised in Other operating income.
4.
Recognised in Net interest income and Other operating income.
111
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
10. Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Derivative financial instruments – designated in hedging relationships (continued)
The hedged items in relation to the Group’s fair value hedges are:
Carrying amount
Accumulated fair value
hedge adjustments on the
hedged item
Balance sheet Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities
Consolidated presentation Hedged risk $m $m $m $m
As at 30 September 2024
Fixed rate loans and advances Net loans and advances Interest rate 1,546 - (30) -
Fixed rate debt issuance Debt issuances Interest rate
- (73,805) - 1,284
Fixed rate investment securities at FVOCI
1
Investment securities Interest rate 97,838 - 625 -
Equity securities at FVOCI
1
Investment securities Foreign exchange 571 - 43 -
Total
99,955 (73,805) 638 1,284
As at 30 September 2023
Fixed rate loans and advances Net loans and advances Interest rate 3,472 - (139) -
Fixed rate debt issuance Debt issuances Interest rate - (66,190) - 4,163
Fixed rate investment securities at FVOCI
1
Investment securities Interest rate 61,082 - (5,121) -
Equity securities at FVOCI
1
Investment securities Foreign exchange 607 - 79 -
Total
65,161 (66,190) (5,181) 4,163
1.
The carrying amount of debt and equity instruments at FVOCI does not include the fair value hedge adjustment. The fair value hedge adjustment is included in other comprehensive income.
The cumulative amount of fair value hedge adjustments relating to ceased hedge relationships remaining on the Balance Sheet is $3 million
(2023: -$13 million).
The hedged items in relation to the Company’s fair value hedges are:
Carrying amount
Accumulated fair value
hedge adjustments on the
hedged item
Balance sheet Assets
Liabilities Assets Liabilities
The Company presentation Hedged risk $m $m $m $m
As at 30 September 2024
Fixed rate loans and advances Net loans and advances Interest rate 1,546 - (30) -
Fixed rate debt issuance Debt issuances Interest rate
- (60,258) - 904
Fixed rate investment securities at FVOCI
1
Investment securities Interest rate 81,276 - 538 -
Equity securities at FVOCI
1
Investment securities Foreign exchange 571 - 43 -
Total
83,393 (60,258) 551 904
As at 30 September 2023
Fixed rate loans and advances Net loans and advances Interest rate 3,472 - (139) -
Fixed rate debt issuance Debt issuances Interest rate - (51,602) - 3,025
Fixed rate investment securities at FVOCI
1
Investment securities Interest rate 52,336 - (4,342) -
Equity securities at FVOCI
1
Investment securities Foreign exchange 607 - 79 -
Total
56,415 (51,602) (4,402) 3,025
1.
The carrying amount of debt and equity instruments at FVOCI does not include the fair value hedge adjustment. The fair value hedge adjustment is included in other comprehensive income.
The cumulative amount of fair value hedge adjustments relating to ceased hedge relationships remaining on the Balance Sheet is $3 million
(2023: -$13 million).
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued) Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
112
10. Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Derivative financial instruments – designated in hedging relationships (continued)
The hedged items in relation to the Group’s and Company’s cash flow and net investment hedges are:
Cash flow
hedge reserve
Foreign currency
translation reserve
Continuing
hedges
Discontinued
hedges
Continuing
hedges
Discontinued
hedges
Consolidated Hedged risk $m$m $m $m
As at 30 September 2024
Cash flow hedges
Floating rate loans and advances Interest rate (575) - - -
Floating rate customer deposits Interest rate
(31) - - -
Foreign currency debt issuances Foreign exchange
(7) - - -
Highly probable forecast transactions Foreign exchange
4 - - -
Net investment hedges
Foreign operations Foreign exchange - - 22 20
As at 30 September 2023
Cash flow hedges
Floating rate loans and advances Interest rate (3,482) 11 - -
Floating rate customer deposits Interest rate 794 (1) - -
Foreign currency debt issuances Foreign exchange - - - -
Highly probable forecast transactions Foreign exchange - - - -
Net investment hedges
Foreign operations Foreign exchange -
- 12 49
Cash flow
hedge reserve
Foreign currency
translation reserve
Continuing
hedges
Discontinued
hedges
Continuing
hedges
Discontinued
hedges
The Company Hedged risk $m $m $m $m
As at 30 September 2024
Cash flow hedges
Floating rate loans and advances Interest rate (820) - - -
Floating rate customer deposits Interest rate
105 - - -
Foreign currency debt issuances Foreign exchange
(7) - - -
Highly probable forecast transactions Foreign exchange
4 - - -
Net investment hedges
Foreign operations Foreign exchange - - - -
As at 30 September 2023
Cash flow hedges
Floating rate loans and advances Interest rate (3,103) 2 - -
Floating rate customer deposits Interest rate 495 - - -
Foreign currency debt issuances Foreign exchange - - - -
Highly probable forecast transactions Foreign exchange - - - -
Net investment hedges
Foreign operations Foreign exchange - - 12 49
113
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
10. Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Derivative financial instruments – designated in hedging relationships (continued)
The table below details the reconciliation of the Group’s cash flow hedge reserve by risk type:
Interest rate
Foreign
currency
Total
Consolidated $m $m $m
Balance at 1 October 2022 (2,028) (8) (2,036)
Fair value gains/(losses) 239 - 239
Transferred to profit or loss (13) 9 (4)
Income taxes and others (69) (2) (71)
Balance at 30 September 2023
(1,871) (1) (1,872)
Fair value gains/(losses) 2,074 (3) 2,071
Transferred to profit or loss
(2) - (2)
Income taxes and others
(620) 1 (619)
Balance at 30 September 2024
(419) (3) (422)
Hedges of net investments in a foreign operation resulted in a $9 million increase in FCTR during the year (2023: $40 million increase).
The table below details the reconciliation of the Company’s cash flow hedge reserve by risk type:
Interest rate
Foreign
currency
Total
The Company $m $m $m
Balance at 1 October 2022 (2,053) (8) (2,061)
Fair value gains/(losses) 344 - 344
Transferred to profit or loss (15) 9 (6)
Income taxes and others (99) (2) (101)
Balance at 30 September 2023
(1,823) (1) (1,824)
Fair value gains/(losses) 1,894 (3) 1,891
Transferred to profit or loss
(2) - (2)
Income taxes and others
(569) 1 (568)
Balance at 30 September 2024
(500) (3) (503)
Hedges of net investments in a foreign operation resulted in nil impact in FCTR during the year (2023: $4 million decrease).
114 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
114
10. Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Recognition and measurement
Recognition
Initially and at each reporting date, we recognise all derivatives at fair value. If the fair value of a derivative is
positive, then we carry it as an asset, but if its value is negative, then we carry it as a liability.
Valuation adjustments are integral in determining the fair value of derivatives. This includes:
a credit valuation adjustment to reflect the counterparty risk and/or event of default; and
a funding valuation adjustment to account for funding costs and benefits in the derivatives portfolio.
Derecognition of
assets and liabilities
We remove derivative assets from our Balance Sheet when the contracts expire or we have transferred
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. We remove derivative liabilities from our Balance Sheet
when the Group’s contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expired.
With respect to derivatives cleared through a central clearing counterparty or exchange, derivative assets or
liabilities may be derecognised in accordance with the principle above when collateral is settled, depending
on the legal arrangements in place for each instrument.
Impact on the
Income Statement
The recognition of gains or losses on derivative financial instruments depends on whether the derivative is
held for trading or is designated in a hedge accounting relationship. For derivative financial instruments held
for trading, gains or losses from changes in the fair value are recognised in profit or loss.
For an instrument designated in a hedge accounting relationship, the recognition of gains or losses depends
on the nature of the item being hedged. Refer to the table on page 107 for details of the recognition
approach applied for each type of hedge accounting relationship.
Sources of hedge accounting ineffectiveness may arise from differences in the interest rate reference rate,
margins, or rate set differences and differences in discounting between the hedged items and the hedging
instruments.
Hedge effectiveness
To qualify for hedge accounting under AASB 139, a hedge relationship is expected to be highly effective. A
hedge relationship is highly effective only if the following conditions are met:
the hedge is expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows
attributable to the hedged risk during the period for which the hedge is designated (prospective
effectiveness); and
the actual results of the hedge are within the range of 80-125% (retrospective effectiveness).
The Group monitors hedge effectiveness on a regular basis but at a minimum at each reporting date.
Key judgements and estimates
Judgement is required when we select the valuation techniques used to determine the fair value of derivatives, particularly the selection of
valuation inputs that are not readily observable, and the application of valuation adjustments to certain derivatives. Refer to Note 18 Fair value
of financial assets and financial liabilities for further details.
115
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
11. Investment securities
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m
$m
$m
$m
Investment securities measured at FVOCI
Debt securities 131,944 88,271 107,388 76,320
Equity securities
1,065 946 1,060 945
Investment securities measured at amortised cost
Debt securities 7,091 7,752 5,356 5,936
Investment securities measured at FVTPL
Debt securities 162 - 162 -
Total
140,262 96,969 113,966 83,201
The maturity profile of investment securities is as follows:
Consolidated
Less than 3
months
3 to 12
months 1 to 5 years After 5 years
No
maturity Total
As at 30 September 2024 $m $m $m $m $m $m
Government securities
9,824 11,048 52,228 54,039 - 127,139
Corporate and financial institution securities 485 1,326 6,565 328 - 8,704
Other securities
490 386 578 1,900 - 3,354
Equity securities
- - - - 1,065 1,065
Total
10,799 12,760 59,371 56,267 1,065 140,262
As at 30 September 2023
Government securities 8,807
10,233 29,482 36,081 - 84,603
Corporate and financial institution securities 358 1,205 5,973 58 - 7,594
Other securities 617 591 602 2,016 - 3,826
Equity securities - - - - 946 946
Total 9,782 12,029 36,057 38,155 946 96,969
During the year, the Group recognised a net gain of $8 million (2023: $9 million) in Other operating income from the recycling of gains/losses previously
recognised in Other comprehensive income in respect of debt securities at FVOCI.
2023
2024
84,603
3,826
7,594
946
127,139
Government securities
Corporate and financial
institution securities
Other securities
Equity securities
3,354
8,704
1,065
116 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
116
11. Investment securities (continued)
The Company
Less than 3
months
3 to 12
months 1 to 5 years After 5 years
No
maturity Total
As at 30 September 2024 $m $m $m $m $m $m
Government securities
9,213 8,454 38,158 46,719 - 102,544
Corporate and financial institution securities 484 976 5,249 328 - 7,037
Other securities
490 386 578 1,871 - 3,325
Equity securities
- - - - 1,060 1,060
Total
10,187 9,816 43,985 48,918 1,060 113,966
As at 30 September 2023
Government securities 7,665
8,649 23,140 33,182 - 72,636
Corporate and financial institution securities 280 634 4,822 58 - 5,794
Other securities 617 591 602 2,016 - 3,826
Equity securities - - - - 945 945
Total 8,562 9,874 28,564 35,256 945 83,201
During the year, the Company recognised a net gain of $8 million (2023 net loss: $6 million) in Other operating income from the recycling of gains/losses
previously recognised in Other comprehensive income in respect of debt securities at FVOCI.
Recognition and measurement
Investment securities are those financial assets in security form (that is, transferable debt or equity instruments) that are not held for trading
purposes. By way of exception, bills of exchange (a form of security/transferable instrument) which are used to facilitate the Group’s customer
lending activities are classified as Loans and advances (rather than Investment securities) to better reflect the substance of the arrangement.
Equity investments not held for trading purposes may be designated at FVOCI on an instrument-by-instrument basis. If this election is made,
gains or losses are not reclassified from Other comprehensive income to profit or loss on disposal of the investment. However, gains or losses
may be reclassified within equity.
Assets disclosed as Investment securities are subject to the general classification and measurement policy for financial assets outlined at the
commencement of the Group’s financial asset disclosures on page 102. Additionally, expected credit losses associated with ‘Investment
securities - debt securities at amortised cost’ and ‘Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI’ are recognised and measured in
accordance with the accounting policy outlined in Note 13 Allowance for expected credit losses. For ‘Investment securities - debt securities at
FVOCI’, the allowance for Expected Credit Loss (ECL) is recognised in the FVOCI reserve in equity with a corresponding charge to profit or loss.
Key judgements and estimates
Judgement is required when we select valuation techniques used to determine the fair value of assets not valued using quoted market prices,
particularly the selection of valuation inputs that are not readily observable. Refer to Note 18 Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities
for further details.
117
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
12. Net loans and advances
The following table provides details of Net loans and advances:
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m$m $m $m
Overdrafts
6,109 5,552 4,701 4,516
Credit cards 6,713 6,805 5,571 5,630
Commercial bills
4,401 4,682 4,401 4,682
Term loans – housing
484,554 404,491 324,883 304,772
Term loans – non-housing
301,284 285,458 248,498 242,403
Other
924 1,292 845 1,244
Subtotal
803,985 708,280 588,899 563,247
Unearned income
1
(515) (515) (489) (483)
Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs
1
4,237 3,475 3,303 3,048
Gross loans and advances
807,707 711,240 591,713 565,812
Allowance for expected credit losses (refer to Note 13) (3,675) (3,546) (2,715) (2,795)
Net loans and advances
804,032 707,694 588,998 563,017
Residual contractual maturity:
Within one year 159,042 152,318 133,701 128,045
More than one year
644,990 555,376 455,297 434,972
Net loans and advances
804,032 707,694 588,998 563,017
Carried on Balance Sheet at:
Amortised cost 779,246 685,806 564,559 541,777
Fair value through profit or loss
24,786 21,888 24,439 21,240
Net loans and advances
804,032 707,694 588,998 563,017
1.
Amortised over the expected life of the loan.
Recognition and measurement
Loans and advances are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market and are
facilities the Group provides directly to customers or through third party channels.
Loans and advances are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs directly attributable to the issue of the loan or advance, which
are primarily brokerage and other origination costs which we amortise over the estimated life of the loan. Subsequently, we then measure
loans and advances at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, net of any allowance for ECL, or at fair value when they are
specifically designated on initial recognition as FVTPL, are classified as held for sale or when held for trading. Refer to Note 18 Fair value of
financial assets and financial liabilities for further details.
We classify contracts to lease assets and hire purchase agreements as finance leases if they transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of
ownership of the asset to the customer or an unrelated third party. We include these facilities in ‘Other’ in the table above.
The Group enters into transactions in which it transfers financial assets that are recognised on its Balance Sheet. When the Group retains
substantially all of the risks and rewards of the transferred assets, the transferred assets remain on the Group’s Balance Sheet, however if
substantially all the risks and rewards are transferred, the Group derecognises the asset. If the risks and rewards are partially retained and
control over the asset is lost, the Group derecognises the asset. If control over the asset is not lost, the Group continues to recognise the asset
to the extent of its continuing involvement.
We separately recognise the rights and obligations retained, or created, in the transfer of assets as appropriate.
Assets disclosed as Net loans and advances are subject to the general classification and measurement policy for financial assets outlined on
page 102. Additionally, expected credit losses associated with loans and advances at amortised cost are recognised and measured in
accordance with the accounting policy outlined in Note 13 Allowance for expected credit losses.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued) Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
118
13. Allowance for expected credit losses
Suncorp Bank acquisition related adjustment
The collectively assessed credit impairment charge for 2024 includes $244 million for Suncorp Bank’s performing loans and advances. In accordance with
Australian Accounting Standards requirements, the Group consolidated Suncorp Bank’s loans and advances on 31 July 2024, however the Group was not
permitted to recognise an allowance for ECL on the performing loans and advances, leading to a proportional reduction in acquisition-related goodwill that
would otherwise have been recognised. Subsequently, the Group was required to recognise a collectively assessed allowance for ECL estimated using the
Group’s ECL methodologies, with a corresponding collectively assessed credit impairment charge recognised in the Group’s Income Statement.
2024 2023
Collectively
assessed
$m
Individually
assessed
$m
Total
$m
Collectively
assessed
$m
Individually
assessed
$m
Total
$m
Net loans and advances at amortised cost 3,372 303 3,675 3,180 366 3,546
Off-balance sheet commitments 841 5 846 817 10 827
Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost
34 - 34 35 - 35
Total
4,247 308 4,555 4,032 376 4,408
Other comprehensive income
Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI
1
20 - 20 15 - 15
2024
2023
The Company
Collectively
assessed
$m
Individually
assessed
$m
Total
$m
Collectively
assessed
$m
Individually
assessed
$m
Total
$m
Net loans and advances at amortised cost 2,495 220 2,715 2,516 279 2,795
Off-balance sheet commitments 691 2 693 692 5 697
Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost
1 - 1 1 - 1
Total
3,187 222 3,409 3,209 284 3,493
Other comprehensive income
Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI
1
14 - 14 12 - 12
1.
For FVOCI assets, the allowance for ECL does not alter the carrying amount which remains at fair value. Instead, the allowance for ECL is recognised in Other comprehensive income with a corresponding
charge to profit or loss.
The following tables present the movement in the allowance for ECL for the year.
Net loans and advances - at amortised cost
Allowance for ECL is included in Net loans and advances.
Stage 3
Consolidated
Stage 1
$m
Stage 2
$m
Collectively
assessed
$m
Individually
assessed
$m
Total
$m
As at 1 October 2022 1,141 1,548 360 533 3,582
Transfer between stages 148 (138) (94) 84 -
New and increased provisions (net of releases) (73) 202 61 388 578
Write-backs - - - (212) (212)
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries) - - - (409) (409)
Foreign currency translation and other movements
1
11 12 2 (18) 7
As at 30 September 2023 1,227 1,624 329 366 3,546
Transfer between stages 155 (181) (57) 83 -
New and increased provisions (net of releases)
2
(89) 218 168 379 676
Write-backs
- - - (177) (177)
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)
- - - (316) (316)
Foreign currency translation and other movements
1
(17) (8) 3 (32) (54)
As at 30 September 2024
1,276 1,653 443 303 3,675
1.
Other movements include the impacts of discount unwind on individually assessed allowance for ECL or the impact of divestments completed during the year.
2.
Includes Suncorp Bank acquisition related collectively assessed allowance for ECL. Under accounting standards, these were initially recognised as Stage 1, and where relevant moving to Stage 2 after the
date of acquisition, all presented within New and increased provisions (net of releases).
119
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
13. Allowance for expected credit losses (continued)
Stage 3
The Company
Stage 1
$m
Stage 2
$m
Collectively
assessed
$m
Individually
assessed
$m
Total
$m
As at 1 October 2022 946 1,259 295 425 2,925
Transfer between stages 122 (118) (83) 79 -
New and increased provisions (net of releases) (43) 98 39 295 389
Write-backs - - - (192) (192)
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries) - - - (310) (310)
Foreign currency translation and other movements
1
1 - - (18) (17)
As at 30 September 2023 1,026 1,239 251 279 2,795
Transfer between stages 115 (140) (48) 73 -
New and increased provisions (net of releases) (121) 51 137 294 361
Write-backs
- - - (132) (132)
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)
- - - (274) (274)
Foreign currency translation and other movements
1
(14) - (1) (20) (35)
As at 30 September 2024
1,006 1,150 339 220 2,715
1.
Other movements include the impacts of discount unwind on individually assessed allowance for ECL or the impact of divestments completed during the year.
Off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent facilities
Allowance for ECL is included in Other provisions.
Stage 3
Consolidated
Stage 1
$m
Stage 2
$m
Collectively
assessed
$m
Individually
assessed
$m
Total
$m
As at 1 October 2022 593 144 29 9 775
Transfer between stages 31 (29) (4) 2 -
New and increased provisions (net of releases) - 46 (1) 2 47
Write-backs - - - (4) (4)
Foreign currency translation and other movements
1
6 1 1 1 9
As at 30 September 2023 630 162 25 10 827
Transfer between stages 18 (17) (1) - -
New and increased provisions (net of releases) 26 13 1 3 43
Write-backs
- - - (7) (7)
Foreign currency translation and other movements
1
(16) (2) 2 (1) (17)
As at 30 September 2024
658 156 27 5 846
1.
Other movements include impact of divestments completed during the year.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued) Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
120
13. Allowance for expected credit losses (continued)
Stage 3
The Company
Stage 1
$m
Stage 2
$m
Collectively
assessed
$m
Individually
assessed
$m
Total
$m
As at 1 October 2022 530 112 26 5 673
Transfer between stages 27 (26) (3) 2 -
New and increased provisions (net of releases) (10) 35 (2) - 23
Write-backs - - - (2) (2)
Foreign currency translation and other movements 3 - - - 3
As at 30 September 2023 550 121 21 5 697
Transfer between stages 15 (13) (2) - -
New and increased provisions (net of releases) 23 (11) 3 - 15
Write-backs
- - - (3) (3)
Foreign currency translation
(15) (1) - - (16)
As at 30 September 2024
573 96 22 2 693
Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost
Allowance for ECL is included in Investment securities.
Stage 3
Consolidated
Stage 1
$m
Stage 2
$m
Collectively
assessed
$m
Individually
assessed
$m
Total
$m
As at 30 September 2023 35 - - - 35
As at 30 September 2024 34 - - - 34
Stage 3
The Company
Stage 1
$m
Stage 2
$m
Collectively
assessed
$m
Individually
assessed
$m
Total
$m
As at 30 September 2023 1 - - - 1
As at 30 September 2024 1 - - - 1
Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI
As FVOCI assets are measured at fair value, there is no separate allowance for ECL. Instead, the allowance for ECL is recognised in Other
comprehensive income with a corresponding charge to profit or loss.
Stage 3
Consolidated
Stage 1
$m
Stage 2
$m
Collectively
assessed
$m
Individually
assessed
$m
Total
$m
As at 30 September 2023 15 - - - 15
As at 30 September 2024 20 - - - 20
Stage 3
The Company
Stage 1
$m
Stage 2
$m
Collectively
assessed
$m
Individually
assessed
$m
Total
$m
As at 30 September 2023 12 - - - 12
As at 30 September 2024 14 - - - 14
121
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
13. Allowance for expected credit losses (continued)
Credit impairment charge - Income Statement
Credit impairment charge/(release) analysis
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m
New and increased provisions (net of releases)
1,2
- Collectively assessed 262 152 11 41
- Individually assessed
465 476 367 376
Write-backs
3
(184) (216) (135) (194)
Recoveries of amounts previously written-off
(137) (167) (117) (148)
Total credit impairment charge
406 245 126 75
1.
Includes the impact of transfers between collectively assessed and individually assessed.
2.
New and increased provisions (net of releases) includes:
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
Collectively
assessed
$m
Individually
assessed
$m
Collectively
assessed
$m
Individually
assessed
$m
Collectively
assessed
$m
Individually
assessed
$m
Collectively
assessed
$m
Individually
assessed
$m
Net loans and advances at amortised cost 214 462 106 472 (6) 367 15 374
Off-balance sheet commitments 40 3 43 4 15 - 21 2
Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 3 - (1) - (1) - - -
Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI 5 - 4 - 3 - 5 -
Total 262 465 152 476 11 367 41 376
3.
Consists of write-backs in Net loans and advances at amortised cost of $177 million (2023: $212 million) for the Group and $132 million (2023: $192 million) for the Company, and Off-balance sheet
commitments of $7 million (2023: $4 million) for the Group and $3 million (2023: $2 million) for the Company.
The contractual amount outstanding on financial assets that were written off during the year and that are still subject to enforcement activity is
$136 million (2023: $147 million) for the Group, and $116 million (2023: $133 million) for the Company.
122 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
13. Allowance for expected credit losses
(continued)
Recognition and measurement
Expected credit loss model
The measurement of expected credit losses reflects an unbiased, probability weighted prediction which evaluates a range of scenarios and
takes into account the time value of money, past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.
Expected credit losses are either measured over 12 months or the expected lifetime of the financial asset, depending on credit deterioration
since origination, according to the following three-stage approach:
Stage 1: At the origination of a financial asset, and where there has not been a Significant Increase in Credit Risk (SICR) since origination, an
allowance for ECL is recognised reflecting the expected credit losses resulting from default events that are possible within the next 12
months from the reporting date. For instruments with a remaining maturity of less than 12 months, expected credit losses are estimated
based on default events that are possible over the remaining time to maturity.
Stage 2: Where there has been a SICR since origination, an allowance for ECL is recognised reflecting expected credit losses resulting from
all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument. If credit risk were to improve in a subsequent period such that the
increase in credit risk since origination is no longer considered significant, the exposure returns to a Stage 1 classification with ECL
measured accordingly.
Stage 3: Where there is objective evidence of impairment, an allowance equivalent to lifetime ECL is recognised.
Expected credit losses are estimated on a collective basis for exposures in Stage 1 and Stage 2, and on either a collective or individual basis
when transferred to Stage 3.
For financial assets that are credit-impaired on initial recognition, lifetime ECL are incorporated into the calculation of the effective interest rate
on initial recognition. Consequently, these assets do not carry an expected credit loss allowance on initial recognition. The amount recognised
as a provision for credit losses after initial recognition is equal to the change in the lifetime expected credit loss since initial recognition.
Measurement of expected credit loss
ECL is calculated as the product of the following credit risk factors at a facility level, discounted to incorporate the time value of money:
Probability of default (PD) - the estimate of the likelihood that a borrower will default over a given period;
Exposure at default (EAD) - the expected balance sheet exposure at default taking into account repayments of principal and interest,
expected additional drawdowns and accrued interest; and
Loss given default (LGD) - the expected loss in the event of the borrower defaulting, expressed as a percentage of the facility's EAD, taking
into account direct and indirect recovery costs.
These credit risk factors are adjusted for current and forward-looking information through the use of macroeconomic variables.
Expected life
When estimating ECL for exposures in Stage 2 and 3, the Group considers the expected lifetime over which it is exposed to credit risk.
For non-retail portfolios, the Group uses the maximum contractual period as the expected lifetime for non-revolving credit facilities. For non-
retail revolving credit facilities, such as corporate lines of credit, the expected life reflects the Group’s contractual right to withdraw a facility as
part of a contractually agreed annual review, after taking into account the applicable notice period.
For retail portfolios, the expected lifetime is determined using a behavioural term, taking into account expected prepayment behaviour and
events that give rise to substantial modifications.
Definition of default, credit impaired and write-offs
The definition of default used in measuring ECL is aligned to the definition used for internal credit risk management purposes across all
portfolios. This definition is also in line with the regulatory definition of default. Default occurs when there are indicators that a debtor is unlikely
to fully satisfy contractual credit obligations to the Group, or the exposure is 90 days past due.
Financial assets, including those that are well secured, are considered credit impaired for financial reporting purposes when they default.
When there is no realistic probability of recovery, loans are written off against the related impairment allowance on completion of the Group’s
internal processes and when all reasonably expected recoveries have been collected. In subsequent periods, any recoveries of amounts
previously written-off are recorded as a release to the credit impairment charge in the Income Statement.
Modified financial assets
If the contractual terms of a financial asset are modified or an existing financial asset is replaced with a new one for either credit or commercial
reasons, an assessment is made to determine if the changes to the terms of the existing financial asset are considered substantial. This
assessment considers both changes in cash flows arising from the modified terms as well as changes in the overall instrument risk profile; for
example, changes in the principal (credit limit), term, or type of underlying collateral. Where a modification is considered non-substantial, the
existing financial asset is not derecognised and its date of origination continues to be used to determine SICR. Where a modification is
considered substantial, the existing financial asset is derecognised and a new financial asset is recognised at its fair value on the modification
date, which also becomes the date of origination used to determine SICR for this new asset.
123
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
13. Allowance for expected credit losses
(continued)
Significant increase in credit risk
Stage 2 assets are those that have experienced a SICR since origination. In determining what constitutes a SICR, the Group considers both
qualitative and quantitative information:
i. Internal credit rating grade
For the majority of portfolios, the primary indicator of a SICR is a significant deterioration in the internal credit rating grade of a facility since
origination and is measured by the application of thresholds.
For non-retail portfolios, a SICR is determined by comparing the Customer Credit Rating (CCR) applicable to a facility at reporting date to
the CCR at origination of that facility. A CCR is assigned to each borrower which reflects the PD of the borrower and incorporates both
borrower and non-borrower specific information, including forward-looking information. CCRs are subject to review at least annually or
more frequently when an event occurs which could affect the credit risk of the customer.
For retail portfolios, a SICR is determined, depending on the type of facility, by either comparing the scenario weighted lifetime PD at the
reporting date to that at origination, or by reference to customer behavioural score thresholds. The scenario weighted lifetime probability of
default may increase significantly if:
there has been a deterioration in the economic outlook, or an increase in economic uncertainty; or
there has been a deterioration in the customer’s overall credit position, or ability to manage their credit obligations.
ii. Backstop criteria
The Group uses 30 days past due arrears as a backstop criterion for both non-retail and retail portfolios. For retail portfolios only, facilities
are required to demonstrate three to six months of good payment behaviour prior to being allocated back to Stage 1.
Forward-looking information
Forward-looking information is incorporated into both our assessment of whether a financial asset has experienced a SICR since origination
and in our estimate of ECL. In applying forward-looking information for estimating ECL, the Group considers four probability-weighted forecast
economic scenarios as follows:
i. Base case scenario
The base case scenario is the Group’s view of future macroeconomic conditions. It reflects the same basis of assumptions used by
management for strategic planning and budgeting, and also informs the Group Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process which is
the process the Group applies in strategic and capital planning over a 3-year time horizon;
ii. Upside and iii. Downside scenarios
The upside and downside scenarios are fixed by reference to average economic cycle conditions (that is, they are not based on the
economic conditions prevailing at balance date) and are based on a combination of more optimistic (in the case of the upside) and
pessimistic (in the case of the downside) economic events and uncertainty over long term horizons; and
iv. Severe downside scenario
The severe scenario assumes a deep economic downturn, both domestically and globally. Forecast macroeconomic variables for such a
scenario are developed by ANZ Research - Economics (ANZ Economics), reflecting a plausible scenario unfolding over a 5-year period
given current economic conditions. These assumptions have been revised in 2024, reflecting an escalation of geopolitical tensions,
persistent inflation, and worsening national budget positions.
The four scenarios are described in terms of macroeconomic variables used in the PD, LGD and EAD models (collectively the ECL models)
depending on the lending portfolio and country of the borrower. Examples of the macroeconomic variables include unemployment rates,
Gross Domestic Product (GDP) growth rates, residential property price indices, commercial property price indices and consumer price indices.
Probability weighting of each scenario is determined by management considering the risks and uncertainties surrounding the base case
economic scenario, as well as specific portfolio considerations where required. The Group Asset and Liability Committee (GALCO) is
responsible for reviewing and approving the base case economic scenario and the Credit and Market Risk Committee (CMRC) approves the
probability weights applied to each scenario.
Where applicable, temporary adjustments may be made to account for situations where known or expected risks have not been adequately
addressed in the modelling process. CMRC is responsible for approving such adjustments.
Recognition and measurement (continued)
124 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
124
13. Allowance for expected credit losses
(continued)
Key judgements and estimates
Collectively assessed allowance for expected credit losses
In estimating collectively assessed ECL, the Group makes judgements and assumptions in relation to:
the selection of an estimation technique or modelling methodology; and
the selection of inputs for those models, and the interdependencies between those inputs.
The following table summarises the key judgements and assumptions in relation to the model inputs and the interdependencies between
those inputs, and highlights significant changes during the current period.
The judgements and associated assumptions have been made within the context of the uncertainty as to how various factors might impact
the global economy and reflect historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant, including expectations of future
events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Group’s ECL estimates are inherently uncertain and, as a result, actual
results may differ from these estimates.
Judgement/Assumption Description Considerations for the year ended 30 September 2024
Determining when a SICR
has occurred or reversed
In the measurement of ECL, judgement is involved
in determining whether there has been a SICR
since initial recognition of a loan, which would
result in it moving from Stage 1 to Stage 2. This is
a key area of judgement since transition from
Stage 1 to Stage 2 increases the ECL from an
allowance based on the PD in the next 12
months, to an allowance for lifetime ECL.
Subsequent decreases in credit risk resulting in
transition from Stage 2 to Stage 1 may similarly
result in significant changes in the ECL allowance.
The setting of precise SICR trigger points requires
judgement which may have a material impact
upon the size of the ECL allowance. The Group
monitors the effectiveness of SICR criteria on an
ongoing basis.
The determination of SICR was consistent with prior
periods.
Measuring both 12-
month and lifetime
expected credit losses
The PD, LGD and EAD factors used in determining
ECL are point-in-time measures reflecting the
relevant forward-looking information determined
by management. Judgement is involved in
determining which forward-looking information is
relevant for particular lending portfolios and for
determining each portfolio’s point-in-time
sensitivity.
In addition, judgement is required where
behavioural characteristics are applied in
estimating the lifetime of a facility which is used in
measuring ECL.
The PD, LGD and EAD models are subject to the Group’s
model risk policy that stipulates periodic model monitoring
and re-validation, and defines approval procedures and
authorities according to model materiality.
There were no material changes to the policy.
Base case economic
forecast
The Group derives a forward-looking ‘base case’
economic scenario which reflects ANZ
Economics’ view of future macroeconomic
conditions.
There have been no changes to the types of forward-
looking variables (key economic drivers) used as model
inputs.
As at 30 September 2024, the base case assumptions
have been updated to reflect a moderation in inflation and
an easing in labour market conditions in both Australia and
New Zealand. Both economies are forecast to continue to
grow below trend. Despite increased household
disposable incomes, limited flow-through to household
consumption is forecast.
The expected outcomes of key economic drivers for the
base case scenario at 30 September 2024 are described
below under the heading “Base case economic forecast
assumptions”.
125
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
13. Allowance for expected credit losses
(continued)
Judgement/Assumption Description Considerations for the year ended 30 September 2024
Probability weighting of
each economic scenario
(base case, upside,
downside and severe
downside scenarios)
1
Probability weighting of each economic scenario
is determined by management considering the
risks and uncertainties surrounding the base case
economic scenario at each measurement date.
The assigned probability weightings in Australia,
New Zealand and Rest of World are subject to a
high degree of inherent uncertainty and therefore
the actual outcomes may be significantly different
to those projected.
Probability weightings in New Zealand shifted from
downside to upside scenarios during the current period
reflecting increasing confidence in economic recovery with
high-frequency data providing early indication that the
economy is responding to monetary easing.
Probability weightings in Australia and Rest of World
remain unchanged from the prior period, reflecting our
assessment of the continuing downside risks from the
impact of higher interest rates and inflation in these
economies.
The probability weightings for current and prior periods are
as detailed in the section below under the heading
‘Probability weightings’.
Management temporary
adjustments
Management temporary adjustments to the ECL
allowance are used in circumstances where it is
judged that our existing inputs, assumptions and
model techniques do not capture all the risk
factors relevant to our lending portfolios.
Emerging local or global macroeconomic,
microeconomic or political events, and natural
disasters that are not incorporated into our
current parameters, risk ratings, or forward-
looking information are examples of such
circumstances.
Management have continued to apply adjustments to
accommodate uncertainty associated with higher inflation
and interest rates. Management overlays have been made
for risks particular to home loans, credit cards and
commercial lending in Australia, and for mortgages and
commercial lending in New Zealand. The total amount of
adjustments has decreased from the prior period as
anticipated risks are now represented in the portfolio
credit profiles.
Management has considered and concluded no
temporary adjustment is required at 30 September 2024
to the ECL in relation to climate or weather related events
during the period.
1.
The upside and downside scenarios are fixed by reference to average economic cycle conditions (that is, they are not based on the economic conditions prevailing at balance date) and are
based on a combination of more optimistic (in the case of the upside) and pessimistic (in the case of the downside) economic conditions.
Base case economic forecast assumptions
Continuing uncertainties described above increase the risk of the economic forecast resulting in an understatement or overstatement of the
ECL balance.
The economic drivers of the base case economic forecasts, reflective of ANZ Economics’ view of future macroeconomic conditions used at
30 September 2024 are set out below. For the years following the near term forecasts below, the ECL models apply simplified assumptions
for the economic conditions to calculate lifetime loss.
Forecast calendar year
2024 2025 2026
Australia
GDP (annual % change) 1.2 2.0 2.4
Unemployment rate (annual average) 4.1 4.4 4.3
Residential property prices (annual % change) 7.3 5.5 5.5
Consumer price index (annual average % change) 3.3 2.9 2.7
New Zealand
GDP (annual % change) -0.1 0.8 2.2
Unemployment rate (annual average) 4.7 5.4 5.4
Residential property prices (annual % change) -1.0 4.5 5.0
Consumer price index (annual average % change) 3.1 2.2 1.8
Rest of World
GDP (annual % change) 2.3 1.5 1.9
Consumer price index (annual average % change) 3.1 2.4 2.1
Key judgements and estimates (continued)
126 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
126
13. Allowance for expected credit losses
(continued)
Probability weightings
Probability weightings for each scenario are determined by management considering the risks and uncertainties surrounding the base case
economic scenario including the uncertainties described above.
The average base case weighting has remained unchanged at 46% (2023: 46%) as the upside and downside scenario weightings have been
revised. The average upside case weighting has increased to 1% (2023: 0%), and the average downside case weighting has decreased to
40% (2023: 41%).
The assigned probability weightings in Australia, New Zealand and Rest of World are subject to a high degree of inherent uncertainty and
therefore the actual outcomes may be significantly different to those projected. The Group considers these weightings in each geography to
provide estimates of the possible loss outcomes and taking into account short and long term inter-relationships within the Group’s credit
portfolios. The average weightings applied across the Group are set out below:
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
Base 46% 46% 45% 45%
Upside 1% 0% 0% 0%
Downside 40% 41% 42% 42%
Severe downside 13% 13% 13% 13%
ECL - Sensitivity analysis
Given current economic uncertainties and the judgement applied to factors used in determining the expected default of borrowers in future
periods, expected credit losses reported by the Group should be considered as a best estimate within a range of possible estimates.
The table below illustrates the sensitivity of collectively assessed ECL to key factors used in determining it as at 30 September 2024:
Consolidated The Company
ECL
$m
Impact
$m
ECL
$m
Impact
$m
If 1% of Stage 1 facilities were included in Stage 2 4,328 81 3,255 68
If 1% of Stage 2 facilities were included in Stage 1 4,241 (6) 3,183 (4)
100% upside scenario 1,502 (2,745) 1,129 (2,058)
100% base scenario 1,951 (2,296) 1,419 (1,768)
100% downside scenario 3,580 (667) 2,599 (588)
100% severe downside scenario 10,142 5,895 7,683 4,496
Individually assessed allowance for expected credit losses
In estimating individually assessed ECL, the Group makes judgements and assumptions in relation to expected repayments, the realisable
value of collateral, business prospects for the customer, competing claims and the likely cost and duration of the work-out process.
Judgements and assumptions in respect of these matters have been updated to reflect amongst other things, the uncertainties described
above.
Key judgements and estimates (continued)
127
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Financial liabilities
Outlined below is a description of how we classify and measure financial liabilities relevant to the note disclosures that follow.
Classification and measurement
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost, or FVTPL when they are held for trading. Additionally, financial liabilities can be designated at
FVTPL where:
the designation eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch which would otherwise arise;
a group of financial liabilities are managed and their performance are evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with a documented risk
management strategy; or
the financial liability contains one or more embedded derivatives unless:
a) the embedded derivative does not significantly modify the cash flows that otherwise would be required by the contract; or
b) the embedded derivative is closely related to the host financial liability.
Where financial liabilities are designated as measured at fair value, gains or losses relating to changes in the entity’s own credit risk are
included in Other comprehensive income, except where doing so would create or enlarge an accounting mismatch in profit or loss.
128 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
128
14. Deposits and other borrowings
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m
Certificates of deposit
42,206 41,919 35,434 39,426
Term deposits 273,516 247,893 199,943 196,309
On demand and short term deposits
383,014 356,601 288,228 297,195
Deposits not bearing interest
60,104 42,906 41,386 24,456
Deposits from banks & securities sold under repurchase agreements
98,550 92,562 94,513 86,464
Commercial paper and other borrowings
47,776 33,322 44,366 31,225
Deposits and other borrowings
1
905,166 815,203 703,870 675,075
Residual contractual maturity:
Within one year 894,658 805,808 699,192 671,395
More than one year
10,508 9,395 4,678 3,680
Deposits and other borrowings
905,166 815,203 703,870 675,075
Carried on Balance Sheet at:
Amortised cost 862,165 781,314 662,910 643,868
Fair value through profit or loss
43,001 33,889 40,960 31,207
Deposits and other borrowings
905,166 815,203 703,870 675,075
1.
Customer deposits balance of $716,634 million (2023: $647,400 million) for the Group and $529,557 million (2023: $517,960 million) for the Company includes Term deposits, On demand and short
term deposits and Deposits not bearing interest.
Recognition and measurement
For deposits and other borrowings that:
are not designated at FVTPL on initial recognition, we measure them at amortised cost and recognise their interest expense using the
effective interest rate method; and
are managed on a fair value basis, reduce or eliminate an accounting mismatch or contain an embedded derivative, we designate them as
measured at FVTPL.
Refer to Note 18 Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities for further details.
For deposits and other borrowings designated at fair value we recognise the amount of fair value gain or loss attributable to changes in the
Group’s own credit risk in Other comprehensive income in retained earnings. Any remaining amount of fair value gain or loss we recognise
directly in profit or loss. Once we have recognised an amount in other comprehensive income, we do not later reclassify it to profit or loss.
Securities sold under repurchase agreements represent a liability to repurchase the financial assets that remain on our balance sheet since the
risks and rewards of ownership remain with the Group. Over the life of the repurchase agreement, we recognise the difference between the
sale price and the repurchase price and charge it to interest expense in profit or loss.
20232024
Certificates of deposit
Term deposits
On demand and short
term deposits
Deposits not bearing interest
Deposits from banks & securities sold
under repurchase agreements
247,893
356,601
42,906
33,322
92,562
Commercial paper and
other borrowings
41,919
273,516
383,014
60,104
47,776
98,550
42,206
129
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
15. Payables and other liabilities
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m
Payables and accruals
7,243 5,811 4,989 4,582
Liabilities at fair value
1
6,023 5,267 5,677 4,922
Lease liabilities
1,784 1,767 1,402 1,531
Trail commission liabilities
2,055 1,469 1,606 1,469
Other liabilities
1,489 1,670 800 775
Payables and other liabilities
18,594 15,984 14,474 13,279
1.
Relate to securities sold short classified as held for trading and measured at FVTPL.
Recognition and measurement
The Group recognises liabilities when there is a present obligation to transfer economic resources as a result of past events.
Below is the measurement basis for each item classified as other liabilities:
Payables, accruals and other liabilities are measured at the contractual amount payable or the best estimate of consideration required to
settle the payable.
Liabilities at fair value relate to securities sold short, which we classify as held for trading and measure at FVTPL based on quoted prices in
active markets.
Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present value of the future lease payments using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate at the
lease commencement date. The carrying amount is then subsequently adjusted to reflect the interest on the lease liability, lease payments
that have been made and any lease reassessments or modifications.
Trail commission liabilities are measured based on the present value of expected future trail commission payments taking into consideration
average behavioural loan life and outstanding balances of broker originated loans.
130 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
16. Debt issuances
The Group, primarily via ANZBGL and some of its banking subsidiaries (including ANZ Bank New Zealand and Norfina Limited (Suncorp Bank)), uses a
variety of funding programmes to issue senior debt (including covered bonds and securitisations) and subordinated debt. The difference between senior
debt and subordinated debt is that, in a winding up of an issuer, holders of senior debt of that issuer rank in priority to holders of subordinated debt of that
issuer. Subordinated debt will be repaid by the relevant issuer only after the repayment of claims of its depositors and other creditors (including the senior
debt holders) of that issuer.
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m
Senior debt
94,152 63,233 72,183 50,671
Covered bonds 18,931 18,223 13,853 15,084
Securitisation
3,640 880 - -
Total unsubordinated debt
116,723 82,336 86,036 65,755
Subordinated debt
- ANZBGL Additional Tier 1 capital
8,277 8,232 8,330 8,287
- ANZBGL Tier 2 capital
28,584 23,707 28,584 23,707
- Other subordinated debt securities
2,804 1,739 - 464
Total subordinated debt
39,665 33,678 36,914 32,458
Total debt issued 156,388 116,014 122,950 98,213
Residual contractual maturity
1
:
Within one year 35,107 21,746 28,751 18,499
More than one year
119,090 92,856 92,751 78,245
No maturity date (instruments in perpetuity)
2,191 1,412 1,448 1,469
Total debt issued
156,388 116,014 122,950 98,213
Carried on Balance Sheet at:
Amortised cost 154,572 114,678 120,155 95,881
Fair value through profit or loss
1,816 1,336 2,795 2,332
Total debt issued
156,388 116,014 122,950 98,213
1.
Based on the final maturity date or, in the case of Additional Tier 1 capital securities, the mandatory conversion date (if any).
Total debt issued by currency
The table below shows the Group’s issued debt by currency of issue, which broadly represents the debt holders’ base location.
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m
USD United States dollars
45,512 32,723 37,381 24,074
EUR Euro 26,325 26,990 20,911 21,356
AUD Australian dollars
69,420 47,043 51,234 46,123
NZD New Zealand dollars
1,074 1,575 65 43
JPY Japanese yen
2,609 1,993 2,609 1,993
CHF Swiss francs
683 1,039 - -
AUD Pounds sterling
8,543 2,230 8,543 2,230
HKD Hong Kong dollars
1,403 1,407 1,403 1,407
Other Chinese yuan and Singapore dollars
819 1,014 804 987
Total debt issued
156,388 116,014 122,950 98,213
131
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
16. Debt issuances
Subordinated debt
Subordinated debt is primarily issued externally by the Group out of its banking subsidiaries, ANZBGL and ANZ Bank New Zealand. ANZ Holdings (New
Zealand) Limited also issued $800 million of perpetual subordinated debt in September 2024. The externally issued subordinated debt constitutes
subordinated debt of both the Group and the relevant issuer.
At 30 September 2024, all subordinated debt issued by ANZBGL qualifies as regulatory capital for ANZBGL. Depending on their terms and conditions, the
subordinated debt instruments issued by ANZBGL are classified as either Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital for ANZBGL (in the case of the ANZ Capital Notes
(ANZ CN) and ANZ Capital Securities (ANZ CS)) or Tier 2 capital for ANZBGL (in the case of the term subordinated notes) for APRA’s capital adequacy
purposes. Subordinated debt issued by ANZ Holdings (New Zealand) Limited or ANZ Bank New Zealand does not constitute regulatory capital for the
Group for APRA’s capital adequacy purposes.
Subordinated debt issued by ANZ Bank New Zealand will constitute tier 2 capital for ANZ Bank New Zealand for the purposes of the Reserve Bank of New
Zealand’s (RBNZ) capital requirements. Subordinated debt issued by ANZ Holdings (New Zealand) Limited does not constitute regulatory capital for the
RBNZ’s capital adequacy purposes.
AT1 capital
All outstanding AT1 capital instruments issued by ANZBGL are Basel III fully compliant instruments (refer to Note 24 Capital management for further
information about Basel III) for APRA’s capital adequacy purposes. Each of the ANZ CN and ANZ CS rank equally with each other.
Distributions on the AT1 capital instruments are non-cumulative and subject to the issuer’s absolute discretion and certain payment conditions (including
regulatory requirements). Distributions on ANZ CNs are franked in line with the franking applied to ANZGHL’s ordinary shares.
Where specified, the AT1 capital instruments provide the issuer with an early redemption or conversion option on a specified date and in certain other
circumstances (such as a tax or regulatory event). This redemption option is subject to APRA’s prior written approval.
Each of the AT1 capital instruments will immediately convert into a variable number of ANZGHL’s ordinary shares (based on the average market price of
the shares immediately prior to conversion less a 1% discount, subject to a maximum conversion number of ANZGHL’s ordinary shares) if:
ANZBGL’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratios are equal to or less than 5.125% - known as a Common Equity Capital Trigger Event; or
APRA notifies ANZBGL that, without the conversion or write-off of certain securities or a public sector injection of capital (or equivalent support), it
considers that ANZBGL would become non-viable – known as a Non-Viability Trigger Event.
Where specified, AT1 capital instruments mandatorily convert into a variable number of ANZGHL’s ordinary shares (based on the average market price of
the shares immediately prior to conversion less a 1% discount):
on a specified mandatory conversion date; or
on an earlier date under certain circumstances as set out in the terms.
However, this mandatory conversion is deferred for a specified period if certain conversion tests are not met.
If the AT1 capital securities convert, and the holders receive ANZGHL ordinary shares, then:
the AT1 capital securities are transferred by the holders to ANZGHL for their face value;
ANZBGL shall redeem the securities and simultaneously issue ordinary shares to its parent ANZ BH Pty Ltd (based on ANZBGL’s share price calculated
by reference to its consolidated net assets, subject to a maximum conversion number); and
ANZ BH Pty Ltd will issue shares to ANZGHL (based on ANZ BH Pty Ltd’s share price calculated by reference to its consolidated net assets, subject to a
maximum conversion number).
Preference shares issued by ANZ Bank New Zealand will constitute AT1 capital for ANZ Bank New Zealand for the purposes of the RBNZ’s capital
requirements, however they will not constitute AT1 capital for the Group as the terms of the preference shares do not satisfy APRA’s capital requirements.
Externally issued preference shares are included within non-controlling interests in Note 23 Shareholders’ equity.
The tables below show key details of the ANZBGL’s AT1 capital instruments on issue at 30 September in both the current and prior years:
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m
ANZBGL's Additional Tier 1 capital (perpetual subordinated securities)
1
ANZ Capital Notes
AUD 1,622m ANZ CN4
2
- 1,621 - 1,621
AUD 931m ANZ CN5
931 929 931 929
AUD 1,500m ANZ CN6
1,490 1,489 1,490 1,489
AUD 1,310m ANZ CN7
1,300 1,298 1,300 1,298
AUD 1,500m ANZ CN8
1,485 1,483 1,483 1,481
AUD 1,700m ANZ CN9
1,680 - 1,678 -
ANZ Capital Securities
USD 1,000m ANZ Capital Securities 1,391 1,412 1,448 1,469
Total ANZBGL Additional Tier 1 capital
3
8,277 8,232 8,330 8,287
1.
Carrying values are net of issuance costs.
2.
All of the ANZ CN4 were redeemed on 20 March 2024 with approximately $905 million of the proceeds from redemption reinvested into ANZ CN9 on the same date.
3.
This forms part of ANZBGL’s qualifying AT1 capital. Refer to Note 24 Capital management for further details.
132 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
132
16. Debt issuances (continued)
ANZ Capital Notes
ANZ CN4 ANZ CN5 ANZ CN6
Issuer
ANZBGL ANZBGL ANZBGL
Issue date
27 September 2016 28 September 2017 8 July 2021
Issue amount
$1,622 million $931 million $1,500 million
Face value per note
$100 $100 $100
Distribution frequency
Quarterly in arrears Quarterly in arrears Quarterly in arrears
Distribution rate
Floating rate: (90 day Bank
Bill rate+4.7%)x(1-Australian
corporate tax rate)
Floating rate: (90 day Bank
Bill rate+3.8%)x(1-Australian
corporate tax rate)
Floating rate: (90 day Bank
Bill rate+3.0%)x(1-Australian
corporate tax rate)
Issuer’s early redemption or conversion option
20 March 2024
1
20 March 2025 20 March 2028
Mandatory conversion date
20 March 2026
2
20 March 2027 20 September 2030
Common Equity Capital Trigger Event
Yes Yes Yes
Non-Viability Trigger Event
Yes Yes Yes
Carrying value (net of issue costs)
nil $931 million $1,490 million
(2023: $1,621 million) (2023: $929 million) (2023: $1,489 million)
ANZ CN7 ANZ CN8 ANZ CN9
Issuer
ANZBGL ANZBGL ANZBGL
Issue date
24 March 2022 24 March 2023 20 March 2024
Issue amount
$1,310 million $1,500 million $1,700 million
Face value per note
$100 $100 $100
Distribution frequency
Quarterly in arrears Quarterly in arrears Quarterly in arrears
Distribution rate
Floating rate: (90 day Bank
Bill rate+2.7%)x(1-Australian
corporate tax rate)
Floating rate: (90 day Bank
Bill rate+2.75%)x(1-Australian
corporate tax rate)
Floating rate: (90 day Bank
Bill rate+2.9%)x(1-Australian
corporate tax rate)
Issuer’s early redemption or conversion option
20 March 2029 20 March 2030 20 March 2031
Mandatory conversion date
20 September 2031 20 September 2032 20 September 2033
Common Equity Capital Trigger Event
Yes Yes Yes
Non-Viability Trigger Event
Yes Yes Yes
Carrying value (net of issue costs)
$1,300 million $1,485 million $1,680 million
(2023: $1,298 million) (2023: $1,483 million) (2023: nil)
1.
All of the ANZ CN4 were redeemed on 20 March 2024 with approximately $905 million of the proceeds from redemption reinvested into ANZ CN9 on the same date.
2.
The mandatory conversion date is no longer applicable as all of ANZ CN4 have been redeemed.
133
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
16. Debt issuances (continued)
ANZ Capital Securities
Issuer ANZBGL, acting through its London branch
Issue date 15 June 2016
Issue amount USD 1,000 million
Face value Minimum denomination of USD 200,000 and an integral multiple of USD 1,000 above that
Interest frequency Semi-annually in arrears
Interest rate
Fixed at 6.75% p.a. until 15 June 2026. Reset on 15 June 2026 and each 5 year anniversary
to a floating rate: 5 year USD mid-market swap rate + 5.168%
Issuer’s early redemption option 15 June 2026 and each 5 year anniversary
Common Equity Capital Trigger Event Yes
Non-Viability Trigger Event Yes
Carrying value (net of issue costs) $1,391 million (2023: $1,412 million)
134 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
134
16. Debt issuances (continued)
Tier 2 capital
Convertible term subordinated notes issued by ANZBGL are Basel III fully compliant instruments for APRA’s capital adequacy purposes. If a Non-Viability
Trigger Event occurs, each of the convertible term subordinated notes will immediately convert into ANZGHL ordinary shares (based on the average
market price of the ANZGHL shares immediately prior to conversion less a 1% discount, subject to a maximum conversion number).
If the Tier 2 capital securities convert, and the holders receive ANZGHL ordinary shares, then ANZBGL shall issue ordinary shares to its parent ANZ BH
Pty Ltd (based on ANZBGL’s share price calculated by reference to its consolidated net assets, subject to a maximum conversion number) and ANZ BH
Pty Ltd will issue shares to ANZGHL (calculated on the same basis).
The table below shows the Tier 2 capital subordinated debt issued by ANZBGL at 30 September in the current and prior year:
Consolidated The Company
Next optional call date – Interest
2024 2023 2024 2023
Currency Face value Maturity subject to APRA’s prior approval rate
$m $m $m $m
ANZBGL Tier 2 capital (term subordinated notes)
USD 800m 2024 N/A Fixed - 1,220 - 1,220
JPY 20,000m 2026 N/A Fixed
203 207 203 207
USD 1,500m 2026 N/A Fixed
2,089 2,125 2,089 2,125
AUD 225m 2032 2027 Fixed
224 225 224 225
AUD 1,750m 2029 2024 Floating
- 1,750 - 1,750
EUR
1
1,000m 2029 2024 Fixed 1,600 1,555 1,600 1,555
AUD 265m 2039 N/A Fixed
189 170 189 170
USD 1,250m 2030 2025 Fixed
1,764 1,808 1,764 1,808
AUD 1,250m 2031 2026 Floating
1,250 1,250 1,250 1,250
USD 1,500m2035 2030 Fixed
1,845 1,786 1,845 1,786
AUD 330m 2040 N/A Fixed
225 202 225 202
AUD 195m 2040 N/A Fixed
131 117 131 117
EUR 750m 2031 2026 Fixed
1,154 1,104 1,154 1,104
AUD 500m 2031 2026 Fixed
904 830 904 830
AUD 1,450m 2032 2027 Fixed
1,440 1,400 1,440 1,400
AUD 300m 2032 2027 Floating
290 300 290 300
JPY 59,400m 2032 2027 Fixed
597 606 597 606
SGD 600m 2032 2027 Fixed
684 659 684 659
AUD 900m 2034 2029 Fixed
907 871 907 871
USD 1,250m 2032 N/A Fixed
1,817 1,803 1,817 1,803
EUR 1,000m 2033 2028 Fixed
1,642 1,594 1,642 1,594
AUD 1,000m 2038 2033 Fixed
1,007 975 1,007 975
AUD 275m 2033 2028 Fixed
275 275 275 275
AUD 875m 2033 2028 Floating
867 875 867 875
AUD 1,434m 2034 2029 Floating
1,415 - 1,415 -
AUD 850m 2034 2029 Fixed
850 - 850 -
USD 1,000m 2034 2029 Fixed
1,478 - 1,478 -
AUD 1,900m 2039 2034 Fixed
1,947 - 1,947 -
USD 1,250m 2035 2034 Fixed
1,790 - 1,790 -
Total ANZBGL Tier 2 capital
2,3
28,584 23,707 28,584 23,707
1.
The EUR 1,000m subordinated notes will be redeemed on 21 November 2024.
2.
Carrying values are net of issuance costs, and, where applicable, include fair value hedge accounting adjustments.
3.
This forms part of ANZBGL’s qualifying Tier 2 capital. Refer to Note 24 Capital management for further details.
135
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
16. Debt issuances (continued)
Other subordinated debt securities
The term subordinated notes issued by ANZ Bank New Zealand constitute tier 2 capital under RBNZ requirements. However, they do not (among other
things) contain a Non-Viability Trigger Event and therefore do not meet APRA’s requirements for Tier 2 capital instruments in order to qualify as regulatory
capital for the Group.
ANZ Holdings (New Zealand) Limited externally issued $800m perpetual subordinated notes in September 2024, however, they do not constitute tier 2
capital for either APRA’s or RBNZ’s capital adequacy purposes.
Consolidated The Company
Interest
2024 2023 2024 2023
Currency Face value Maturity Next optional call date
1
rate $m $m $m $m
Non-Basel III compliant perpetual subordinated notes issued by ANZBGL
2
USD 300m Perpetual
Each semi-annual interest payment
date
Floating - 464 - 464
Perpetual subordinated notes issued by ANZ Holdings (New Zealand) Limited
3
AUD 800m Perpetual 2030 Floating 800 - - -
Term subordinated notes issued by ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited
NZD 600m 2031 2026 Fixed 549 555 - -
USD 500m 2032 2027 Fixed
708 720 - -
USD 500m 2034 2029 Fixed
747 - - -
Other subordinated debt
4
2,804 1,739 - 464
1.
Subject to APRA’s or RBNZ’s prior approval (as applicable).
2.
The USD 300 million perpetual subordinated notes were redeemed by ANZBGL on 31 October 2023.
3.
The perpetual subordinated notes were issued by ANZ Holdings (New Zealand) Limited on 18 September 2024 with the proceeds invested in perpetual preference shares issued internally by ANZ Bank
New Zealand (which constitute additional tier 1 capital for ANZ Bank New Zealand for the purposes of RBNZ’s capital requirements but not for the purposes of APRA’s capital requirements).
4.
ANZ Bank New Zealand also externally issued NZD 550 million of perpetual preference shares on 18 July 2022 and NZD 275 million of perpetual preference shares on 19 March 2024. These perpetual
preference shares constitute AT1 capital for ANZ Bank New Zealand for the purposes of RBNZ’s capital requirements but not for the purposes of APRA’s capital requirements. These preference shares
are included within non-controlling interests in Note 23 Shareholders’ equity.
Recognition and measurement
Debt issuances are initially recognised at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost, except where designated at FVTPL.
Interest expense on debt issuances is recognised using the effective interest rate method. Where the group enters into a fair value hedge
accounting relationship, the fair value attributable to the hedged risk is reflected in adjustments to the carrying value of the debt.
Subordinated debt with capital-based conversion features (i.e. Common Equity Capital Trigger Events or Non-Viability Trigger Events) are
considered to contain embedded derivatives that we account for separately at FVTPL. The embedded derivatives arise because the number
of shares issued on conversion following any of those trigger events is subject to the maximum conversion number, however they have no
significant value as of the reporting date given the remote nature of those trigger events
.
136 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
17. Financial risk management
Risk management framework and model
Introduction
The use of financial instruments is fundamental to the Group’s businesses of providing banking and other financial services to our customers. The
associated financial risks (primarily credit, market, and liquidity risks) are a significant portion of the Group’s key material risks.
We disclose details of all key material risks impacting the Group, and further information on the Group’s risk management activities, in the Governance and
Risk Management sections of this Annual Report.
This note details the Group’s financial risk management policies, processes and quantitative disclosures in relation to the key financial risks.
Key material financial risks Key sections applicable to this risk
Credit risk
The risk of financial loss resulting from:
a counterparty failing to fulfil its obligations; or
a decrease in credit quality of a counterparty resulting in a
financial loss.
Credit risk incorporates the risks associated with us lending to
customers who could be impacted by climate change, changes to
laws, regulations, or other policies adopted by governments or
regulatory authorities. Climate change impacts include both physical
risks (climate- or weather-related events) and transition risks
resulting from the adjustment to a low emissions
economy. Transition risks include resultant changes to laws,
regulations and policies noted above.
Credit risk overview, management and control responsibilities
Maximum exposure to credit risk
Credit quality
Concentrations of credit risk
Collateral management
Market risk
The risk to the Group’s earnings arising from:
changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads,
volatility and correlations; or
fluctuations in bond, commodity or equity prices.
Market risk overview, management and control responsibilities
Measurement of market risk
Traded and non-traded market risk
Equity securities designated at FVOCI
Foreign currency risk – structural exposure
Liquidity and funding risk
The risk that the Group is unable to meet payment obligations as
they fall due, including:
repaying depositors or maturing wholesale debt; or
the Group having insufficient capacity to fund increases in assets.
Liquidity risk overview, management and control responsibilities
Key areas of measurement for liquidity risk
Liquidity risk outcomes
Residual contractual maturity analysis of the Group’s liabilities
137
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
17. Financial risk management (continued)
Overview
An overview of our risk management framework
This overview is provided to aid the users of the financial statements in understanding the context of the financial disclosures required under AASB 7
Financial Instruments: Disclosures. It should be read in conjunction with the Governance and Risk Management sections of this Annual Report.
The Board is responsible for establishing and overseeing the Group’s Risk Management Framework (RMF). The Board has delegated authority to the
Board Risk Committee (BRC) to develop and monitor compliance with the Group’s risk management policies. The BRC reports regularly to the Board on its
activities.
The Board approves the strategic objectives of the Group including:
the Risk Appetite Statement (RAS), which sets out the Board’s expectations regarding the degree of risk that the Group is prepared to accept in pursuit
of its strategic objectives and business plan; and
the Risk Management Strategy (RMS), which describes the Group’s strategy for managing risks and the key elements of the RMF that give effect to this
strategy. This includes a description of each material risk, and an overview of how the RMF addresses each risk, with reference to the relevant policies,
standards and procedures. It also includes information on how the Group identifies, measures, evaluates, monitors, reports and controls or mitigates
material risks.
The Group, through its training and management standards and procedures, aims to maintain a disciplined and robust control environment in which all
employees understand their roles and obligations. At ANZ, risk is everyone’s responsibility.
The Group has an independent risk management function, headed by the Chief Risk Officer who:
is responsible for overseeing the risk profile and the risk management framework;
can effectively challenge activities and decisions that materially affect the Group’s risk profile; and
has an independent reporting line to the BRC to enable the appropriate escalation of issues of concern.
The Internal Audit Function reports directly to the Board Audit Committee (BAC). Internal Audit provides:
an independent evaluation of the Group’s RMF annually that seeks to ensure compliance with, and the effectiveness of, the risk management
framework;
facilitation of a comprehensive review every three years that seeks to ensure the appropriateness, effectiveness and adequacy of the risk
management framework; and
recommendations to improve the framework and/or work practices to strengthen the effectiveness of day-to-day operations.
138 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
138
17. Financial risk management (continued)
Credit risk
Credit risk overview, management and control responsibilities
Granting credit facilities to customers is one of the Group’s major sources of income. As this activity is also a principal risk, the Group dedicates
considerable resources to its management. The Group assumes credit risk in a wide range of lending and other activities in diverse markets and in many
jurisdictions. Credit risks arise from traditional lending to customers as well as from interbank, treasury, trade finance and capital markets activities around
the world.
Our credit risk management framework ensures we apply a consistent approach across the Group when we measure, monitor and manage the credit risk
appetite set by the Board. The Board is assisted and advised by the BRC in discharging its duty to oversee credit risk. The BRC:
x
sets the credit risk appetite and credit strategies; and
x
approves credit transactions beyond the discretion of executive management.
We quantify credit risk through an internal credit rating system (masterscales) to ensure consistency across exposure types and to provide a consistent
framework for reporting and analysis. The system uses models and other tools to measure the following for customer exposures:
Probability of Default (PD) Expressed by a Customer Credit Rating (CCR), reflecting the Group’s assessment of a customer’s ability to
service and repay debt.
Exposure at Default (EAD) The expected balance sheet exposure at default taking into account repayments of principal and interest,
expected additional drawdowns and accrued interest at the time of default.
Loss Given Default (LGD) Expressed by a Security Indicator (SI) ranging from A to G. The SI is calculated by reference to the
percentage of loan covered by security which the Group can realise if a customer defaults. The A-G scale
is supplemented by a range of other SIs which cover factors such as cash cover and sovereign backing.
For retail and some small business lending, we group exposures into large homogenous pools – and the
LGD is assigned at the pool level.
Our specialist credit risk teams develop and validate the Group’s PD and LGD rating models. The outputs from these models drive our day-to-day credit
risk management decisions including origination, pricing, approval levels, regulatory capital adequacy, economic capital allocation, and credit provisioning.
All customers with whom the Group has a credit relationship are assigned a CCR at origination via either of the following assessment approaches:
Large and more complex lending Retail and some small business lending
Rating models provide a consistent and structured assessment, with
judgement required around the use of out-of-model factors. We
handle credit approval on a dual approval basis, jointly with the
business writer and an independent credit officer.
Automated assessment of credit applications using a combination of
scoring (application and behavioural), policy rules and external credit
reporting information. If the application does not meet the automated
assessment criteria, then it is subject to manual assessment.
We use the Group’s internal CCRs to manage the credit quality of financial assets. To enable wider comparisons, the Group’s CCRs are mapped to
external rating agency scales as follows:
Credit Quality
Description Internal CCR ANZ Customer Requirements
Moody’s
Ratings
S&P Global
Ratings
Strong CCR 0+ to 4- Demonstrated superior stability in their operating and financial
performance over the long-term, and whose earnings capacity
is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
Aaa - Baa3 AAA - BBB-
Satisfactory CCR 5+ to 6- Demonstrated sound operational and financial stability over the
medium to long-term, even though some may be susceptible to
cyclical trends or variability in earnings.
Ba1 - B1 BB
+
- B+
Weak CCR 7+ to 8= Demonstrated some operational and financial instability, with
variability and uncertainty in profitability and liquidity projected to
continue over the short and possibly medium term.
B2 - Caa B
- CCC
Defaulted CCR 8- to 10 When doubt arises as to the collectability of a credit facility, the
financial instrument (or ‘the facility’) is classified as defaulted.
N/A N/A
139
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
17. Financial risk management (continued)
Credit risk (continued)
Maximum exposure to credit risk
For financial assets recognised on the Balance Sheet, the maximum exposure to credit risk is the carrying amount. In certain circumstances there may be
differences between the carrying amounts reported on the Balance Sheet and the amounts reported in the tables below. Principally, these differences
arise in respect of financial assets that are subject to risks other than credit risk, such as equity instruments which are primarily subject to market risk, or
bank notes and coins.
For undrawn facilities, this maximum exposure to credit risk is the full amount of the committed facilities. For contingent exposures, the maximum exposure
to credit risk is the maximum amount the Group would have to pay if the instrument is called upon.
The table below shows our maximum exposure to credit risk of on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet positions before taking account of any collateral
held or other credit enhancements.
Reported Excluded
1
Maximum exposure
to credit risk
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
Consolidated
$m $m $m $m $m $m
On-balance sheet positions
Net loans and advances 804,032 707,694 - - 804,032 707,694
Other financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents 150,965 168,154 1,196 1,070 149,769 167,084
Settlement balances owed to ANZ
5,484 9,349 5,484 9,349 - -
Collateral paid
10,090 8,558 - - 10,090 8,558
Trading assets
45,755 37,004 6,399 4,881 39,356 32,123
Derivative financial instruments
54,370 60,406 - - 54,370 60,406
Investment securities
- debt securities at amortised cost 7,091 7,752 - - 7,091 7,752
- debt securities at FVOCI
131,944 88,271 - - 131,944 88,271
- equity securities at FVOCI
1,065 946 1,065 946 - -
- debt securities at FVTPL
162 - - - 162 -
Regulatory deposits
665 646 - - 665 646
Other financial assets
2
4,547 4,417 - - 4,547 4,417
Total other financial assets
412,138 385,503 14,144 16,246 397,994 369,257
Subtotal 1,216,170 1,093,197 14,144 16,246 1,202,026 1,076,951
Off-balance sheet positions
Undrawn and contingent facilities
3
298,152 290,055 - - 298,152 290,055
Total
1,514,322 1,383,252 14,144 16,246 1,500,178 1,367,006
1.
Coins, notes and cash at bank within Cash and cash equivalents; trade dated assets within Settlement balances owed to ANZ; precious metal exposures and carbon credits within Trading assets; and
equity securities within Investment securities were excluded as they do not have credit risk exposure.
2.
Other financial assets mainly comprise accrued interest and acceptances.
3.
Undrawn and contingent facilities include guarantees, letters of credit and performance related contingencies, net of collectively assessed and individually assessed allowance for ECL.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued) Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
140
17. Financial risk management (continued)
Credit risk (continued)
Reported Excluded
1
Maximum exposure
to credit risk
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
The Company
$m $m $m $m $m $m
On-balance sheet positions
Net loans and advances 588,998 563,017 - - 588,998 563,017
Other financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents 137,288 154,408 843 667 136,445 153,741
Settlement balances owed to ANZ
5,019 8,935 5,019 8,935 - -
Collateral paid
8,797 7,717 - - 8,797 7,717
Trading assets
38,427 30,693 6,243 4,472 32,184 26,221
Derivative financial instruments
57,627 59,989 - - 57,627 59,989
Investment securities
- debt securities at amortised cost 5,356 5,936 - - 5,356 5,936
- debt securities at FVOCI
107,388 76,320 - - 107,388 76,320
- equity securities at FVOCI
1,060 945 1,060 945 - -
- debt securities at FVTPL
162 - - - 162 -
Regulatory deposits
222 284 - - 222 284
Due from controlled entities
24,315 26,067 - - 24,315 26,067
Other financial assets
2
3,090 3,024 - - 3,090 3,024
Total other financial assets 388,751 374,318 13,165 15,019 375,586 359,299
Subtotal 977,749 937,335 13,165 15,019 964,584 922,316
Off-balance sheet positions
Undrawn and contingent facilities
3
249,548 252,415 - - 249,548 252,415
Total
1,227,297 1,189,750 13,165 15,019 1,214,132 1,174,731
1.
Coins, notes and cash at bank within Cash and cash equivalents; trade dated assets within Settlement balances owed to ANZ; precious metal exposures, and carbon credits within Trading assets; and
equity securities within Investment securities were excluded as they do not have credit risk exposure.
2.
Other financial assets mainly comprise accrued interest and acceptances.
3.
Undrawn and contingent facilities include guarantees, letters of credit and performance related contingencies, net of collectively assessed and individually assessed allowance for expected credit losses.
141
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
17. Financial risk management (continued)
Credit risk (continued)
Credit quality
An analysis of the Group’s credit risk exposure is presented in the following tables based on the Group’s internal credit quality rating by stage without
taking account of the effects of any collateral or other credit enhancements:
Net loans and advances
Stage 3
Stage 1
Stage 2
Collectively
assessed
Individually
assessed
Total
Consolidated
$m
$m $m $m $m
As at 30 September 2024
Strong 485,243 17,072 - - 502,315
Satisfactory
188,825 46,940 - - 235,765
Weak
15,538 18,222 - - 33,760
Defaulted
- - 5,976 832 6,808
Gross loans and advances at amortised cost
689,606 82,234 5,976 832 778,648
Allowance for ECL (1,276) (1,653) (443) (303) (3,675)
Net loans and advances at amortised cost
688,330 80,581 5,533 529 774,973
Coverage ratio 0.19% 2.01% 7.41% 36.42% 0.47%
Loans and advances at FVTPL 24,786
Loans and advances purchased credit impaired
1
551
Unearned income
(515)
Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs
4,237
Net carrying amount
804,032
As at 30 September 2023
Strong 411,583
17,063 - - 428,646
Satisfactory 193,170 37,977 - - 231,147
Weak 11,306 10,398 - - 21,704
Defaulted - - 3,858 1,037 4,895
Gross loans and advances at amortised cost 616,059 65,438 3,858 1,037 686,392
Allowance for ECL (1,227) (1,624) (329) (366) (3,546)
Net loans and advances at amortised cost 614,832 63,814 3,529 671 682,846
Coverage ratio 0.20% 2.48% 8.53% 35.29% 0.52%
Loans and advances at FVTPL 21,888
Unearned income (515)
Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs 3,475
Net carrying amount 707,694
1.
Represents Stage 3 exposures from Suncorp Bank at the date of acquisition recognised net of allowance for ECL.
142 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
17. Financial risk management (continued)
Credit risk (continued)
Net loans and advances
Stage 3
Stage 1 Stage 2
Collectively
assessed
Individually
assessed
Total
The Company
$m
$m $m $m $m
As at 30 September 2024
Strong 366,329 14,061 - - 380,390
Satisfactory
121,820 33,813 - - 155,633
Weak
11,433 11,945 - - 23,378
Defaulted
- - 4,574 485 5,059
Gross loans and advances at amortised cost
499,582 59,819 4,574 485 564,460
Allowance for ECL (1,006) (1,150) (339) (220) (2,715)
Net loans and advances at amortised cost
498,576 58,669 4,235 265 561,745
Coverage ratio 0.20% 1.92% 7.41% 45.36% 0.48%
Loans and advances at FVTPL 24,439
Unearned income (489)
Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs
3,303
Net carrying amount
588,998
As at 30 September 2023
Strong 315,206 11,682 - - 326,888
Satisfactory 160,357 31,769 - - 192,126
Weak 10,906 8,362 - - 19,268
Defaulted - - 2,994 731 3,725
Gross loans and advances at amortised cost 486,469 51,813 2,994 731 542,007
Allowance for ECL (1,026) (1,239) (251) (279) (2,795)
Net loans and advances at amortised cost 485,443 50,574 2,743 452 539,212
Coverage ratio 0.21% 2.39% 8.38% 38.17% 0.52%
Loans and advances at FVTPL 21,240
Unearned income (483)
Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs 3,048
Net carrying amount 563,017
143
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
17. Financial risk management (continued)
Credit risk (continued)
Off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent facilities
Stage 3
Stage 1
Stage 2
Collectively
assessed
Individually
assessed
Total
Consolidated $m $m $m $m $m
As at 30 September 2024
Strong 200,720 1,497 - - 202,217
Satisfactory
26,496 3,249 - - 29,745
Weak
880 931 - - 1,811
Defaulted
- - 101 26 127
Gross undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 228,096 5,677 101 26 233,900
Allowance for ECL included in Other provisions (refer to Note 22) (658) (156) (27) (5) (846)
Net undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL
227,438 5,521 74 21 233,054
Coverage ratio 0.29% 2.75% 26.73% 19.23% 0.36%
Undrawn and contingent facilities not subject to ECL
1
65,098
Net undrawn and contingent facilities 298,152
As at 30 September 2023
Strong 189,980 1,234 - - 191,214
Satisfactory 30,007 4,276 - - 34,283
Weak 975 746 - - 1,721
Defaulted - - 79 47 126
Gross undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 220,962 6,256 79 47 227,344
Allowance for ECL included in Other provisions (refer to Note 22) (630) (162) (25) (10) (827)
Net undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 220,332 6,094 54 37 226,517
Coverage ratio 0.29% 2.59% 31.65% 21.28% 0.36%
Undrawn and contingent facilities not subject to ECL
1
63,538
Net undrawn and contingent facilities 290,055
1.
Commitments that can be unconditionally cancelled at any time without notice.
144 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
17. Financial risk management (continued)
Credit risk (continued)
Off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent facilities
Stage 3
Stage 1 Stage 2
Collectively
assessed
Individually
assessed
Total
The Company
$m
$m $m $m $m
As at 30 September 2024
Strong 169,168 1,317 - - 170,485
Satisfactory
21,053 2,225 - - 23,278
Weak
668 522 - - 1,190
Defaulted
- - 66 17 83
Gross undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL
190,889 4,064 66 17 195,036
Allowance for ECL included in Other provisions (refer to Note 22) (573) (96) (22) (2) (693)
Net undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL
190,316 3,968 44 15 194,343
Coverage ratio 0.30% 2.36% 33.33% 11.76% 0.36%
Undrawn and contingent facilities not subject to ECL
1
55,205
Net undrawn and contingent facilities 249,548
As at 30 September 2023
Strong 167,251 1,065 - - 168,316
Satisfactory 25,966 3,554 - - 29,520
Weak 753 466 - - 1,219
Defaulted - - 64 35 99
Gross undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 193,970 5,085 64 35 199,154
Allowance for ECL included in Other provisions (refer to Note 22) (550) (121) (21) (5) (697)
Net undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 193,420 4,964 43 30 198,457
Coverage ratio 0.28% 2.38% 32.81% 14.29% 0.35%
Undrawn and contingent facilities not subject to ECL
1
53,958
Net undrawn and contingent facilities 252,415
1.
Commitments that can be unconditionally cancelled at any time without notice.
145
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
17. Financial risk management (continued)
Credit risk (continued)
Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost
Stage 3
Stage 1
Stage 2
Collectively
assessed
Individually
assessed
Total
Consolidated $m $m $m $m $m
As at 30 September 2024
Strong 5,535 - - - 5,535
Satisfactory
72 - - - 72
Weak
1,518 - - - 1,518
Gross investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost
7,125 - - - 7,125
Allowance for ECL (34) - - - (34)
Net investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 7,091 - - - 7,091
Coverage ratio 0.48% - - - 0.48%
As at 30 September 2023
Strong 6,117 - - - 6,117
Satisfactory 112 - - - 112
Weak 1,558 - - - 1558
Gross investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 7,787 - - - 7,787
Allowance for ECL (35) - - - (35)
Net investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 7,752 - - - 7,752
Coverage ratio 0.45% - - - 0.45%
Stage 3
Stage 1 Stage 2
Collectively
assessed
Individually
assessed
Total
The Company
$m
$m $m $m $m
As at 30 September 2024
Strong 5,273 - - - 5,273
Satisfactory
41 - - - 41
Weak
43 - - - 43
Gross investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost
5,357 - - - 5,357
Allowance for ECL (1) - - - (1)
Net investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost
5,356 - - - 5,356
Coverage ratio 0.02% - - - 0.02%
As at 30 September 2023
Strong 5,796 - - - 5,796
Satisfactory 97 - - - 97
Weak 44 - - - 44
Gross investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 5,937 - - - 5,937
Allowance for ECL (1) - - - (1)
Net investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 5,936 - - - 5,936
Coverage ratio 0.02% - - - 0.02%
146 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
17. Financial risk management (continued)
Credit risk (continued)
Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI
Stage 3
Stage 1
Stage 2
Collectively
assessed
Individually
assessed
Total
Consolidated $m $m $m $m $m
As at 30 September 2024
Strong 131,944 - - - 131,944
Satisfactory
- - - - -
Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI
131,944 - - - 131,944
Allowance for ECL recognised in Other comprehensive income (20) - - - (20)
Coverage ratio
0.02% - - - 0.02%
As at 30 September 2023
Strong 88,271
- - - 88,271
Satisfactory - - - - -
Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI 88,271 - - - 88,271
Allowance for ECL recognised in Other comprehensive income (15) - - - (15)
Coverage ratio 0.02% - - - 0.02%
Stage 3
Stage 1 Stage 2
Collectively
assessed
Individually
assessed
Total
The Company $m $m $m $m $m
As at 30 September 2024
Strong 107,388 - - - 107,388
Satisfactory
- - - - -
Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI
107,388 - - - 107,388
Allowance for ECL recognised in Other comprehensive income (14) - - - (14)
Coverage ratio
0.01% - - - 0.01%
As at 30 September 2023
Strong 76,320 - - - 76,320
Satisfactory - - - - -
Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI 76,320 - - - 76,320
Allowance for ECL recognised in Other comprehensive income (12) - - - (12)
Coverage ratio 0.02% - - - 0.02%
147
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
17. Financial risk management (continued)
Credit risk (continued)
Other financial assets
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m
Strong
250,471 270,012 255,180 274,741
Satisfactory
1
7,954 2,579 7,474 2,022
Weak
534 604 188 280
Defaulted
- - - -
Total carrying amount
258,959 273,195 262,842 277,043
1.
Includes Investment Securities - debt securities at FVTPL of $162 million (2023: nil) for the Group and $162 million (2023: nil) for the Company.
Concentrations of credit risk
Credit risk becomes concentrated when a number of customers are engaged in similar activities, have similar economic characteristics, or have similar
activities within the same geographic region – therefore, they may be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions. The Group monitors
its credit portfolio to manage risk concentration and rebalance the portfolio. The Group also applies single customer counterparty limits to protect against
unacceptably large exposures to one single customer.
Composition of financial instruments that give rise to credit risk by industry group are presented below
:
Loans Other financial
Off-balance sheet
credit related
and advances assets commitments Total
Consolidated
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m $m $m $m $m
Agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining
41,558 35,797 888 612 16,187 16,707 58,633 53,116
Business services 6,015 8,138 132 207 8,469 7,003 14,616 15,348
Construction
4,594 5,506 29 36 8,806 7,212 13,429 12,754
Electricity, gas and water supply
8,517 8,626 839 463 12,742 11,837 22,098 20,926
Entertainment, leisure and tourism
13,326 13,486 94 78 3,941 3,889 17,361 17,453
Financial, investment and insurance
80,270 77,454 242,832 278,218 61,229 62,409 384,331 418,081
Government and official institutions
15,861 8,300 122,570 80,544 1,214 1,075 139,645 89,919
Manufacturing
27,470 30,261 708 1,287 46,004 47,302 74,182 78,850
Personal lending
485,404 392,702 1,527 1,394 62,513 59,185 549,444 453,281
Property services
60,613 58,064 1,496 439 20,349 17,503 82,458 76,006
Retail trade
9,300 12,900 85 113 8,150 8,131 17,535 21,144
Transport and storage
10,764 12,110 817 369 9,099 9,215 20,680 21,694
Wholesale trade
13,078 12,538 501 660 25,149 25,783 38,728 38,981
Other
27,215 32,398 25,510 4,872 15,146 13,631 67,871 50,901
Gross total
803,985 708,280 398,028 369,292 298,998 290,882 1,501,011 1,368,454
Allowance for ECL (3,675) (3,546) (34) (35) (846) (827) (4,555) (4,408)
Subtotal 800,310 704,734 397,994 369,257 298,152 290,055 1,496,456 1,364,046
Unearned income (515) (515) - - - - (515) (515)
Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs 4,237 3,475 - - - - 4,237 3,475
Maximum exposure to credit risk
804,032 707,694 397,994 369,257 298,152 290,055 1,500,178 1,367,006
148 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
17. Financial risk management (continued)
Credit risk (continued)
Composition of financial instruments that give rise to credit risk by industry group are presented below:
Loans Otherfinancial
Off-balance sheet
credit related
and advances assets commitments Total
The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m $m $m $m $m
Agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining
21,971 20,622 865 586 14,165 15,198 37,001 36,406
Business services 4,738 7,165 119 183 7,684 6,237 12,541 13,585
Construction
2,727 4,545 21 30 7,362 6,038 10,110 10,613
Electricity, gas and water supply
7,921 7,956 474 302 11,273 10,409 19,668 18,667
Entertainment, leisure and tourism
10,803 11,721 84 67 3,391 3,390 14,278 15,178
Financial, investment and insurance
77,887 74,836 250,700 282,701 57,699 58,806 386,286 416,343
Government and official institutions
15,837 8,294 95,487 68,361 455 384 111,779 77,039
Manufacturing
23,448 26,394 576 935 39,430 40,027 63,454 67,356
Personal lending
336,576 303,801 1,478 1,347 41,208 47,961 379,262 353,109
Property services
44,419 44,903 1,349 368 18,059 15,794 63,827 61,065
Retail trade
7,011 11,099 78 85 7,177 7,342 14,266 18,526
Transport and storage
9,629 10,968 624 288 8,242 8,331 18,495 19,587
Wholesale trade
10,835 10,320 414 480 21,926 22,385 33,175 33,185
Other
15,097 20,623 23,318 3,567 12,170 10,810 50,585 35,000
Gross total
588,899 563,247 375,587 359,300 250,241 253,112 1,214,727 1,175,659
Allowance for ECL (2,715) (2,795) (1) (1) (693) (697) (3,409) (3,493)
Subtotal 586,184 560,452 375,586 359,299 249,548 252,415 1,211,318 1,172,166
Unearned income (489) (483) - - - - (489) (483)
Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs 3,303 3,048 - - - - 3,303 3,048
Maximum exposure to credit risk 588,998 563,017 375,586 359,299 249,548 252,415 1,214,132 1,174,731
149
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
17. Financial risk management (continued)
Credit risk (continued)
Collateral management
We use collateral for on and off-balance sheet exposures to mitigate credit risk if a counterparty cannot meet its repayment obligations. Where there is
sufficient collateral, an expected credit loss is not recognised. This is largely the case for certain lending products, such as margin loans and reverse
repurchase agreements that are secured by the securities purchased using the lending. For some products, the collateral provided by customers is
fundamental to the product’s structuring, so it is not strictly the secondary source of repayment - for example, lending secured by trade receivables is
typically repaid by the collection of those receivables. During the period there was no change in our collateral policies.
The nature of collateral or security held for the relevant classes of financial assets is as follows:
Net loans and advances
Loans - housing and
personal
Housing loans are secured by mortgage(s) over property and additional security may take the form of
guarantees and deposits.
Personal lending (including credit cards and overdrafts) is predominantly unsecured. If we take security, then it
is restricted to eligible vehicles, motor homes and other assets.
Loans - business Business loans may be secured, partially secured or unsecured. Typically, we take security by way of a
mortgage over property and/or a charge over the business or other assets.
If appropriate, we may take other security to mitigate the credit risk, such as guarantees, standby letters of
credit or derivative protection.
Other financial assets
Trading assets, Investment
securities, Derivatives and
Other financial assets
For trading assets, we do not seek collateral directly from the issuer or counterparty. However, the collateral
may be implicit in the terms of the instrument (for example, with an asset-backed security). The terms of debt
securities may include collateralisation.
For derivatives we will have large individual exposures to single name counterparties such as central clearing
houses, financial institutions, and other institutional clients. Open derivative positions with these counterparties
are aggregated and cash collateral (or other forms of eligible collateral) is exchanged daily through the
respective Credit Support Annex agreements. The collateral is provided by the counterparty when their position
is out of the money (or provided to the counterparty by the Group when our position is out of the money).
Credit risk will remain where the full amount of the derivative exposure is not covered by any collateral.
Off-balance sheet positions
Undrawn and contingent
facilities
Collateral for off-balance sheet positions is mainly held against undrawn facilities, and they are typically
performance bonds or guarantees. Undrawn facilities that are secured include housing loans secured by
mortgages over residential property and business lending secured by commercial real estate and/or charges
over business assets.
The table below shows the estimated value of collateral we hold and the net unsecured portion of credit exposures:
Maximum exposure to credit risk Total value of collateral
1
Unsecured portion of
credit exposure
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
Consolidated
$m $m $m $m $m $m
Net loans and advances
804,032 707,694 667,130 569,283 136,902 138,411
Other financial assets 397,994 369,257 51,732 38,612 346,262 330,645
Off-balance sheet positions
298,152 290,055 80,258 65,723 217,894 224,332
Total
1,500,178 1,367,006 799,120 673,618 701,058 693,388
Maximum exposure to credit risk Total value of collateral
1
Unsecured portion of
credit exposure
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
The Company
$m $m $m $m $m $m
Net loans and advances
588,998 563,017 463,804 436,544 125,194 126,473
Other financial assets 375,586 359,299 46,950 35,542 328,636 323,757
Off-balance sheet positions
249,548 252,415 52,804 50,880 196,744 201,535
Total
1,214,132 1,174,731 563,558 522,966 650,574 651,765
1.
In estimating the value of collateral for housing loans, customers are assumed to be meeting their insurance obligations for the properties over which the mortgages are secured.
150 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
17. Financial risk management (continued)
Market risk
Market risk overview, management and control responsibilities
Market risk stems from the Group’s trading and balance sheet management activities and the impact of changes and correlations between interest rates,
foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, commodities, equities and the volatility within these asset classes.
The BRC delegates responsibility for day-to-day management of both market risks and compliance with market risk policies to the Credit and Market Risk
Committee (CMRC) and the Group Asset and Liability Committee (GALCO).
Within overall strategies and policies established by the BRC, business units and risk management have joint responsibility for the control of market risk at
the Group level. The Market Risk team (a specialist risk management unit independent of the business) allocates market risk limits at various levels and
monitors and reports on them daily. This detailed framework allocates individual limits to manage and control exposures using risk factors and profit and
loss limits.
Management, measurement and reporting of market risk is undertaken in two broad categories
:
Traded Market Risk Non-Traded Market Risk
Risk of loss from changes in the value of financial instruments due to
movements in price factors for both physical and derivative trading
positions. Principal risk categories monitored are:
1.
Currency risk – potential loss arising from changes in foreign
exchange rates or their implied volatilities.
2.
Interest rate risk – potential loss from changes in market interest
rates or their implied volatilities.
3.
Credit spread risk – potential loss arising from a movement in
margin or spread relative to a benchmark.
4.
Commodity risk – potential loss arising from changes in
commodity prices or their implied volatilities.
5.
Equity risk – potential loss arising from changes in equity prices.
Risk of loss associated with the management of non-traded interest rate risk,
liquidity risk and foreign exchange exposures. This includes interest rate risk in
the banking book. This risk of loss arises from adverse changes in the overall
and relative level of interest rates for different tenors, differences in the actual
versus expected net interest margin, and the potential valuation risk associated
with embedded options in financial instruments and bank products.
Measurement of market risk
We primarily manage and control market risk using Value at Risk (VaR), sensitivity analysis and stress testing.
VaR measures the Group’s possible daily loss based on historical market movements. The Group’s VaR approach for both traded and non-traded risk is
historical simulation. We use historical changes in market rates, prices and volatilities over a 500 business day window using a one-day holding period.
Back testing is used to ensure our VaR models remain accurate.
The Group measures VaR at a 99% confidence interval which means there is a 99% chance that a loss will not exceed the VaR for the relevant holding
period.
151
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
17. Financial risk management (continued)
Market risk (continued)
Traded and non-traded market risk
Traded market risk
The table below shows the traded market risk VaR on a diversified basis by risk categories
:
Total
Group
Total Group (excl. Suncorp Bank)
2
2024
2024 2023
Consolidated
As at As at
High for
year
Low for
year
Average
for year As at
High for
year
Low for
year
Average
for year
$m $m $m $m $m $m $m $m
$m
Traded value at risk 99% confidence
Foreign exchange 3.2
3.2 11.5 2.2 5.0 2.8 6.2 1.6 3.0
Interest rate
6.5
6.4 19.2 4.8 8.7 6.7 18.3 5.1 8.5
Credit
5.7
5.7 8.1 4.2 6.7 5.9 7.7 2.5 4.5
Commodities
3.3
3.3 5.0 1.8 2.9 4.0 6.6 1.8 3.0
Equity
-
- - - - - - - -
Diversification benefit
1
(10.0)
(9.9) n/a n/a (10.2) (9.7) n/a n/a (8.1)
Total VaR
8.7
8.7 22.5 8.0 13.1 9.7 18.2 7.2 10.9
2024 2023
The Company
As at
High for
year
Low for
year
Average
for year As at
High for
year
Low for
year
Average
for year
$m $m $m $m $m $m $m $m
Traded value at risk 99% confidence
Foreign exchange 3.4 7.7 1.9 4.4 2.6 6.0 1.5 2.8
Interest rate
5.6 18.4 4.7 8.5 6.3 15.5 4.8 8.0
Credit
5.5 7.9 4.2 6.4 5.6 7.1 1.9 4.3
Commodity
2.6 5.0 1.6 2.5 2.1 4.5 1.1 2.7
Equity
- - - - - - - -
Diversification benefit
1
(9.0) n/a n/a (9.2) (8.6) n/a n/a (7.8)
Total VaR
8.1 24.6 6.7 12.6 8.0 16.2 6.7 10.0
1.
The diversification benefit reflects risks that offset across categories. The high and low VaR figures reported for each factor did not necessarily occur on the same day as the high and low VaR reported
for the Group as a whole. Consequently, a diversification benefit for high and low would not be meaningful and is therefore omitted from the table.
2.
Excludes the 2 months of immaterial Suncorp Bank VaR impacts post-acquisition.
152 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
17. Financial risk management (continued
Market risk (continued)
Traded and non-traded market risk (continued)
Non-traded market risk
Balance sheet risk management
The principal objectives of balance sheet risk management are to maintain acceptable levels of interest rate and liquidity risk to mitigate the negative
impact of movements in interest rates on the earnings and market value of the Group’s banking book, while ensuring the Group maintains sufficient
liquidity to meet its obligations as they fall due.
Interest rate risk management
Non-traded interest rate risk relates to the potential adverse impact of changes in market interest rates on the Group’s future Net interest income. This risk
arises from two principal sources, namely mismatches between the repricing dates of interest bearing assets and liabilities; and the investment of capital
and other non-interest bearing liabilities and assets. Interest rate risk is reported using VaR and scenario analysis (based on the impact of a 1% rate
shock). The table below shows VaR figures for non-traded interest rate risk for the combined Group as well as Australia, New Zealand and Rest of World
geographies which are calculated separately.
Total
Group
Total Group (excl. Suncorp Bank)
2
2024
2024 2023
Consolidated
As at As at
High for
year
Low for
year
Average
for year As at
High for
year
Low for
year
Average
for year
$m
$m $m $m $m $m $m $m $m
Non-traded value at risk 99% confidence
Australia 96.8
97.7 97.7 70.8 78.9 81.2 93.2 72.0 82.2
New Zealand
27.4
27.4 28.2 24.3 25.9 35.3 35.3 26.1 31.1
Rest of World
32.9
32.9 39.5 29.0 34.8 32.2 32.8 23.2 27.9
Diversification benefit
1
(62.2)
(63.0) n/a n/a (46.9) (52.6) n/a n/a (45.6)
Total VaR 94.9 95.0 99.5 81.3 92.7 96.1 101.5 86.4 95.6
2024 2023
The Company
As at
High for
year
Low for
year
Average
for year As at
High for
year
Low for
year
Average
for year
$m $m $m $m $m $m $m $m
Non-traded value at risk 99% confidence
Australia 97.7 97.7 70.8 78.9 81.2 93.2 72.0 82.2
New Zealand
0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0
Rest of World
33.5 39.7 31.1 36.6 34.0 34.5 23.7 28.4
Diversification benefit
1
(37.8) n/a n/a (31.8) (30.5) n/a n/a (26.6)
Total VaR
93.4 93.4 74.2 83.7 84.7 92.4 76.4 84.0
1.
The diversification benefit reflects risks that offset across categories. The high and low VaR figures reported for each factor did not necessarily occur on the same day as the high and low VaR reported
for the Group as a whole. Consequently, a diversification benefit for high and low would not be meaningful and is therefore omitted from the table.
2.
Excludes the 2 months of immaterial Suncorp Bank VaR impacts post-acquisition.
153
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
17. Financial risk management (continued)
Market risk (continued)
We undertake scenario analysis to stress test the impact of extreme events on the Group’s market risk exposures (excluding Suncorp Bank). We model a
1% overnight parallel positive shift in the yield curve to determine the potential impact on our Net interest income over the next 12 months. This is a
standard risk measure which assumes the parallel shift is reflected in all wholesale and customer rates.
The table below shows the outcome of this risk measure for the current and previous financial years, expressed as a percentage of reported Net interest
income.
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
Impact of 1% rate shock on the next 12 months' net interest income
As at period end 0.68% 0.96% 0.38% 0.73%
Maximum exposure
1.20% 1.17% 1.06% 0.90%
Minimum exposure
0.27% 0.38% 0.09% 0.02%
Average exposure (in absolute terms)
0.78% 0.80% 0.61% 0.56%
Equity securities designated at FVOCI
Our investment securities contain equity investment holdings which predominantly comprise Bank of Tianjin and other unlisted equities. The market risk
impact on these equity investments is not captured by the Group’s VaR processes for traded and non-traded market risks. Therefore, the Group regularly
reviews the valuations of the investments within the portfolio and assesses whether the investments are appropriately measured based on the recognition
and measurement policies set out in Note 11 Investment securities.
Foreign currency risk – structural exposures
Our investment of capital in foreign operations - for example, branches, subsidiaries or associates with functional currencies other than the Australian
Dollar - exposes the Group to the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates. Variations in the value of these foreign operations arising as a result of
exchange differences are reflected in the foreign currency translation reserve in equity. Where considered appropriate, the Group enters into hedges of
the foreign exchange exposures from its foreign operations.
Similarly, the Group may enter into economic hedges against larger foreign exchange denominated revenue streams (primarily New Zealand Dollar, US
Dollar and US Dollar correlated). The primary objective of hedging is to ensure that, if practical, the effect of changes in foreign exchange rates on the
consolidated capital ratios are minimised.
154 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
17. Financial risk management (continued)
Liquidity and funding risk
Liquidity risk overview, management and control responsibilities
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is either:
unable to meet its payment obligations (including repaying depositors or maturing wholesale debt) when they fall due; or
does not have the appropriate amount, tenor and composition of funding and liquidity to fund increases in its assets.
Management of liquidity and funding risks are overseen by GALCO. The Group’s liquidity and funding risks are governed by a set of Board-approved
principles and include:
maintaining the ability to meet all payment obligations in the immediate term;
ensuring that the Group maintains Board-approved ‘survival horizons’ under a range of idiosyncratic, and general market, liquidity stress scenarios, at a
country and Group-wide level, to meet cash flow obligations over the short to medium term;
maintaining strength in the Group’s balance sheet structure to ensure long term resilience in the liquidity and funding risk profile;
ensuring the liquidity management framework is compatible with local regulatory requirements;
preparing daily liquidity reports and scenario analysis to quantify the Group’s positions;
targeting a diversified funding base to avoid undue concentrations by investor type, maturity, market source and currency;
holding a portfolio of high quality liquid assets to protect against adverse funding conditions and to support day-to-day operations; and
establishing detailed contingency plans to cover different liquidity crisis events.
The Group operates under a non-operating holding company structure whereby:
ANZBGL’s liquidity risk management framework remains unchanged and continues to operate its own liquidity and funding program, governance
frameworks and reporting regime reflecting its authorised deposit-taking institution (ADI) operations;
ANZGHL (parent entity) has no material liquidity risk given the structure and nature of the balance sheet; and
ANZ Non-Bank Group is not expected to have separate funding arrangements and will rely on ANZGHL for funding.
A separate liquidity policy has been established for ANZGHL and ANZBGL Group to reflect the differing nature of liquidity risk inherent in each business
model. ANZGHL will ensure that the parent entity and ANZ Non-Bank Group holds sufficient cash reserves to meet operating and financing requirements.
Key areas of measurement for liquidity risk
Scenario modelling of funding sources
Group’s liquidity risk appetite is defined by a range of regulatory and internal liquidity metrics mandated by the ANZBGL Board. The metrics cover a range
of scenarios of varying duration and level of severity.
The objective of this framework is to:
Provide protection against shorter term extreme market dislocation and stress.
Maintain structural strength in the balance sheet by ensuring that an appropriate amount of longer-term assets are funded with longer-term funding.
Ensure that no undue timing concentrations exist in the Group’s funding profile.
Key components of this framework include the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), which is a severe short term liquidity stress scenario, the Net Stable Funding
Ratio (NSFR), a longer-term structural liquidity measure (both of which are mandated by banking regulators including APRA), and internally-developed
liquidity scenarios for stress-testing purposes.
Liquid assets
Group holds a portfolio of high quality (unencumbered) liquid assets to protect Group’s liquidity position in a severely stressed environment and to meet
regulatory requirements. High quality liquid assets comprise three categories consistent with Basel III LCR requirements:
Highest-quality liquid assets - cash and highest credit quality government, central bank or public sector securities eligible for repurchase with central
banks to provide same-day liquidity.
High-quality liquid assets - high credit quality government, central bank or public sector securities, high quality corporate debt securities and high
quality covered bonds eligible for repurchase with central banks to provide same-day liquidity.
Alternative liquid assets (ALA) - eligible securities that the RBNZ will accept in its domestic market operations and asset qualifying as collateral for the
CLF.
Group monitors and manages the size and composition of its liquid assets portfolio on an ongoing basis in line with regulatory requirements and the risk
appetite set by the ANZBGL Board.
155
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
17. Financial risk management (continued)
Liquidity and funding risk (continued)
Liquidity risk outcomes
1
Liquidity Coverage Ratio - ANZBGL’s Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) averaged 133% for 2024, (2023: 130%) and above the regulatory minimum of
100%.
Net Stable Funding Ratio - ANZBGL’s Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) as at 30 September 2024 was 116% (2023: 116%), above the regulatory
minimum of 100%.

This information is not within the scope of the external audit of the Group Financial Report by the Group’s external auditor, KPMG. The Liquidity Coverage Ratio and Net Stable Funding Ratio are non-IFRS
disclosures and are disclosed as part of the Group's APS 330 Public Disclosure and disclosed in APRA Reporting Form ARF 210 Liquidity which will be subject to specific procedures in accordance with
Prudential Standard APS 310 Audit and Related Matters.
Liquidity crisis contingency planning
Group maintains APRA-endorsed liquidity crisis contingency plans for analysing and responding to a liquidity threatening event at a country and Group-
wide level. Key liquidity contingency crisis planning requirements and guidelines include:
Ongoing business management Early signs/ mild stress Severe stress
establish crisis/severity levels
liquidity limits
early warning indicators
monitoring and review
management actions not requiring
business rationalisation
activate contingency funding plans
management actions for altering asset and liability
behaviour
Assigned responsibility for internal and external communications and the appropriate timing to communicate
Since the precise nature of any stress event cannot be known in advance, we design the plans to be flexible to the nature and severity of the stress event
with multiple variables able to be accommodated in any plan
.
Group funding
The Group monitors the composition and stability of its funding so that it remains within the Group’s funding risk appetite. This approach ensures that an
appropriate proportion of the Group’s assets are funded by stable funding sources, including customer deposits; longer-dated wholesale funding (with a
remaining term exceeding one year); and equity.
Funding plans prepared Considerations in preparing funding plans
3 year strategic plan prepared annually
annual funding plan as part of the Group’s planning
process
forecasting in light of actual results as a calibration to the
annual plan
customer balance sheet growth
changes in wholesale funding including: targeted funding volumes; markets;
investors; tenors; and currencies for senior, secured, subordinated, hybrid
transactions and market conditions
liquidity stress testing
RBA term funding facility
As an additional source of funding, in March 2020, the RBA announced a Term Funding Facility (TFF) for the banking system to support lending to
Australian businesses. The TFF is a three-year secured funding facility to ADIs at a fixed rate of 0.25% for drawdowns up to 4 November 2020, and
reduced to 0.10% for new drawdowns from 4 November 2020 onwards. The TFF was closed to drawdowns on 30 June 2021.
As at 30 September 2024, there was nil drawn under the RBA’s TFF, as it was fully repaid in the 2024 financial year (2023: $8.1 billion).
RBNZ funding for lending programme and term lending facility
Between May 2020 and July 2021, the RBNZ made funds available under a Term Lending Facility (TLF) to promote lending to businesses. The TLF is a
five-year secured funding facility for New Zealand banks at a fixed rate of 0.25%.
In November 2020 the RBNZ announced a Funding for Lending Programme (FLP) which aimed to lower the cost of borrowing for New Zealand
businesses and households. The FLP is a three-year secured funding facility for New Zealand banks at a floating rate of the New Zealand Official Cash
Rate (OCR). New Zealand banks were able to obtain initial funding of up to 4% of their lending to New Zealand resident households, non-financial
businesses and non-profit institutions serving households as at 31 October 2020 (eligible loans). The initial allocation closed on 6 June 2022. An additional
allocation of up to 2% of eligible loans was available, subject to certain conditions until 6 December 2022.
As at 30 September 2024, ANZ Bank New Zealand had drawn $0.2 billion under the TLF (2023: $0.3 billion) and $2.3 billion under the FLP
(2023: $3.2 billion).
156 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
17. Financial risk management (continued)
Liquidity and funding risk (continued)
Residual contractual maturity analysis of the group’s liabilities
The tables below provide residual contractual maturity analysis of financial liabilities as at 30 September within relevant maturity groupings. All outstanding
debt issuance and subordinated debt is profiled on the earliest date on which the Group may be required to pay. All at-call liabilities are reported in the
‘Less than 3 months’ category unless there is a longer minimum notice period. The amounts represent principal and interest cash flows and therefore may
differ from equivalent amounts reported on Balance Sheet.
It should be noted that this is not how the Group manages its liquidity risk. The management of this risk is detailed on page 155.
Less than
3 months
3 to 12
months
1 to 5
years
After
5 years
Total
Consolidated
$m
$m $m $m $m
As at 30 September 2024
Settlement balances owed by ANZ 16,188 - - - 16,188
Collateral received
6,583 - - - 6,583
Deposits and other borrowings
744,041 158,247 11,040 199 913,527
Liability for acceptances
425 - - - 425
Debt issuances
1
8,327 36,858 112,728 20,384 178,297
Derivative liabilities (excluding those held for balance sheet management)
2
47,622 - - - 47,622
Lease liabilities
105 313 917 947 2,282
Derivative assets and liabilities (balance sheet management)
3
- Funding:
Receive leg (66,248) (60,183) (83,371) (14,359) (224,161)
Pay leg
66,981 60,260 84,472 14,661 226,374
- Other balance sheet management:
Receive leg (189,769) (42,388) (36,763) (21,831) (290,751)
Pay leg
185,946 40,718 33,393 19,266 279,323
As at 30 September 2023
Settlement balances owed by ANZ 19,267 - - - 19,267
Collateral received 10,382 - - - 10,382
Deposits and other borrowings 674,762 137,488 9,762 241 822,253
Liability for acceptances 646 - - - 646
Debt issuances
1
4,738 23,908 88,270 16,017 132,933
Derivative liabilities (excluding those held for balance sheet management)
2
48,150 - - - 48,150
Lease liabilities 100 264 872 743 1,979
Derivative assets and liabilities (balance sheet management)
3
- Funding:
Receive leg (29,459)
(40,907) (90,906) (14,001) (175,273)
Pay leg 28,852 41,385 90,230 13,986 174,453
- Other balance sheet management:
Receive leg (142,289) (44,586) (35,720) (19,866) (242,461)
Pay leg 138,899 42,867 34,198 19,872 235,836
1.
Callable wholesale debt instruments have been included at their next call date. Balance includes subordinated debt instruments that may be settled in cash or in equity, at the option of the Group and
subordinated debt issued by ANZ New Zealand which constitutes Tier 2 capital under RBNZ requirements but does not qualify as the APRA Tier 2 requirements.
2.
The full mark-to-market after any adjustments for Settle to Market of derivative liabilities (excluding those held for balance sheet management) is included in the ‘Less than 3 months’ category.
3.
Includes derivatives designated into hedging relationships of $456 million (2023: $272 million) and $7,176 million (2023: $9,060 million) categorised as held for trading but form part of the Group’s
balance sheet managed activities.
At 30 September 2024, $249,988 million (2023: $240,711 million) of the Group’s undrawn facilities and $49,010 million (2023: $50,171 million) of its
issued guarantees mature in less than 1 year, based on the earliest date on which the Group may be required to pay.
157
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
17. Financial risk management (continued)
Liquidity and funding risk (continued)
Less than
3 months
3 to 12
months
1 to 5
years
After
5 years
Total
The Company
$m
$m $m $m $m
As at 30 September 2024
Settlement balances owed by ANZ 11,317 - - - 11,317
Collateral received
6,061 - - - 6,061
Deposits and other borrowings
589,605 114,499 4,813 197 709,114
Liability for acceptances
329 - - - 329
Debt issuances
1
6,780 30,135 86,529 17,705 141,149
Derivative liabilities (excluding those held for balance sheet management)
2
52,979 - - - 52,979
Lease liabilities
84 249 685 768 1,786
Derivative assets and liabilities (balance sheet management)
3
- Funding:
Receive leg (63,238) (52,317) (65,194) (12,371) (193,120)
Pay leg
63,728 52,291 66,280 12,677 194,976
- Other balance sheet management:
Receive leg (185,273) (36,714) (29,311) (20,391) (271,689)
Pay leg
181,397 35,094 26,075 17,776 260,342
As at 30 September 2023
Settlement balances owed by ANZ 16,574 - - - 16,574
Collateral received 9,452 - - - 9,452
Deposits and other borrowings 567,239 109,010 3,718 232 680,199
Liability for acceptances 391 - - - 391
Debt issuances
1
4,321 20,669 75,192 13,297 113,479
Derivative liabilities (excluding those held for balance sheet management)
2
53,111 - - - 53,111
Lease liabilities 80 207 715 725 1,727
Derivative assets and liabilities (balance sheet management)
3
- Funding:
Receive leg (26,321)
(31,549) (70,627) (10,871) (139,368)
Pay leg 25,602 31,952 69,816 10,860 138,230
- Other balance sheet management:
Receive leg (136,668) (38,700) (27,047) (18,876) (221,291)
Pay leg 133,496 37,540 26,247 18,914 216,197
1.
Callable wholesale debt instruments have been included at their next call date. Balance includes subordinated debt instruments that may be settled in cash or in equity, at the option of the Company.
2.
The full mark-to-market after any adjustments for Settle to Market of derivative liabilities (excluding those held for balance sheet management) is included in the ‘Less than 3 months’ category.
3.
Includes derivatives designated into hedging relationships of $210 million (2023: $255 million) and $4,278 million (2023: $4,145 million) categorised as held for trading but form part of the Company’s
balance sheet managed activities.
At 30 September 2024, $216,838 million (2023: $206,405 million) of the Company’s undrawn facilities and $45,770 million (2023: $46,707 million) of its
issued guarantees mature in less than 1 year, based on the earliest date on which the Company may be required to pay.
158 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
18. Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities
Classification of financial assets and financial liabilities
The Group recognises and measures financial instruments at either fair value or amortised cost, with a significant number of financial instruments on the
Balance Sheet at fair value.
Fair value is the best estimate of the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market
participants at the measurement date.
The following tables set out the classification of financial assets and liabilities according to their measurement bases together with their carrying amounts
as recognised on the Balance Sheet.
2024 2023
At amortised
cost
At fair
value Total
At amortised
cost
At fair
value
Total
Consolidated Note
$m $m $m $m $m $m
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 8 113,710 37,255 150,965 140,588 27,566 168,154
Settlement balances owed to ANZ
5,484 - 5,484 9,349 - 9,349
Collateral paid
10,090 - 10,090 8,558 - 8,558
Trading assets 9
- 45,755 45,755 - 37,004 37,004
Derivative financial instruments 10
- 54,370 54,370 - 60,406 60,406
Investment securities 11
7,091 133,171 140,262 7,752 89,217 96,969
Net loans and advances 12
779,246 24,786 804,032 685,806 21,888 707,694
Regulatory deposits
665 - 665 646 - 646
Other financial assets
4,547 - 4,547 4,417 - 4,417
Total
920,833 295,337 1,216,170 857,116 236,081 1,093,197
Financial liabilities
Settlement balances owed by ANZ 16,188 - 16,188 19,267 - 19,267
Collateral received
6,583 - 6,583 10,382 - 10,382
Deposits and other borrowings 14
862,165 43,001 905,166 781,314 33,889 815,203
Derivative financial instruments 10
- 55,254 55,254 - 57,482 57,482
Payables and other liabilities 15
12,571 6,023 18,594 10,717 5,267 15,984
Debt issuances 16
154,572 1,816 156,388 114,678 1,336 116,014
Total
1,052,079 106,094 1,158,173 936,358 97,974 1,034,332
159
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
18. Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities
;
continued)
Classification of financial assets and financial liabilities
(continued)
2024 2023
At amortised
cost
At fair
value Total
At amortised
cost
At fair
value
Total
The Company Note $m $m $m $m $m $m
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 8 100,892 36,396 137,288 127,309 27,099 154,408
Settlement balances owed to ANZ
5,019 - 5,019 8,935 - 8,935
Collateral paid
8,797 - 8,797 7,717 - 7,717
Trading assets 9
- 38,427 38,427 - 30,693 30,693
Derivative financial instruments 10
- 57,627 57,627 - 59,989 59,989
Investment securities 11
5,356 108,610 113,966 5,936 77,265 83,201
Net loans and advances 12
564,559 24,439 588,998 541,777 21,240 563,017
Regulatory deposits
222 - 222 284 - 284
Due from controlled entities
21,864 2,451 24,315 24,173 1,894 26,067
Other financial assets
3,090 - 3,090 3,024 - 3,024
Total
709,799 267,950 977,749 719,155 218,180 937,335
Financial liabilities
Settlement balances owed by ANZ 11,317 - 11,317 16,574 - 16,574
Collateral received
6,061 - 6,061 9,452 - 9,452
Deposits and other borrowings 14
662,910 40,960 703,870 643,868 31,207 675,075
Derivative financial instruments 10
- 57,467 57,467 - 57,511 57,511
Due to controlled entities
25,560 100 25,660 26,737 157 26,894
Payables and other liabilities 15
8,797 5,677 14,474 8,357 4,922 13,279
Debt issuances 16
120,155 2,795 122,950 95,881 2,332 98,213
Total
834,800 106,999 941,799 800,869 96,129 896,998
160 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
18. Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)
Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value
The fair valuation of financial assets and financial liabilities is generally determined at the individual instrument level.
If the Group holds offsetting risk positions, then the portfolio exception in AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement (AASB 13) is used to measure the fair value of
such groups of financial assets and financial liabilities. The Group measures the portfolio based on the price that would be received to sell a net long
position (an asset) for a particular risk exposure, or to transfer a net short position (a liability) for a particular risk exposure.
Fair value designation
The Group designates certain loans and advances, deposits and other borrowings and debt issuances as fair value through profit or loss:
where they contain separable embedded derivatives and are managed on a fair value basis, the total fair value movements are recognised in profit or
loss in the same period as the movement on any associated hedging instruments; or
in order to eliminate an accounting mismatch which would arise if the assets or liabilities were otherwise carried at amortised cost. This mismatch
arises due to measuring the derivative financial instruments (used to mitigate interest rate risk of these assets or liabilities) at fair value through profit or
loss.
The Group’s approach ensures that it recognises the fair value movements on the assets or liabilities in profit or loss in the same period as the movement
on the associated derivatives.
The Group may also designate certain loans and advances, deposits and other borrowings and debt issuances as fair value through profit or loss where
they are managed on a fair value basis to align the measurement with how the financial instruments are managed.
Fair value approach and valuation techniques
The Group uses valuation techniques to estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities for recognition, measurement and disclosure purposes where no
quoted price in an active market for that asset or liability exists. This includes the following:
Asset or liability Fair value approach
Financial instruments classified as:
- Derivative financial assets and
financial liabilities (including trading
and non-trading)
- Repurchase agreements < 90 days
- Net loans and advances
- Deposits and other borrowings
- Debt issuances
Discounted cash flow techniques are used whereby contractual future cash flows of the instrument are
discounted using wholesale market interest rates, or market borrowing rates for debt or loans with
similar maturities or yield curves appropriate for the remaining term to maturity.
Other financial instruments held for
trading:
- Securities sold short
- Debt and equity securities
Valuation techniques are used that incorporate observable market inputs for financial instruments with
similar credit risk, maturity and yield characteristics.
Equity securities where an active market does not exist are measured using comparable company
valuation multiples (such as price-to-book ratios).
Financial instruments classified as:
- Investment securities – debt or equity
Valuation techniques use comparable multiples (such as price-to-book ratios) or discounted cashflow
(DCF) techniques incorporating, to the extent possible, observable inputs from instruments with similar
characteristics.
There were no significant changes to valuation approaches during the current or prior periods.
161
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
18. Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)
Fair value hierarchy
The Group categorises assets and liabilities carried at fair value into a fair value hierarchy in accordance with AASB 13 based on the observability of inputs
used to measure the fair value:
Level 1 - valuations based on quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2 - valuations using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for a similar asset or liability, either directly or
indirectly; and
Level 3 - valuations where significant unobservable inputs are used to measure the fair value of the asset or liability.
There were no significant changes to levelling approaches during the current or prior periods. The following table presents assets and liabilities carried at
fair value in accordance with the fair value hierarchy:
Fair value measurements
Quoted price in active
markets
(Level 1)
Using observable
inputs
(Level 2)
Using unobservable
inputs
(Level 3) Total
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
Consolidated
$m $m $m $m $m $m $m $m
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents (measured at fair value) - - 37,255 27,566 - - 37,255 27,566
Trading assets
1
31,507 26,388 14,233 10,614 15 2 45,755 37,004
Derivative financial instruments
1
131 935 54,214 59,448 25 23 54,370 60,406
Investment securities
1
111,060 71,355 21,055 16,924 1,056 938 133,171 89,217
Net loans and advances
- - 24,429 21,159 357 729 24,786 21,888
Total
142,698 98,678 151,186 135,711 1,453 1,692 295,337 236,081
Liabilities
Deposits and other borrowings (designated at fair value) - - 43,001 33,889 - - 43,001 33,889
Derivative financial instruments
1
393 218 54,846 57,241 15 23 55,254 57,482
Payables and other liabilities
5,804 4,841 219 426 - - 6,023 5,267
Debt issuances (designated at fair value)
- - 1,816 1,336 - - 1,816 1,336
Total
6,197 5,059 99,882 92,892 15 23 106,094 97,974
1.
During 2024, $1,119 million of assets were transferred from Level 1 to Level 2 (2023: $3,624 million transferred from Level 1 to Level 2) and $4,913 million of assets were transferred from Level 2 to
Level 1 (2023: $1,452 million transferred from Level 2 to Level 1) for the Group due to a change in the observability of market price and/or valuation inputs. There were no other material transfers
between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 during the year. Transfers into and out of levels are measured at the beginning of the reporting period in which the transfer occurred, and do not include assets and
liabilities acquired as part of Suncorp Bank.
Fair value measurements
Quoted price in active
markets
(Level 1)
Using observable
inputs
(Level 2)
Using unobservable
inputs
(Level 3) Total
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
The Company
$m $m $m $m $m $m $m $m
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents (measured at fair value) - - 36,396 27,099 - - 36,396 27,099
Trading assets
1
27,048 22,264 11,364 8,427 15 2 38,427 30,693
Derivative financial instruments
1
126 900 57,477 59,066 24 23 57,627 59,989
Investment securities
1
90,608 63,879 16,951 12,449 1,051 937 108,610 77,265
Net loans and advances
- - 24,082 20,511 357 729 24,439 21,240
Due from controlled entities
246 - 2,205 1,894 - - 2,451 1,894
Total
118,028 87,043 148,475 129,446 1,447 1,691 267,950 218,180
Liabilities
Deposits and other borrowings (designated at fair value) - - 40,960 31,207 - - 40,960 31,207
Derivative financial instruments
1
324 210 57,131 57,287 12 14 57,467 57,511
Payables and other liabilities
5,473 4,500 204 422 - - 5,677 4,922
Debt issuances (designated at fair value)
- - 2,795 2,332 - - 2,795 2,332
Due to controlled entities
- - 100 157 - - 100 157
Total
5,797 4,710 101,190 91,405 12 14 106,999 96,129
1.
During 2024, $1,119 million of assets were transferred from Level 1 to Level 2 (2023: $2,139 million transferred from Level 1 to Level 2) and $2,622 million of assets were transferred from Level 2 to
Level 1 (2023: $1,155 million transferred from Level 2 to Level 1) due to a change in the observability of market price and/or valuation inputs. There were no other material transfers between Level 1,
Level 2 and Level 3 during the year. Transfers into and out of levels are measured at the beginning of the reporting period in which the transfer occurred.
162 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
18. Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)
Fair value measurement incorporating unobservable market data
Level 3 fair value measurements
Level 3 financial instruments are a net asset of $1,438 million (2023: $1,669 million) for the Group and $1,435 million (2023: $1,676 million) for the
Company. The assets and liabilities which incorporate significant unobservable inputs are:
equity and debt securities for which there is no active market or traded prices cannot be observed;
loans and advances measured at fair value for which there is no observable market data; and
derivatives referencing market rates that cannot be observed primarily due to lack of market activity.
Level 3 transfers
During the year, there were no material transfers into or out of Level 3 for the Group and the Company (2023: $218 million of loans and advances
measured at fair value were transferred from Level 2 to Level 3 for the Group and the Company).
The material Level 3 financial instruments as at 30 September 2024 are listed as below:
i)
Investment securities - equity holdings classified as FVOCI
Bank of Tianjin (BoT)
The Group holds an investment in the Bank of Tianjin. The investment is valued based on comparative price-to-book (P/B) multiples (a P/B multiple is the
ratio of the market value of equity to the book value of equity). The extent of judgement applied in determining the appropriate multiple and comparator
group from which the multiple is derived resulted in the Level 3 classification. As at 30 September 2024, the BoT equity holding balance was $958 million
(2023: $849 million). The increase in the BoT fair valuation was due to an increase in the P/B multiple used in the valuation and foreign currency translation
impacts.
Other equity investments
The Group holds $98 million (2023: $89 million) and the Company holds $93 million (2023: $87 million) of unlisted equities classified as FVOCI, for which
there are no active markets or traded prices available, resulting in a Level 3 classification. The increase in unlisted equity holdings balance was mainly due
to new purchases during the year and foreign currency translation impacts.
ii)
Net loans and advances - classified as FVTPL
Syndicated loans
The Group holds $357 million (2023: $729 million) of syndicated loans for sale which are measured at FVTPL for which there is no observable market
data available. The decrease in the Level 3 loan balances was mainly due to scheduled repayments as well as foreign currency translation impacts.
Sensitivity to Level 3 data inputs
When we make assumptions due to significant inputs to a valuation not being directly observable (Level 3 inputs), then changing these assumptions
changes the Group’s estimate of the instrument’s fair value. Favourable and unfavourable changes are determined by changing the primary unobservable
parameters used to derive the fair valuation.
Investment securities - equity holdings
The valuations of the equity investments are sensitive to variations in selected unobservable inputs, with valuation techniques used including P/B multiples
and discounted cashflow techniques. If for example, a 10% increase or decrease to the primary input into the valuations were to occur (such as the P/B
multiple), it would result in a $106 million increase or decrease in the fair value of the portfolio, which would be recognised in shareholders’ equity in the
Group ($105 million for the Company), with no impact to net profit or loss.
Net loans and advances
Syndicated loan valuations are sensitive to credit spreads in determining their fair valuation. For the syndicated loans which are primarily investment grade
loans, an increase or decrease in credit spreads would have an immaterial impact on net profit or net assets of the Group. For the remaining syndicated
loans, the Group may, where deemed necessary, utilise Credit Risk Insurance to mitigate the credit risks associated with those loans. The effect of this
would also result in an immaterial impact to the net profit or net assets of the Group.
Other
The remaining Level 3 balance is immaterial and changes in inputs have a minimal impact on net profit and net assets of the Group.
Deferred fair value gains and losses
Where fair value is determined using unobservable inputs significant to the fair value of a financial instrument, the Group does not immediately recognise
the difference between the transaction price and the amount determined based on the valuation technique (day one gain or loss) in profit or loss. After
initial recognition, the Group recognises the deferred amount in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the life of the transaction or until all inputs
become observable. Day one gains and losses which have been deferred are not material.
163
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
18. Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)
Financial assets and financial liabilities not measured at fair value
The financial assets and financial liabilities listed below are carried at amortised cost on the Group’s Balance Sheet. While this is the value at which we
expect the assets will be realised and the liabilities settled, the Group provides an estimate of the fair value of the financial assets and financial liabilities at
balance date in the tables below.
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities carried at amortised cost not included in the tables below approximate their carrying values. These financial
assets and liabilities are either short term in nature or are floating rate instruments that are re-priced to market interest rates on or near the end of the
reporting period.
Categorised into fair value hierarchy
Quoted price in
active markets
Using observable
inputs
Using unobservable
inputs
At amortised cost (Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) Total fair value
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
Consolidated
$m $m $m $m $m $m $m $m $m $m
Financial assets
Investment securities 7,091 7,752 - - 7,078 7,712 - - 7,078 7,712
Net loans and advances
779,246 685,806 - - 17,693 19,619 761,657 664,120 779,350 683,739
Total
786,337 693,558 - - 24,771 27,331 761,657 664,120 786,428 691,451
Financial liabilities
Deposits and other borrowings 862,165 781,314 - - 862,368 781,106 - - 862,368 781,106
Debt issuances
154,572 114,678 32,244 30,786 123,667 83,867 - - 155,911 114,653
Total
1,016,737 895,992 32,244 30,786 986,035 864,973 - - 1,018,279 895,759
Categorised into fair value hierarchy
Quoted price in
active markets
Using observable
inputs
Using unobservable
inputs
At amortised cost (Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) Total fair value
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
The Company
$m $m $m $m $m $m $m $m $m $m
Financial assets
Investment securities 5,356 5,936 - - 5,355 5,896 - - 5,355 5,896
Net loans and advances
564,559 541,777 - - 17,335 19,224 547,021 521,474 564,356 540,698
Total
569,915 547,713 - - 22,690 25,120 547,021 521,474 569,711 546,594
Financial liabilities
Deposits and other borrowings 662,910 643,868 - - 662,965 643,755 - - 662,965 643,755
Debt issuances
120,155 95,881 29,758 28,496 91,466 67,309 - - 121,224 95,805
Total
783,065 739,749 29,758 28,496 754,431 711,064 - - 784,189 739,560
164 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
18. Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)
Financial assets and financial liabilities not measured at fair value (continued)
The following table sets out the Group’s basis of estimating the fair values of financial assets and liabilities carried at amortised cost where the carrying
value is not typically a reasonable approximation of fair value
.
Financial asset and liability Fair value approach
Investment securities - debt securities
at amortised cost
Calculated based on quoted market prices or observable inputs as applicable. If quoted market prices are
not available, we use a discounted cash flow model using a yield curve appropriate for the remaining term
to maturity of the debt instrument. The fair value reflects adjustments to credit spreads applicable for that
instrument.
Net loans and advances to banks Discounted cash flows using prevailing market rates for loans with similar credit quality.
Net loans and advances to customers Present value of future cash flows, discounted using a curve that incorporates changes in wholesale
market rates, the Group’s cost of wholesale funding and the customer margin, as appropriate.
Deposit liability without a specified
maturity or at call
The amount payable on demand at the reporting date. We do not adjust the fair value for any value we
expect the Group to derive from retaining the deposit for a future period.
Interest bearing fixed maturity deposits
and other borrowings and acceptances
with quoted market rates
Market borrowing rates of interest for debt with a similar maturity are used to discount contractual cash
flows to derive the fair value.
Debt issuances Calculated based on quoted market prices or observable inputs as applicable. If quoted market prices are
not available, we use a discounted cash flow model using a yield curve appropriate for the remaining term
to maturity of the debt instrument. The fair value reflects adjustments to credit spreads applicable to the
Group for that instrument.
Key judgements and estimates
A significant portion of financial instruments are carried on the Balance Sheet at fair value. The Group therefore regularly evaluates the key
valuation assumptions used in the determination of the fair valuation of financial instruments incorporated within the financial statements, as
this can involve a high degree of judgement and estimation in determining the carrying values at the balance date.
In determining the fair valuation of financial instruments, the Group has considered the impact of related economic and market conditions on
fair value measurement assumptions and the appropriateness of valuation inputs in these estimates, notably valuation adjustments, as well as
the impact of these matters on the classification of financial instruments in the fair value hierarchy.
Most of the valuation models the Group uses employ only observable market data as inputs. For certain financial instruments, we may use
data that is not readily observable in current markets. If we use unobservable market data, then we need to exercise more judgement to
determine fair value depending on the significance of the unobservable input to the overall valuation. Generally, we derive unobservable inputs
from other relevant market data and compare them to observed transaction prices where available. When establishing the fair value of a
financial instrument using a valuation technique, the Group also considers any required valuation adjustments in determining the fair value. We
may apply adjustments (such as credit valuation adjustments and funding valuation adjustments – refer to Note 10 Derivative financial
instruments) to reflect the Group’s assessment of factors that market participants would consider in determining fair value of a particular
financial instrument.
165
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
19. Assets charged as security for liabilities and collateral accepted as security for assets
The following disclosure excludes the amounts presented as collateral paid and received in the Balance Sheet that relate to derivative liabilities and
derivative assets respectively. The terms and conditions of those collateral agreements are included in the standard Credit Support Annex that forms part
of the International Swaps and Derivatives Association Master Agreement under which most of our derivatives are executed.
Assets charged as security for liabilities
Assets charged as security for liabilities include the following types of instruments:
securities provided as collateral for repurchase transactions. These transactions are governed by standard industry agreements;
specified residential mortgages provided as security for notes and bonds issued to investors as part of the Group’s covered bond programs;
collateral provided to central banks; and
collateral provided to clearing houses.
The carrying amount of assets pledged as security are as follows:
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m
Securities sold under arrangements to repurchase
1
45,709 47,552 41,384 42,002
Residential mortgages provided as security for covered bonds 34,235 31,188 21,027 21,017
Other
6,339 6,152 6,203 6,077
1.
The amounts disclosed as securities sold under arrangements to repurchase include both:
assets pledged as security which continue to be recognised on the Group's Balance Sheet; and
assets repledged, which are included in the disclosure below.
Collateral accepted as security for assets
The Group has received collateral associated with various financial transactions. Under certain arrangements the Group has the right to sell, or to repledge,
the collateral received. These arrangements are governed by standard industry agreements.
The fair value of collateral we have received and that which we have sold or repledged is as follows:
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m
Fair value of assets which can be sold or repledged
68,145 52,184 65,329 51,519
Fair value of assets sold or repledged 39,699 33,493 39,058 33,218
166 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
20. Offsetting
We offset financial assets and financial liabilities on the Balance Sheet (in accordance with AASB 132 Financial Instruments: Presentation) when there is:
a current legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts in all circumstances; and
an intention to settle the asset and liability on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
The following table identifies financial assets and financial liabilities which have not been offset but are subject to enforceable master netting agreements
(or similar arrangements) and the related amounts not offset in the Balance Sheet. We have not taken into account the effect of over-collateralisation.
Amount subject to master netting agreement or similar
Total amounts
recognised
in the
Balance Sheet
Amounts not
subject to
master netting
agreement or
similar
Total
Financial
instruments
4
Financial
collateral
(received)/
pledged
4
Net amount
Consolidated
$m
$m $m $m $m $m
As at 30 September 2024
Derivative financial assets
1
54,370 (3,534) 50,836 (38,192) (7,702) 4,942
Reverse repurchase, securities borrowing and
similar agreements
2
- at amortised cost 6,870 (1,258) 5,612 - (5,606) 6
- at fair value through profit or loss 57,032 (12,183) 44,849 (1,957) (42,830) 62
Total financial assets 118,272 (16,975) 101,297 (40,149) (56,138) 5,010
Derivative financial liabilities
1
(55,254) 2,881 (52,373) 38,192 6,244 (7,937)
Repurchase, securities lending and similar
agreements
3
- at amortised cost (4,675) 2,168 (2,507) - 2,507 -
- at fair value through profit or loss (39,640) 14,185 (25,455) 1,957 23,484 (14)
Total financial liabilities (99,569) 19,234 (80,335) 40,149 32,235 (7,951)
As at 30 September 2023
Derivative financial assets
1
60,406 (3,290) 57,116 (38,070) (13,049) 5,997
Reverse repurchase, securities borrowing and
similar agreements
2
- at amortised cost 4,145
(124) 4,021 - (4,021) -
- at fair value through profit or loss 44,088 (10,505) 33,583 (2,401) (31,182) -
Total financial assets 108,639 (13,919) 94,720 (40,471) (48,252) 5,997
Derivative financial liabilities
1
(57,482) 5,096 (52,386) 38,070 6,547 (7,769)
Repurchase, securities lending and similar
agreements
3
- at amortised cost (12,744)
1,117 (11,627) - 11,627 -
- at fair value through profit or loss (31,710) 13,304 (18,406) 2,401 16,005 -
Total financial liabilities (101,936) 19,517 (82,419) 40,471 34,179 (7,769)
1.
Derivative assets and liabilities recognised in the Balance Sheet reflect the impact of certain central clearing collateral arrangements, whereby collateral that qualifies as legal settlement has reduced the
carrying value of those associated derivative balances.
2.
Reverse repurchase agreements:
with less than 90 days to maturity are presented in the Balance Sheet within Cash and cash equivalents; or
with 90 days or more to maturity are presented in the Balance Sheet within Net loans and advances.
3.
Repurchase agreements are presented on the Balance Sheet within Deposits and other borrowings.
4.
The amount of financial instruments and financial collateral disclosed is limited to the net balance sheet exposure of the relevant financial assets or liabilities, and any over-collateralisation is excluded
from the tables.
167
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
20. Offsetting (continued)
Amount subject to master netting agreement or similar
Total amounts
recognised
in the
Balance Sheet
Amounts not
subject to
master netting
agreement or
similar
Total
Financial
instruments
4
Financial
collateral
(received)/
pledged
4
Net amount
The Company
$m
$m $m $m $m $m
As at 30 September 2024
Derivative financial assets
1
57,627 (2,527) 55,100 (43,360) (7,258) 4,482
Reverse repurchase, securities borrowing and
similar agreements
2
- at amortised cost 4,911 (600) 4,311 - (4,307) 4
- at fair value through profit or loss 56,173 (11,596) 44,577 (1,685) (42,830) 62
Total financial assets 118,711 (14,723) 103,988 (45,045) (54,395) 4,548
Derivative financial liabilities
1
(57,467) 1,594 (55,873) 43,360 5,577 (6,936)
Repurchase, securities lending and similar
agreements
3
- at amortised cost (2,103) 2,103 - - - -
- at fair value through profit or loss (38,903) 14,099 (24,804) 1,685 23,106 (13)
Total financial liabilities (98,473) 17,796 (80,677) 45,045 28,683 (6,949)
As at 30 September 2023
Derivative financial assets
1
59,989 (1,096) 58,893 (41,574) (11,716) 5,603
Reverse repurchase, securities borrowing and
similar agreements
2
- at amortised cost 4,021
- 4,021 - (4,021) -
- at fair value through profit or loss 43,553 (10,143) 33,410 (2,248) (31,162) -
Total financial assets 107,563 (11,239) 96,324 (43,822) (46,899) 5,603
Derivative financial liabilities
1
(57,511) 2,760 (54,751) 41,574 6,356 (6,821)
Repurchase, securities lending and similar
agreements
3
- at amortised cost (8,955)
865 (8,090) - 8,090 -
- at fair value through profit or loss (31,125) 12,872 (18,253) 2,248 16,005 -
Total financial liabilities (97,591) 16,497 (81,094) 43,822 30,451 (6,821)
1.
Derivative assets and liabilities recognised in the Balance Sheet reflect the impact of certain central clearing collateral arrangements, whereby collateral that qualifies as legal settlement has reduced the
carrying value of those associated derivative balances.
2.
Reverse repurchase agreements:
with less than 90 days to maturity are presented in the Balance Sheet within Cash and cash equivalents; or
with 90 days or more to maturity are presented in the Balance Sheet within Net loans and advances.
3.
Repurchase agreements are presented on the Balance Sheet within Deposits and other borrowings.
4.
The amount of financial instruments and financial collateral disclosed is limited to the net balance sheet exposure of the relevant financial assets or liabilities, and any over-collateralisation is excluded from
the tables
168 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
21. Goodwill and other intangible assets
Goodwill
1
Software Other Intangibles Total
Consolidated
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m $m $m $m $m
Balance at start of year
2,978 2,906 913 896 70 75 3,961 3,877
Additions
2
1,402 - 430 332 - - 1,832 332
Amortisation expense
3
- - (319) (316) - (2) (319) (318)
Impairment expense
- - (9) - (7) - (16) -
Written-off on disposal/exit
4
- (78) - - - (7) - (85)
Foreign currency exchange difference
(37) 150 - 1 - 4 (37) 155
Balance at end of year
4,343 2,978 1,015 913 63 70 5,421 3,961
Cost
5
4,343 2,978 7,975 8,127 69 78 12,387 11,183
Accumulated amortisation n/a n/a (6,960) (7,214) (6) (8) (6,966) (7,222)
Carrying amount
4,343 2,978 1,015 913 63 70 5,421 3,961
Goodwill
1
Software Other Intangibles Total
The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m $m $m $m $m
Balance at start of year
62 62 873 872 - 1 935 935
Additions - - 343 310 - - 343 310
Amortisation expense
- - (274) (310) - (1) (274) (311)
Impairment expense
- - (9) - - - (9) -
Foreign currency exchange difference
- - - 1 - - - 1
Balance at end of year
62 62 933 873 - - 995 935
Cost
5
62 62 7,630 7,800 6 7 7,698 7,869
Accumulated amortisation n/a n/a (6,697) (6,927) (6) (7) (6,703) (6,934)
Carrying amount
62 62 933 873 - - 995 935
1.
Goodwill excludes notional goodwill in equity accounted investments.
2.
2024 includes $1,402 million of provisional goodwill and $103 million of provisional intangibles on acquisition of Suncorp Bank.
3.
2024 includes $36 million of accelerated amortisation expense from Suncorp Bank on alignment to the Group’s software capitalisation policy.
4.
2023 includes goodwill written-off on disposal of Cashrewards to ANZ NBH Pty Ltd.
5.
Includes impact of foreign currency translation differences.
Impairment testing for cash generating units containing goodwill
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is tested for impairment annually and whenever there are indicators of potential impairment. Goodwill is
allocated at the date of acquisition to the cash generating unit (CGU) or group of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the related
business combination.
Goodwill is considered to be impaired if the carrying amount of the relevant CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. We estimate the recoverable amount of
each CGU to which goodwill is allocated using a fair value less costs of disposal (FVLCOD) approach, with a value-in-use (VIU) assessment performed
where the FVLCOD is less than the carrying amount.
Goodwill is allocated to the following CGUs based on the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored
.
Cash generating units:
2024
$m
2023
$m
Australia Retail
100 100
Institutional
1,245 1,261
New Zealand
1,596 1,617
Suncorp Bank
1,402 -
169
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
21. Goodwill and other intangible assets (continued)
We estimate the FVLCOD of each CGU to which goodwill is allocated by applying observable price earnings multiples of comparable companies to the
estimated future maintainable earnings of each CGU. A deduction is then made for estimated costs of disposal. The valuation is considered to be level 3
in the fair value hierarchy due to unobservable inputs used in the valuation.
Management’s approach and the key assumptions used in determining FVLCOD are as follows:
Key assumption Approach to determining the value (or values) for each key assumption
Future maintainable earnings Future maintainable earnings for each CGU is estimated as the sum of:
The Group’s 2025 financial plan for each CGU; and
An allocation of the central costs recorded outside of the CGUs to which goodwill is allocated.
Where relevant, adjustments are made to the Group’s financial plan to reflect the long-term expectations for
items such as expected credit losses.
Price/Earnings (P/E) multiple P/E multiples applicable to each CGU have been derived from a comparator group of publicly traded
companies, and include a 30% control premium, discussed below.
In the case of the New Zealand and Institutional CGUs, management has made downwards adjustments to
P/E multiples to address specific factors relevant to those CGUs.
A control premium has been applied which recognises the increased consideration a potential acquirer
would be willing to pay in order to gain sufficient ownership to achieve control over the relevant activities of
the CGU. For each CGU, the control premium has been estimated as 30% of the comparator group P/E
multiple based on historical transactions.
Costs of disposal Costs of disposal have been estimated as 2% of the fair value of the CGU based on those observed from
historical and recent transactions.
Our impairment testing did not result in the impairment of goodwill as at 30 September 2024.
The FVLCOD estimates for each CGU are sensitive to assumptions about P/E multiples, future maintainable earnings and control premium (30%).
However, each CGU would continue to show a surplus in recoverable amount over carrying amount even where other reasonably possible alternative
estimates were used.
170 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
21. Goodwill and other intangible assets (continued)
Recognition and measurement
The table below details how we recognise and measure different intangible assets:
Goodwill Software Other Intangibles
Definition
Excess amount the Group has
paid in acquiring a business
over the fair value of the
identifiable assets and liabilities
acquired.
Purchased software owned by the Group is
capitalised.
Internal and external costs incurred in
building software and computer systems
costing greater than $20 million are
capitalised as assets. Those less than $20
million are expensed in the year in which the
costs are incurred.
Costs incurred in planning or evaluating
software proposals or in maintaining
systems after implementation are
not capitalised.
Management fee rights arising
from acquisition of funds
management business and other
intangible assets arising from
contractual rights.
Carrying value
Cost less any accumulated
impairment losses.
Allocated to the cash
generating unit to which the
acquisition relates.
Initially, measured at cost or if acquired in a
business combination at the acquisition date
fair value.
Subsequently, carried at cost less
accumulated amortisation and impairment
losses.
Initially, measured at fair value at
acquisition.
Subsequently, carried at cost less
accumulated amortisation and
impairment losses.
Useful life
Indefinite.
Goodwill is reviewed for
impairment at least annually or
when there is an indication of
impairment.
Except for major core infrastructure,
amortised over periods between
2-5 years; however major core infrastructure
may be amortised over 7 years subject to
approval by the Audit Committee.
Purchased software is amortised over 2
years unless it is considered integral to other
assets with a longer useful life.
Management fee rights with an
indefinite life are reviewed for
impairment at least annually or
when there is an indication of
impairment. Other intangible
assets are amortised over 3 years.
Depreciation
method
Not applicable. Straight-line method. Not applicable to indefinite life
intangible assets. Straight-line
method for assets with a finite life.
171
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
21. Goodwill and other intangible assets (continued)
Key judgements and estimates
Management judgement is used to assess the recoverable value of goodwill and other intangible assets, and the useful economic life of an
asset, or whether an asset has an indefinite life. We reassess the recoverability of the carrying value at each reporting date.
Goodwill
A number of key judgements are required in the determination of whether or not a goodwill balance is impaired including:
the level at which goodwill is allocated – consistent with prior periods the CGUs to which goodwill is allocated are the Group’s revenue
generating segments that benefit from relevant historical business combinations generating goodwill.
determination of the carrying amount of each CGU which includes an allocation, on a reasonable and consistent basis, of corporate assets
and liabilities that are not directly attributable to the CGUs to which goodwill is allocated.
assessment of the recoverable amount of each CGU including:
R selection of the model used to determine the fair value – the Group has used the market multiple approach to estimate the fair
value; and
R selection of the key assumptions in respect of future maintainable earnings, the P/E multiple applied, including selection of an
appropriate comparator group and determination of an appropriate control premium, and costs of disposal as described above.
Software and other intangible assets
At each reporting date, software and other intangible assets are assessed for indicators of impairment and, where such indicators are
identified, an impairment assessment is performed. In the event that an asset’s carrying amount is determined to be greater than its
recoverable amount, the carrying amount of the asset is written down immediately. Those assets not yet ready for use are tested for
impairment annually.
In addition, the expected useful lives of intangible assets are assessed at each reporting date. The assessment requires management
judgement, and in relation to our software assets, a number of factors can influence the expected useful lives. These factors include changes
to business strategy, significant divestments and the pace of technological change.
172 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
22. Other provisions
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m
ECL allowance on undrawn and contingent facilities
1
846 827 693 697
Customer remediation 394 459 333 425
Restructuring costs
80 98 70 83
Non-lending losses, frauds and forgeries
90 73 77 62
Other
174 257 146 232
Total other provisions
1,584 1,714 1,319 1,499
1.
Refer to note 13 Allowance for expected credit losses for movement analysis.
Customer
remediation
Restructuring
costs
Non-lending
losses, frauds
and forgeries
Other
Consolidated
$m
$m $m $m
Balance at 1 October 2023
459 98 73 257
New and increased provisions made during the year 158 160 22 36
Provisions used during the year
(178) (142) (5) (50)
Unused amounts reversed during the year
(45) (36) - (69)
Balance at 30 September 2024
394 80 90 174
Customer
remediation
Restructuring
costs
Non-lending
losses, frauds
and forgeries
Other
The Company
$m
$m $m $m
Balance at 1 October 2023
425 83 62 232
New and increased provisions made during the year 108 145 29 32
Provisions used during the year
(163) (124) (14) (49)
Unused amounts reversed during the year
(37) (34) - (69)
Balance at 30 September 2024 333 70 77 146
173
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
22. Other provisions (continued)
Customer remediation
Customer remediation includes provisions for expected refunds to customers, remediation project costs and related customer and regulatory claims,
penalties and litigation costs and outcomes.
Restructuring costs
Provisions for restructuring costs arise from activities related to changes in the scope of business undertaken by the Group or the manner in which that
business is undertaken and include employee termination benefits. Costs relating to on-going activities are not provided for and are expensed as incurred.
Non-lending losses, frauds and forgeries
Non-lending losses include losses arising from certain legal actions not directly related to amounts of principal outstanding for loans and advances and
losses arising from forgeries, frauds and the correction of operational issues. The amounts recognised are the best estimate of the consideration required
to settle the present obligation at the reporting date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties that surround the events and circumstances that
affect the provision.
Other
Other provisions comprise various other provisions including workers compensation, make-good provisions associated with leased premises, warranties
and indemnities provided in connection with various disposals of businesses and assets, and contingent liabilities recognised as part of a business
combination.
Recognition and measurement
The Group recognises provisions when there is a present obligation arising from a past event, an outflow of economic resources is probable,
and the amount of the provision can be measured reliably.
The amount recognised is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the reporting date, taking into
account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the timing and amount of the obligation. Where a provision is measured using the estimated
cash flows required to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows
.
Key judgements and estimates
The Group holds provisions for various obligations including customer remediation, restructuring costs, non-lending losses, frauds and forgeries
and litigation related claims. These provisions involve judgements regarding the timing and outcome of future events, including estimates of
expenditure required to satisfy such obligations. Where relevant, expert legal advice has been obtained and, in light of such advice, provisions
and/or disclosures as deemed appropriate have been made.
In relation to customer remediation, determining the amount of the provisions, which represent management’s best estimate of the cost of
settling the identified matters, requires the exercise of significant judgement. It will often be necessary to form a view on a number of different
assumptions, including the number of impacted customers, the average refund per customer, the associated remediation project costs, and
the implications of regulatory exposures and customer claims having regard to their specific facts and circumstances. There is a heightened
level of estimation uncertainty where the customer remediation provision relates to a legal proceeding or matter. The appropriateness of the
underlying assumptions is reviewed on a regular basis against actual experience and other relevant evidence including expert legal advice, and
adjustments are made to the provisions where appropriate.
174 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
23. Shareholders’ equity
Shareholders' equity
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m
Ordinary share capital
27,065 29,082 26,988 29,005
Reserves
Foreign currency translation reserve
1
(360) 570 (341) 58
Share option reserve
105 82 105 82
FVOCI reserve
(979) (554) (937) (538)
Cash flow hedge reserve
(422) (1,872) (503) (1,824)
Transactions with non-controlling interests reserve
(22) (22) - -
Total reserves
(1,678) (1,796) (1,676) (2,222)
Retained earnings 42,602 41,277 39,184 34,195
Share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the Company
67,989 68,563 64,496 60,978
Non-controlling interests
2
771 522 - -
Total shareholders’ equity
68,760 69,085 64,496 60,978
1.
As a result of the closure of a number of international entities, the associated foreign currency translation reserve was recycled from Other comprehensive income to profit or loss, resulting in a $22 million
gain recognised in Other operating income in 2024 (2023: $43 million gain).
2.
ANZ Bank New Zealand issued $256 million of perpetual preference shares in 2024 that are considered non-controlling interests to the Group.
Ordinary share capital
The table below details the movement in ordinary shares and share capital for the year
.
2024 2023
Consolidated
Number of
shares $m
Number of
shares
$m
Balance at start of the year 3,003,366,782 29,082 2,989,923,751 28,797
Dividend reinvestment plan issuances - - 8,406,978 206
Bonus option plan
- - 1,657,422 -
Employee share and option plans
- (17) 3,378,631 79
Capital return
- (2,000) - -
Balance at end of year
3,003,366,782 27,065 3,003,366,782 29,082
2024 2023
The Company
Number of
shares $m
Number of
shares
$m
Balance at start of the year 3,003,366,782 29,005 2,989,923,751 28,720
Dividend reinvestment plan issuances - - 8,406,978 206
Bonus option plan
- - 1,657,422 -
Employee share and option plans
- (17) 3,378,631 79
Capital return
- (2,000) - -
Balance at end of year
3,003,366,782 26,988 3,003,366,782 29,005
175
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
23. Shareholders’ equity (continued)
Non-controlling interests
Profit attributable to
non-controlling interests
Equity attributable to
non-controlling interests
Dividend paid to
non-controlling interests
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
Consolidated
$m $m $m $m $m $m
ANZ Bank New Zealand PPS
1
32 26 758 512 32 26
Other 3 2 13 10 - 1
Total
35 28 771 522 32 27
1.
On 19 March 2024, ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited issued $256 million (NZD275 million) of PPS.
ANZ Bank New Zealand Preference Shares
Perpetual Preference Shares (PPS) externally issued by ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited (ANZ Bank New Zealand), a member of the Group, are considered
non-controlling interests of the Group.
The key terms of the PPS are as follows:
PPS dividends
Holders of PPS are entitled to receive dividends that are discretionary, non-cumulative and subject to conditions. If a PPS dividend is not paid, there are
certain restrictions on the ability of ANZ Bank New Zealand to pay a dividend on its ordinary shares. Holders of the PPS have no other rights participate in
the profits or property of ANZ Bank New Zealand.
Redemption features
Holders of PPS have no right to require that the PPS be redeemed. ANZ Bank New Zealand may, at its option, redeem all of the PPS on an optional
redemption date (being each scheduled quarterly dividend payment date from the first optional redemption date), or at any time following the occurrence
of a tax event or regulatory event, subject to prior written approval of RBNZ and certain other conditions being met.
176 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
23. Shareholders’ equity (continued)
Recognition and measurement
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares have no par value. They entitle holders to receive dividends, or proceeds available
on winding up of the Company, in proportion to the number of fully paid ordinary shares held. They
are recognised at the amount paid per ordinary share net of directly attributable costs. Every holder
of fully paid ordinary shares present at a meeting of the Company in person, or by proxy, is entitled
to:
on a show of hands, one vote; and
on a poll, one vote, for each share held.
Treasury shares
Treasury shares are shares in the Company which:
the ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan purchases on market and have not yet distributed, or
the Company issues to the ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan and have not yet been
distributed.
Treasury shares are deducted from share capital and excluded from the weighted average number
of ordinary shares used in the earnings per share calculations.
Reserves:
Foreign currency translation reserve
Includes differences arising on translation of assets and liabilities into Australian dollars when the
functional currency of a foreign operation (including subsidiaries and branches) is not Australian
dollars. In this reserve, we reflect any offsetting gains or losses on hedging these exposures,
together with any tax effect.
Cash flow hedge reserve Includes fair value gains and losses associated with the effective portion of designated cash flow
hedging instruments together with any tax effect.
FVOCI reserve Includes changes in the fair value of certain debt securities and equity securities included within
Investment Securities together with any tax effect.
In respect of debt securities classified as measured at FVOCI, the FVOCI reserve records
accumulated changes in fair value arising subsequent to initial recognition, except for those relating
to allowance for ECL, interest income and foreign currency exchange gains and losses which are
recognised in profit or loss. As debt securities at FVOCI are recorded at fair value, the balance of
the FVOCI reserve is net of the ECL allowance associated with such assets. When a debt security
measured at FVOCI is derecognised, the cumulative gain or loss recognised in the FVOCI reserve in
respect of that security is reclassified to profit or loss and presented in other operating income.
In respect of the equity securities classified as measured at FVOCI, the FVOCI reserve records
accumulated changes in fair value arising subsequent to initial recognition (including any related
foreign exchange gains or losses). When an equity security measured at FVOCI is derecognised,
the cumulative gain or loss recognised in the FVOCI reserve in respect of that security is not
recycled to profit or loss.
Share option reserve Includes amounts which arise on the recognition of share-based compensation expense.
Transactions with non-controlling
interests reserve
Includes the impact of transactions with non-controlling shareholders in their capacity as
shareholders.
Non-controlling interests
Share in the net assets of controlled entities attributable to equity interests which the Group does
not own directly or indirectly.
177
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
24. Capital management
Capital management framework
The Group’s capital management framework includes managing capital at Level 1 and Level 2.
The Group’s framework includes managing to Board approved risk appetite settings and maintaining all regulatory requirements. APRA requirements at
Level 1 and Level 2 include the Group operating at or above APRAs expectation for Domestic Systematically Important Banks (D-SIBs) following the
implementation of APRA’s Capital Reform.
All requirements were satisfied as at 30 September 2024.
Capital management strategy
The Group’s capital management strategy aims to protect the interests of depositors, creditors and shareholders. We achieve this through an Internal
Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) whereby the Group conducts detailed strategic and capital planning over a 3-year time horizon.
The process involves:
forecasting economic variables, financial performance of divisions and the financial impact of new strategic initiatives to be implemented during the
planning period;
performing stress tests under different economic scenarios to determine the level of additional capital (stress capital buffer) needed to absorb losses
that may be experienced under an economic downturn;
reviewing capital position and targets against the Group’s risk profile; and
developing a capital plan, taking into account capital ratio targets, ECM requirements, current and future capital issuances requirements and options
around capital products, timing and markets to execute the capital plan under differing market and economic conditions.
The capital plan is approved by the Board and updated as required. The Board and senior management are provided with regular updates of the Group’s
capital position. Any material actions required to ensure ongoing prudent capital management are submitted to the Board for approval. Throughout the
year, the Group maintained compliance with all the regulatory requirements related to Capital Adequacy in the jurisdictions in which it operates.
178 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
24. Capital management (continued
Regulatory environment
Australia
As the ANZ Bank Group is an Authorised Deposit-taking Institution (ADI) in Australia, it is primarily regulated by APRA under the Banking Act 1959 (Cth).
ANZ Bank Group must comply with the minimum regulatory capital requirements, prudential capital ratios and specific reporting levels that APRA sets and
which are consistent with the global Basel III capital framework. This is the common framework for determining the appropriate level of bank regulatory
capital as set by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. APRA minimum requirements are summarised below:
Regulatory capital definition
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Capital Tier 1 Capital Tier 2 Capital Total Capital
Shareholders’ equity adjusted for
specific items.
CET1 capital plus certain securities
with complying loss absorbing
characteristics known as Additional
Tier 1 capital.
Subordinated debt instruments which
have a minimum term of 5 years at
issue date.
Tier 1 plus Tier 2 capital.
Minimum Prudential Capital Ratios (PCRs)
CET1 Ratio Tier 1 Ratio Total Capital Ratio
CET1 capital divided by total risk
weighted assets must be at least 4.5%.
Tier 1 capital divided by total risk
weighted assets must be at least
6.0%.
Total capital divided by total risk
weighted assets must be at least
8.0%. For D-SIBs, Total Capital Ratio
must be of at least 11% from 1st Jan
2024. Refer below for details.
Reporting Levels
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
The ADI on a stand-alone basis (that is
ANZBGL and specified subsidiaries
which are consolidated to form the
ADI’s Extended Licensed Entity).
The consolidated Group less
certain subsidiaries and associates
that are excluded under prudential
standards.
A conglomerate ANZGHL Group at the widest level.
As at 30 September 2024, APRA also requires the ADI to hold additional CET1 buffers as follows:
a capital conservation buffer (CCB) of 4.75% which is inclusive of the additional 1% surcharge for domestically systemically important banks (D-SIBs).
APRA has determined that ANZ is a D-SIB.
a countercyclical capital buffer which is set on a jurisdictional basis. The requirement is currently set at 1% for Australia.
Additionally in December 2021, APRA announced that it requires all D-SIBs including the Group to increase its minimum total capital ratio requirement by
3% of RWA by January 2024, and a further 1.5% of RWA by January 2026 (total increase of 4.5%). APRA expects this to be predominantly met by Tier 2
capital, with an equivalent decrease in other senior funding. The Group is on track to meet these requirements as at reporting date.
In September 2024, APRA also released a discussion paper “A more effective capital framework for a crisis”, which outlines potential amendments to
APRA’s prudential framework to ensure that the capital strength of the Australian banking system operates more effectively in stress. The changes are
proposed to come into effect from January 2027 with the main change being replacing the current requirement for 1.5% of Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1)
with 0.25% of CET1 capital and 1.25% of Tier 2 capital.
Insurance and funds management
As required by APRA’s Prudential Standards, insurance and funds management activities are:
de-consolidated for the purposes of calculating capital adequacy; and
excluded from the risk-based capital adequacy framework.
We deduct the investment in these controlled entities 100% from CET1 capital, and if we include any profits from these activities in the ANZ Bank Group’s
results, then we exclude them from the determination of CET1 capital to the extent they have not been remitted.
Outside Australia
In addition to APRA, the Group’s branch operations and major banking subsidiary operations are also overseen by local regulators such as the Reserve
Bank of New Zealand, the US Federal Reserve, the UK Prudential Regulation Authority, the Monetary Authority of Singapore, the Hong Kong Monetary
Authority and the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission. They may impose minimum capital levels on operations in their individual
jurisdictions.
179
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
24. Capital management
(continued)
ANZ Bank Group
1
The following table provides details of ANZ Bank Group’s capital adequacy ratios at 30 September:
Consolidated
2024 2023
$m $m
Qualifying capital
Tier 1
Shareholders' equity and non-controlling interests
68,760 69,085
Prudential adjustments to shareholders' equity
(721) (396)
Gross Common Equity Tier 1 capital
68,039 68,689
Deductions (13,570) (10,895)
Common Equity Tier 1 capital
54,469 57,794
Additional Tier 1 capital
2
8,207 8,232
Tier 1 capital
62,676 66,026
Tier 2 capital
3
29,189 24,959
Total qualifying capital
91,865 90,985
Capital adequacy ratios (Level 2)
Common Equity Tier 1 12.2% 13.3%
Tier 1
14.0% 15.2%
Tier 2
6.5% 5.8%
Total capital ratio
20.6% 21.0%
Risk weighted assets
446,582 433,327
1.
This information is not within the scope of the external audit of the Group Financial Report by the Group’s external auditor, KPMG. The information presented in this table is a regulatory requirement
disclosed in Part A of ARF 110 Capital Adequacy which will be subject to audit in accordance with Prudential Standard APS 310 Audit and Related Matters.
2.
This includes Additional Tier 1 capital of $8,207 million (2023: $8,232 million) (refer to Note 16 Debt issuances) including a regulatory adjustments and deductions of -$70 million (2023: nil)
3.
This includes Tier 2 capital of $28,584 million (2023: 23,707 million) (refer to Note 16 Debt issuances), a general reserve for impairment of financial assets of $1,711 million (2023: $1,776 million) and
regulatory adjustments and deductions of -$1,107 million (2023: -$524 million)
180 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
25. Controlled entities
The ultimate parent of the Group is ANZ Group Holdings Limited
Incorporated in
Australia
Nature of Business
Banking
The Group holds 100% of the voting interests in all controlled entities, unless noted otherwise.
The material controlled entities of the Group are:
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Ltd Australia Banking
SBGH Limited Australia Banking
ANZ Bank (Vietnam) Limited
1
Vietnam Banking
ANZ Funds Pty Ltd Australia Holding Company
ANZ Bank (Kiribati) Limited
1
(75% ownership) Kiribati Banking
ANZ Bank (Samoa) Limited
1
Samoa Banking
ANZ Bank (Vanuatu) Limited
2
Vanuatu Banking
ANZ Holdings (New Zealand) Limited
1
New Zealand Holding Company
ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited
1
New Zealand Banking
ANZ Investment Services (New Zealand) Limited
1
New Zealand Funds Management
ANZ New Zealand (Int’l) Limited
1
New Zealand Finance
ANZ New Zealand Investments Holdings Limited
1
New Zealand Holding Company
ANZ New Zealand Investments Limited
1
New Zealand Funds Management
ANZNZ Covered Bond Trust
1,3
New Zealand Finance
ANZ International Private Limited
1
Singapore HoldingCompany
ANZcover Insurance Private Ltd
1
Singapore Captive-Insurance
ANZ Lenders Mortgage Insurance Pty Ltd Australia Mortgage Insurance
ANZ Residential Covered Bond Trust
3
Australia Finance
Australia and New Zealand Bank (China) Company Limited
1
China Banking
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group (PNG) Limited
1
Papua New Guinea Banking
Citizens Bancorp Guam Holding Company
ANZ Guam Inc Guam Banking
Institutional Securitisation Services Limited Australia Securitisation Manager
PT Bank ANZ Indonesia
1
(99% ownership) Indonesia Banking
1.
Audited by overseas KPMG firms — either as part of the Group audit, or for standalone financial statements as required.
2.
Audited by Law Partners.
3.
Not owned by the Group. Control exists as the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards of the operations.
Changes to material controlled entities
On 31 July 2024, the Group acquired 100% of the shares in SBGH Limited, the immediate holding company of Suncorp Bank. Refer to Note 34 Suncorp
Bank acquisition for further details.
Citizens Bancorp and ANZ Guam Inc have ceased business as at 30 September 2024.
Significant restrictions
Controlled entities that are subject to prudential regulation may be required to maintain minimum capital or other regulatory requirements which may, from
time to time, limit the entity’s ability to transfer assets, pay dividends or make other capital distributions to the parent entity or to other entities in the Group.
The Group manages such restrictions within our risk management framework, as outlined in Note 17 Financial risk management and our capital
management strategy, as outlined in Note 24 Capital management.
As at 30 September 2024, restrictions on the ability of an entity within the Group to transfer assets, pay dividends or make other capital distributions to
other entities in the Group were not material to the liquidity or capital management of the Group.
181
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
25. Controlled entities (continued)
Recognition and measurement
The Group’s subsidiaries are those entities it controls through:
being exposed to, or having rights to, variable returns from the entity; and
being able to affect those returns through its power over the entity.
The Group assesses whether it has power over those entities by examining the Group’s existing rights to direct the relevant activities of the
entity.
If the Group sells or acquires subsidiaries during the year, it includes their operating results in the Group results to the date of disposal or from
the date of acquisition. When the Group’s control ceases, it derecognises the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary, any related non-controlling
interest and other components of equity.
If the Group’s ownership interest in a subsidiary changes in a way that does not result in a loss of control, then the Group accounts for that as
a transaction with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders.
All transactions between Group entities are eliminated on consolidation.
182 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
26. Investment in associates
Significant associates of the Group are:
Ordinary share
interest
Carrying amount $m
Name of entity Principal activity
2024 2023 2024 2023
AMMB Holdings Berhad (AmBank)
1
Banking and insurance 0% 22% - 881
PT Bank Pan Indonesia (PT Panin) Consumer and business bank 39% 39% 1,415 1,440
Total carrying value of associates
2
1,415 2,321
1.
The Group fully disposed its interest in AmBank in 2024.
2.
Includes the impact of foreign currency translation recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve.
Financial information on significant associates
Set out below is the summarised financial information of each associate that is significant to the Group. The summarised financial information is based on
the associates’ IFRS financial information and may require the use of unaudited financial information as each associate has a different financial year to the
Group (PT Panin 31 December, AmBank 31 March).
AMMB Holdings
Berhad
1
PT Bank Pan
Indonesia
Principal place of business and country of incorporation Malaysia Indonesia
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m
Summarised results
Operating income - 1,517 1,062 1,273
Profit/(Loss) for the year
- 545 218 372
Other comprehensive income/(loss) - 87 (41) 24
Total comprehensive income/(loss)
- 632 177 396
Less: Total comprehensive (income)/loss attributable to non–controlling
interests
- (8) (19) (69)
Total comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to owners of associate
- 624 158 327
Summarised financial position
Total assets
2
- 62,057 20,616 20,498
Total liabilities
2
- 58,015 16,078 16,928
Total net assets
2
- 4,042 4,538 3,570
Less: Non-controlling interests of associate - (301) (353) (348)
Net assets attributable to owners of associate
- 3,741 4,185 3,222
Reconciliation to carrying amount of Group's interest in associate
3
Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 881 790 1,440 1,318
Investment
- - - -
Group's share of total comprehensive income/(loss)
69 138 42 138
Dividends received from associate
(14) (42) - -
Foreign currency translation reserve adjustments
(21) (5) (67) (16)
Partial disposal of investment
(668) - - -
Loss on partial disposal of investment
(21) - - -
Foreign currency translation reserve reclassified to profit or loss
(5) - - -
Less: Carrying value reclassified as Investment securities
(221) - - -
Carrying amount at the end of the year - 881 1,415 1,440
Market value of Group's investment in associate
4
- 875 1,448 1,167
1.
On 6 March 2024, the Group partially disposed of its interest in AmBank, reducing its investment by $668 million and its ordinary share interest from 22% to 5%. Following the decrease in ownership, the
Group ceased equity accounting for AmBank and reclassified the investment as Investment securities at fair value through other comprehensive income. On 31 May 2024, the Group disposed of its
remaining 5% interest in AmBank.
2.
Includes market value adjustments (including goodwill) the Group made at the time of acquisition (and adjustments for any differences in accounting policies).
3.
For AmBank this includes movements up to cessation of equity accounting.
4.
Market value is based on a price per share at reporting date and does not include any adjustments for the size of our holding.
183
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
26. Investment in associates (continued)
Impairment assessment
The Group assesses the carrying value of its associates investments for impairment indicators. The impairment assessment of non-lending assets
identified that one of the Group’s associated investments PT Panin had indicators of impairment as a result of its carrying value exceeding its fair value less
costs of disposal (FVLCD) at times throughout the year. No impairment was recognised as its carrying value was supported by its FVLCD at 30 September
2024.
Recognition and measurement
An associate is an entity for which the Group has significant influence over its operating and financial policies but which it does not control. The
Group accounts for associates using the equity method. Its investments in associates are carried at cost plus the post-acquisition share of
changes in the associate’s net assets less accumulated impairments. Dividends the Group receives from associates are recognised as a
reduction in the carrying amount of the investment. The Group includes goodwill recognised by the associate in the carrying amount of the
investment. It does not individually test the goodwill incorporated in the associates carrying amount for impairment.
At least at each reporting date, the Group reviews investments in associates for any indication of impairment. If an indication of impairment
exists, then the Group determines the recoverable amount of the associate using the higher of:
the associate’s fair value less cost of disposal; and
its value-in-use (VIU).
We use a discounted cash flow methodology, and when applicable, other methodologies (such as capitalisation of earnings methodology), to
determine the recoverable amount when determining a VIU.
Key judgements and estimates
Investments in associates and joint ventures are assessed at each reporting date and tested for impairment when there is an indication that
the investment may be impaired. In addition, the Group is required to assess at each reporting date whether the recoverable amount of the
Group’s investment has increased to such a level as to support the reversal of any prior period impairments.
184 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
27. Structured entities
A Structured Entity (SE) is an entity that has been designed such that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in determining who controls the
entity. SEs are generally established with restrictions on their ongoing activities in order to achieve narrow and well defined objectives.
SEs are classified as subsidiaries and consolidated when control exists. If the Group does not control a SE, then it is not consolidated. This note provides
information on both consolidated and unconsolidated SEs.
The Group’s involvement with SEs is as follows:
Type Details
Securitisation The Group establishes SEs to securitise customer loans and advances that it has originated, in order to diversify
sources of funding for liquidity management. Securitisation programs include customer loans and advances
assigned to bankruptcy remote SEs to provide either security for obligations payable on notes issued by the SEs
to external investors or create assets held by the Group eligible for repurchase agreements with applicable central
banks.
The Group retains control over these SEs and therefore they are consolidated. Refer to Note 28 Transfers of
financial assets for further details.
The Group also establishes SEs on behalf of customers to securitise their loans or receivables. The Group may
manage these securitisation vehicles or provide liquidity or other support. Additionally, the Group may acquire
interests in securitisation vehicles set up by third parties through holding securities issued by such entities. In
limited circumstances where control exists, the Group consolidates the SE.
Covered bond issuances Certain loans and advances have been assigned to bankruptcy remote SEs to provide security for issuances of
debt securities by the Group. The Group retains control over these SEs and therefore they are consolidated. Refer
to Note 28 Transfers of financial assets for further details.
Structured finance arrangements The Group is involved with SEs established:
in connection with structured lending transactions to facilitate debt syndication and/or to ring-fence collateral;
and
to own assets that are leased to customers in structured leasing transactions.
The Group may manage the SE, hold minor amounts of the SE’s capital, or provide risk management products
(derivatives) to the SE. In most instances, the Group does not control these SEs. In limited circumstances where
control exists, the Group consolidates the SE.
Funds management activities The Group is the scheme manager for a number of Managed Investment Schemes (MIS) in New Zealand. These
MIS are financed through the issue of units to investors and the Group considers them to be SEs. The Group’s
interests in these MIS are limited to receiving fees for services or providing risk management products
(derivatives). These interests do not create significant exposures that would allow the Group to control the funds.
Therefore, these MIS are not consolidated.
Consolidated structured entities
Financial or other support provided to consolidated structured entities
The Group provides financial support to consolidated SEs as outlined below.
Securitisation and covered bond
issuances
The Group provides lending facilities, derivatives and commitments to these SEs and/or holds debt instruments
they have issued.
Structured finance arrangements The assets held by these SEs are normally pledged as collateral for financing provided. Certain consolidated SEs
are financed entirely by the Group while others are financed by syndicated loan facilities in which the Group is a
participant. The financing provided by the Group includes lending facilities where the Group’s exposure is limited to
the amount of the loan and any undrawn amount. Additionally, the Group has provided Letters of Support to these
consolidated SEs confirming that the Group will not demand repayment of the financing provided for the ensuing
12 month period.
The Group did not provide any non-contractual support to consolidated SEs during the year (2023: nil). Other than as disclosed above, the Group does
not have any current intention to provide financial or other support to consolidated SEs.
185
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
27. Structured entities (continued)
Unconsolidated structured entities
Group’s interest in unconsolidated structured entities
An ‘interest’ in an unconsolidated SE is any form of contractual or non-contractual involvement with a SE that exposes the Group to variability of returns
from the performance of that SE. These interests include, but are not limited to: holdings of debt or equity securities; derivatives that pass-on risks specific
to the performance of the SE, lending, loan commitments, financial guarantees, and fees from funds management activities.
For the purpose of disclosing interests in unconsolidated SEs:
no disclosure is made if the Group’s involvement is not more than a passive interest - for example: when the Group’s involvement constitutes a typical
customer-supplier relationship. On this basis, exposures to unconsolidated SEs that arise from lending, trading and investing activities are not
considered disclosable interests - unless the design of the structured entity allows the Group to participate in decisions about the relevant activities
(being those that significantly affect the entity’s returns).
‘interests’ do not include derivatives intended to expose the Group to market-risk (rather than performance risk specific to the SE) or derivatives
through which the Group creates, rather than absorbs, variability of the unconsolidated SE (such as purchase of credit protection under a credit default
swap).
The table below sets out the Group’s interests in unconsolidated SEs together with the maximum exposure to loss that could arise from
those interests:
Securitisation Structured finance Total
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m $m $m
On-balance sheet interests
Investment securities 1,819 2,070 - - 1,819 2,070
Gross loans and advances
11,447 10,367 23 24 11,470 10,391
Total on-balance sheet
13,266 12,437 23 24 13,289 12,461
Off-balance sheet interests
Commitments (facilities undrawn) 2,279 3,270 - - 2,279 3,270
Guarantees
50 50 - - 50 50
Total off-balance sheet
2,329 3,320 - - 2,329 3,320
Maximum exposure to loss 15,595 15,757 23 24 15,618 15,781
In addition to the interests above, the Group earned funds management fees from unconsolidated investment funds of $184 million
(2023: $177 million) during the year.
The Group’s maximum exposure to loss represents the maximum amount of loss that the Group could incur as a result of its involvement with
unconsolidated SEs if loss events were to take place - regardless of the probability of occurrence. This does not in any way represent the actual losses
expected to be incurred. Furthermore, the maximum exposure to loss is stated gross of the effects of hedging and collateral arrangements entered into to
mitigate the Group’s exposure to loss.
The maximum exposure to loss has been determined as:
x the carrying amount of Investment securities measured at amortised cost; and
x the carrying amount plus the undrawn amount of any committed loans and advances.
The size of unconsolidated SEs is indicated by total assets which vary by SE with the largest single SE having a value of approximately $4.7 billion.
The Group did not provide any non-contractual support to unconsolidated SEs during the year (2023: nil) nor does it have any current intention to provide
financial or other support to unconsolidated SEs.
186 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
27. Structured entities (continued)
Sponsored unconsolidated structured entities
The Group may also sponsor unconsolidated SEs in which it has no disclosable interest.
For the purposes of this disclosure, the Group considers itself the ‘sponsor’ of an unconsolidated SE if it is the primary party involved in the design and
establishment of that SE and:
the Group is the major user of that SE; or
the Group’s name appears in the name of that SE, or on its products; or
the Group provides implicit or explicit guarantees of that SE’s performance.
The Group has sponsored the ANZ PIE Fund in New Zealand, which invests only in deposits with ANZ Bank New Zealand. The Group does not provide any
implicit or explicit guarantees of the capital value or performance of investments in the ANZ PIE Fund. There was no income received from, nor assets
transferred to, this entity during the year.
Key judgements and estimates
Significant judgement is required in assessing whether the Group has control over Structured Entities. Judgement is required to determine the
existence of:
power over the relevant activities (being those that significantly affect the entity’s returns); and
exposure to variable returns of the entity.
187
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
28. Transfers of financial assets
In the normal course of business the Group enters into transactions where it transfers financial assets directly to third parties or to SEs. These transfers
may result in the Group fully, or partially, derecognising those financial assets - depending on the Group’s exposure to the risks and rewards or control
over the transferred assets. If the Group retains substantially all of the risk and rewards of a transferred asset, the transfer does not qualify for
derecognition and the asset remains on the Group’s Balance Sheet in its entirety.
Securitisations
Net loans and advances include residential mortgages securitised under the Group’s securitisation programs which are assigned to bankruptcy remote
SEs to provide security for obligations payable on the notes issued by the SEs. The holders of the issued notes have full recourse to the pool of residential
mortgages which have been securitised and the Group cannot otherwise pledge or dispose of the transferred assets.
In some instances, the Group is also the holder of the securitised notes issued by the SEs. In addition, the Group is entitled to any residual income of the
SEs and sometimes enters into derivatives with the SEs. The Group retains the risks and rewards of the residential mortgages and continues to recognise
the mortgages as financial assets.
The Group is exposed to variable returns from its involvement with these securitisation SEs and has the ability to affect those returns through its power
over the SEs activities. The SEs are therefore consolidated by the Group.
Covered bonds
The Group operates various global covered bond programs to raise funding in its primary markets. Net loans and advances include residential mortgages
assigned to bankruptcy remote SEs associated with these covered bond programs. In respect of each program, a covered bond guarantor has
guaranteed payments of interest and principal pursuant to a guarantee which is secured over its assets, including these residential mortgages.
Substantially all of the assets of each covered bond guarantor consist of that covered bond guarantor’s equitable interests in mortgage loans secured by
residential real estate.
The covered bond holders have dual recourse to the issuer and the cover pool of assets. The issuer cannot otherwise pledge or dispose of the
transferred assets, however, subject to legal arrangements it may repurchase and substitute assets as long as the required cover is maintained.
The Group is required to maintain the cover pool at a level sufficient to cover the bond obligations. In addition, the Group is entitled to any residual income
of the covered bond SEs (after all payments to the covered bond holders and external parties) and enters into derivatives with the SEs. The Group retains
the majority of the risks and rewards of the residential mortgages and continues to recognise the mortgages as financial assets.
The Group is exposed to variable returns from its involvement with the covered bond SEs and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over
the SEs activities. The SEs are therefore consolidated by the Group. The covered bonds issued externally are included within debt issuances.
Repurchase agreements
When the Group sells securities subject to repurchase agreements under which we retain substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership, then those
assets do not qualify for derecognition. An associated liability is recognised for the consideration received from the counterparty.
Structured finance arrangements
The Group arranges funding for certain customer transactions through structured leasing. These transactions are recognised on Group’s Balance Sheet
as lease receivables or loans. At times, other financial institutions participate in the funding of these arrangements. This participation involves a
proportionate transfer of the rights to the assets recognised by the Group. The participating banks have limited recourse to the leased assets and related
proceeds. Where the Group continues to be exposed to some of the risks of the transferred assets through a derivative or other continuing involvement,
the Group does not derecognise the lease receivable or loan. Instead, the Group recognises an associated liability representing its obligations to the
participating financial institutions.
The tables below set out the balance of assets transferred that do not qualify for derecognition, along with the associated liabilities.
Securitisations
1,2
Covered bonds
Repurchase
agreements
Structured finance
arrangements
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
Consolidated
$m $m $m $m $m $m $m $m
Current carrying amount of assets transferred
3,730 886 34,235 31,188 45,709 47,552 15 27
Carrying amount of associated liabilities 3,640 880 18,931 18,223 44,315 44,454 15 27
Securitisations
1,2
Covered bonds
Repurchase
agreements
Structured finance
arrangements
2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023 2024 2023
The Company
$m $m $m $m $m $m $m $m
Current carrying amount of assets transferred
714 886 21,027 21,017 41,384 42,002 - -
Carrying amount of associated liabilities 714 886 21,027 21,017 41,006 40,080 - -
1.
Does not include transfers to internal structured entities where there are no external investors.
2.
The securitisation noteholders have recourse only to the pool of residential mortgages which have been securitised. The carrying value of securitised assets and the associated liabilities approximates their
fair value.
188 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
29. Superannuation and post employment benefit obligations
Set out below is a summary of amounts recognised in the Balance Sheet in respect of the defined benefit superannuation schemes:
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m
Defined benefit obligation and scheme assets
Present value of funded defined benefit obligation (998) (959) (873) (839)
Fair value of scheme assets
1,150 1,131 1,003 991
Net defined benefit asset
152 172 130 152
As represented in the Balance Sheet
Net liabilities arising from defined benefit obligations included in Payables and
other liabilities
(4) (4) (4) (4)
Net assets arising from defined benefit obligations included in Other assets
156 176 134 156
Net defined benefit asset
152 172 130 152
Weighted average duration of the benefit payments reflected in the defined
benefit obligation (years)
11.3 11.4 10.9 10.9
As at the most recent reporting dates of the schemes, the aggregate surplus of net market value of assets over the value of accrued benefits on a
funding basis was $71 million (2023: $53 million surplus). In 2024, the Group made defined benefit contributions totaling $2 million (2023: $2 million). It
expects to make contributions of approximately $2 million next financial year.
Governance of the schemes and funding of the defined benefit sections
The main defined benefit superannuation schemes in which the Group participates operate under trust law and are managed and administered on behalf
of the members in accordance with the terms of the relevant trust deed and rules and all relevant legislation. These schemes have corporate trustees,
which are wholly owned subsidiaries of the Group. The trustees are the legal owners of the assets, which are held separately from the assets of the
Group, and are responsible for setting investment policy and agreeing funding requirements with the employer through the triennial actuarial valuation
process.
The Group has defined benefit arrangements in Australia, Japan, New Zealand, Philippines, Taiwan and United Kingdom. The defined benefit section of the
ANZ Australian Staff Superannuation Scheme, the ANZ UK Staff Pension Scheme and the ANZ National Retirement Scheme in New Zealand are the three
largest plans. They have been closed to new members since 1987, 2004 and 1991 respectively. None of the schemes had a material deficit, or surplus,
at the last funding valuation. The Group has no present liability under any of the schemes’ trust deeds to fund a deficit (measured on a funding basis). A
contingent liability of the Group may arise if any of the schemes were wound up.
On 24 June 2024, the trustees of the ANZ UK Staff Pension Scheme (Scheme) executed a AUD 455 million bulk annuity insurance policy. The insurance
policy was purchased using the existing assets of the Scheme. The transaction secured an insurance asset that fully matches pension liabilities of the
Scheme and is therefore measured at an amount that matches the insured scheme liabilities. The Group retains ultimate responsibility for the benefits
provided to the Scheme members. In accordance with AASB 119 Employee Benefits, the impact of this transaction was to record a remeasurement loss
of AUD 15 million in other comprehensive income.
Recognition and measurement
Defined benefit superannuation schemes
The Group operates a small number of defined benefit schemes. Independent actuaries calculate the liability and expenses related to
providing benefits to employees under each defined benefit scheme. They use the Projected Unit Credit Method to value the liabilities. The
balance sheet includes:
a defined benefit liability if the obligation is greater than the fair value of the schemes assets; and
an asset (capped to its recoverable amount) if the fair value of the assets is greater than the obligation.
In each reporting period, the movements in the net defined benefit liability are recognised as follows:
the net movement relating to the current period’s service cost, net interest on the defined benefit liability, past service costs and other costs
(such as the effects of any curtailments and settlements) as operating expenses;
remeasurements of the net defined benefit liability (which comprise actuarial gains and losses and return on scheme assets, excluding
interest income included in net interest) directly in retained earnings through other comprehensive income; and
contributions of the Group directly against the net defined benefit position.
Defined contribution superannuation schemes
The Group operates a number of defined contribution schemes. It also contributes (according to local law, in the various countries in which it
operates) to Government and other plans that have the characteristics of defined contribution plans. The Group’s contributions to these
schemes are recognised as personnel expenses when they are incurred
.
189
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
29. Superannuation and post employment benefit obligations (continued)
Key judgements and estimates
The main assumptions we use in valuing defined benefit obligations are listed in the table below. A change to any assumptions, or applying
different assumptions, could have an effect on the Statement of Other Comprehensive Income and Balance Sheet
.
Sensitivity analysis
change in significant
assumptions
Increase/(decrease) in
defined benefit obligation
2024
$m
2023
$m
Consolidated
2024 2023
Discount rate (% p.a.) 1.5-5.35
1.15-5.6 0.5% increase (45) (43)
Future salary increases (% p.a.) 2.0-3.7
2.0-3.5
Future pension indexation
In payment (% p.a.)/In deferment (% p.a.) 2.3-3.3/2.8
2.9-3.4/2.8 0.5% increase 36 34
Life expectancy at age 60 for current pensioners1 year increase
34 33
– Males (years) 26.3-28.4
26.3-28.3
– Females (years) 29.3-30.3
29.2-30.2
Sensitivity analysis
change in significant
assumptions
Increase/(decrease) in
defined benefit obligation
2024
$m
2023
$m
The Company
2024 2023
Discount rate (% p.a.) 5.0-5.35
5.5-5.6 0.5% increase (39) (38)
Future salary increases (% p.a.) 3.5
3.5
Future pension indexation
In payment (% p.a.)/In deferment (% p.a.) 2.6-3.3/2.8
2.9-3.3/2.8 0.5% increase
30
29
Life expectancy at age 60 for current pensioners 1 year increase
30
29
– Males (years) 26.3-28.4
26.3-28.3
– Females (years) 29.3-30.3
29.2-30.2
190 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
30. Employee share and option plans
The Group operates a number of employee share and option schemes under the ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan and the ANZ Share Option Plan
which are operated by the Company. These are Group share-based payment arrangements under which shares in ANZGHL (ANZ shares) are allocated or
granted to employees of the Group.
ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan
ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan schemes that operated during 2024 and 2023 were the Deferred Share Plan and the Variable Pay to Shares (VPS)
Offer. The ANZ Incentive Plan (ANZIP) (the variable remuneration plan operating across the Group) has Short Term Variable Remuneration or Variable
Remuneration delivered under the Deferred Share Plan or ANZ Share Option Plan for eligible employees.
Deferred Share Plan
i) ANZ Incentive Plan (ANZIP) – Short Term Variable Remuneration (STVR) and Variable Remuneration (VR) – deferred shares
Award Type
STVR (deferred shares) STVR/VR historical (deferred
shares)
VR (deferred shares) VR historical (deferred
shares)
Eligibility
Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Group Executive Committee
(ExCo) and Group General Manager Internal Audit (GGM IA)
1
.
All other employees (excluding select roles in the United
Kingdom (UK)/China/Hong Kong (HK)
2
).
Financial Year (FY)
of grant
2023 and 2022 Performance
and Remuneration Review
(PRR): granted in FY24 &
FY23
Historical grants: on foot
during FY24 & FY23
Grants from 1 Oct 2023:
granted in FY24
2023 and 2022 PRR:
granted in FY24 & FY23
Historical grants: on foot
during FY24 & FY23
Grant approach 50% of the CEO, ExCo and
GGM IA’s Short Term Variable
Remuneration (STVR)
deferred as shares.
50% of the CEO’s STVR, 25%
of ExCo’s Variable
Remuneration (VR) (except for
the Chief Risk Officer (CRO)),
and 33% of the CRO and
GGM IA’s VR, deferred as
shares.
If VR is at or exceeds AUD
125,000, then 40% of total
VR amount is deferred as
shares.
If VR is at or exceeds AUD
100,000, then 60% of total
VR amount is deferred as
shares.
Conditions
Deferred over years two and three, where year 1 includes the
performance period (i.e., 1 October to 30 September). Granted
in late November.
Deferred over a minimum of
four years (including the
performance period), vesting
no faster than on a pro-rata
basis and only after two
years (i.e., 33% year two,
33% year three, 34% year
four).
Deferred over years two,
three and four, where year 1
includes the performance
period. Granted in late
November.
Allocation value Deferred shares granted
based on the Volume
Weighted Average Price
(VWAP) of ANZ shares traded
on the ASX in the five trading
days leading up to and
including 1 October.
Deferred shares granted based on the VWAP of ANZ shares traded on the ASX in the five
trading days leading up to and including the date of grant.
1.
All ANZGHL/ANZBGL Financial Accountability Regime (FAR) Accountable Executives.
2.
Specific deferral arrangements also exist under ANZIP for roles defined as specific country level Material Risk Takers (MRTs), in line with local regulatory requirements.
i
i) Exceptional circumstances
Remuneration
forgone
In exceptional circumstances, we grant deferred shares to certain employees when they start with the Group to
compensate them for remuneration they have forgone from their previous employer. The vesting period generally
aligns with the remaining vesting period of the remuneration they have forgone, and therefore varies between grants.
Retention We may grant deferred shares to high performing employees who are regarded as a significant retention risk to the
Group.
191
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
30. Employee share and option plans (continued)
iii) Further information
Cessation
Unless the Board
1
decides otherwise, employees forfeit their unvested deferred shares if they resign, are terminated on
notice, or are dismissed for serious misconduct. The deferred shares may be held in trust beyond the deferral period.
Dividends
Dividends are reinvested in the Dividend Reinvestment Plan.
Instrument
Deferred share rights may be granted instead of deferred shares in some countries as locally appropriate (see deferred
share rights Section).
Expensing value (fair
value)
We expense the fair value of deferred shares on a straight-line basis over the relevant vesting period and we recognise
the expense as a share-based compensation expense with a corresponding increase in equity. Deferred shares are
expensed based on the one-day VWAP at the date of grant.
2024 and 2023 grants
During the 2024 year, we granted 2,863,800 deferred shares (2023: 2,244,181) with a weighted average allocation
value of $24.45 (2023: $24.37).
Downward adjustment
Deferred shares remain at risk and the Board has the discretion to adjust the number of deferred shares downwards,
including to zero at any time before the vesting date (malus), and limited to select employees
2
, recovery post vesting
(i.e., clawback). The Group’s downward adjustment provisions are detailed in Section 4.5 of the 2024 Remuneration
Report.
Board discretion was exercised to apply malus to 4,138 deferred shares in 2024 (2023: nil).
1.
References to ‘the Board’ throughout this note means the Boards of ANZGHL and ANZBGL.
2.
Clawback applies to the CEO, ExCo and GGM IA (for awards granted in the 2023 and 2024 financial years), and to select senior employees in jurisdictions where clawback regulations apply.
Variable Pay to Shares (VPS) Offer
Eligibility, grant
approach and
conditions
VPS provides employees in Australia the opportunity to receive up to $1,000 worth of ANZ shares with concessional
tax treatment (where criteria are met). All ANZ shares are held by a custodian or nominee appointed by the Trustee on
the Trustee’s behalf and are restricted for 3 years. During this time employees benefit from dividend payments which
are reinvested through the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) and have voting entitlements. After the restriction period
has been reached the shares can sold or transferred.
Allocation value
Granted based on the VWAP of ANZ shares traded on the ASX in the five trading days leading up to and including the
date of grant.
Expensing value
(fair value)
Expensed based on the one-day VWAP at the date of grant.
2024 grants
During the 2024 year, we granted 51,619 shares on 22 November 2023 (2023: 55,600) at an issue price of $24.20
(2023: $24.46).
Expensing of the ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan
Expensing value
(fair value)
The fair value of shares we granted during 2024 under the Deferred Share Plan and VPS Offer, measured as at the
date of grant of the shares, is $71.4 million (2023: $56.5 million) based on 2,915,419 shares
(2023: 2,299,781) with a weighted average VWAP of $24.48 (2023: $24.57).
192 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
30. Employee share and option plans (continued)
ANZ Share Option Plan
Allocation
We may grant selected employees options/rights which entitle them to acquire fully paid ordinary ANZ shares at a
fixed price at the time the options/rights vest. Voting and dividend rights will be attached to the ordinary shares
allocated on exercise of the options/rights.
Each option/right entitles the holder to one ordinary share subject to the terms and conditions imposed on grant.
Exercise price of options, determined in accordance with the rules of the plan, is generally based on the VWAP of the
shares traded on the ASX in the week leading up to and including the date of grant. For rights, the exercise price is nil.
Rules
Prior to the exercise of the option/right, if ANZ changes its share capital due to a bonus share issue, pro-rata new
share issue or reorganisation, the following adjustments are required:
Issue of bonus shares - When the holder exercises their option, they are also entitled to be issued the number of
bonus shares they would have been entitled to had they held the underlying shares at the time of the bonus issue;
Pro-rata share offer - We will adjust the exercise price of the option in the manner set out in the ASX Listing Rules;
and
Reorganisation - In respect of rights, if there is a bonus issue or reorganisation of ANZ’s share capital, then the
Board may adjust the number of rights or the number of underlying shares so that there is no advantage or
disadvantage to the holder.
Holders otherwise have no other entitlements to participate:
in any new issue of ANZ securities before they exercise their options/rights; or
in a share issue of a body corporate other than ANZ (such as a subsidiary).
Any portion of the award which vests may, at the Boards discretion, be satisfied by a cash equivalent payment rather
than shares.
Expensing value
(fair value)
We expense the fair value of options/rights on a straight-line basis over the relevant vesting period and we recognise
the expense as a share-based compensation expense with a corresponding increase in equity. Factors considered in
determining the fair value include: the market performance conditions, share price volatility, life of the instrument,
dividend yield, and share price at grant date.
Satisfying vesting
Any portion of the award of options/rights (that have met the applicable time and performance conditions) may be
satisfied by a cash equivalent payment rather than shares at Board discretion.
In financial year 2024, all deferred share rights were satisfied through a share allocation, other than 95,968 deferred
share rights (2023: 70,231) for which a cash payment was made.
100% of the performance rights (PR) granted in late 2019 (2019 PR award) were lapsed, as the performance hurdles
were not met when tested in November 2023 – the end of the performance period. There were no PR due to vest in
financial year 2023, as a result of a change in the performance period from three years to four years.
Cessation
The provisions that apply if the employee’s employment ends are in Section 8.2.3 of the 2024 Remuneration Report.
Downward adjustment
As per Deferred Share Plan.
193
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
30. Employee share and option plans (continued)
Option plans that operated during 2024 and 2023
i) Long Term Variable Remuneration (LTVR) and Variable Remuneration (VR) - restricted rights (RR), performance rights (PR), and deferred share
rights (DSR)
Award Type LTVR (RR & PR) LTVR / VR historical (PR) ANZIP VR (DSR) ANZIP historical VR (DSR)
Eligibility CEO, ExCo and GGM IA
1
CEO and ExCo
1
All other employees (excluding select roles in the
UK/China/HK
2
) in countries where DSR may be granted
instead of deferred shares
FY of grant 2023 and 2022 PRR: granted
in FY24 & FY23
Historical grants: on foot during
FY24 & FY23
Grants from 1 Oct
2023: granted in FY24
2023 and 2022 PRR:
granted in FY24 & FY23
Historical grants: on foot
during FY24 & FY23
Grant approach 50% of the CEO and ExCo’s
(except for the CRO) LTVR was
received as RR and 50% as PR.
100% of the CRO and GGM
IA’s LTVR was received as RR.
100% of the CEO’s LTVR and
50% of ExCo’s VR (except for
the CRO who received 50% VR
as DSR instead) was received
as PR.
If VR is at or exceeds
AUD 125,000, then
40% of total VR amount
is deferred.
If VR is at or exceeds AUD
100,000, then 60% of total
VR amount is deferred.
Conditions RR and PR provide a right to
acquire one ordinary ANZ share
at nil cost – subject to time and
performance conditions.
Awarded subject to:
RR: pre grant assessment
(risk-based measures)
RR and PR: shareholder
approval at Annual General
Meeting (AGM) for CEO
award
Performance condition tested
at end of four-year
performance period:
RR: pre vest assessment
(risk-based measures)
PR: relative and absolute
Total Shareholder Return
(TSR) hurdles
Deferral period
3
= four-year
performance period
(commencing 1 October) +
holding period (which
commences the day after end
of performance period and
finishes on the 4
th
, 5
th
or 6
th
anniversary of grants (CEO only
for year 6)).
Further details provided in
Section 9.1 of the 2024
Remuneration Report.
Awarded at the end of the year
subject to shareholder
approval at AGM for CEO
award.
PR performance condition
tested (relative and absolute
TSR hurdles) at the end of
four-year performance period.
The four-year performance
period commenced on 22
November to 21 November
four years later.
The deferral period is four
years.
Further details are provided in
Section 5.2.3a of the 2021
Remuneration Report.
DSR provide a right to
acquire one ordinary
ANZ share at nil cost
after a specified vesting
period.
Deferred over a
minimum of four years
(including the
performance period),
vesting no faster than
on a pro-rata basis and
only after two years (i.e.,
33% year two, 33%
year three, 34% year
four).
DSR provide a right to
acquire one ordinary ANZ
share at nil cost after a
specified vesting period.
Deferred over years two,
three and four, where year 1
includes the performance
period.
Allocation value Face value of ANZ shares traded on the ASX in the five trading
days leading up to and including 1 October (beginning of the
financial year).
The fair value at the date of grant is used to determine
the number of DSR to be allocated and is also used for
expensing purposes. The fair value is adjusted for the
absence of dividends during the vesting period.
1.
All ANZGHL/ANZBGL FAR Accountable Executives.
2.
Specific deferral arrangements also exist under ANZIP for roles defined as specific country level MRTs, in line with local regulatory requirements.
3.
A dividend equivalent payment (DEP) is paid in cash at the end of the relevant deferral period, but is only made to the extent that all or part of the underlying rights meet the relevant performance
condition and vest to the individual. Dividend equivalents accrue over the full deferral period for RR, and only during the holding period for PR.
194 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
30. Employee share and option plans (continued)
Award Type LTVR (RR & PR) LTVR / VR historical (PR) ANZIP VR (DSR) ANZIP historical VR (DSR)
Allocation timing LTVR awarded around late November/December (subject to
shareholder approval for CEO).
Granted in late November.
Start of FY End of FY
2024 grants During 2024, we granted
376,821 RR and 313,156 PR
(2023: 393,419 RR and
325,880 PR).
During 2024, we granted 3,588,912 DSR (no
performance hurdles)
(2023: 2,386,278).
Downward
adjustment
Board discretion was not exercised to apply malus or clawback
to any RR or PR in 2024 (2023: nil PR).
Board discretion was not exercised to apply malus or
clawback to any deferred share rights in 2024
(2023: nil).
ii) Exceptional circumstances
Remuneration forgone
As per Deferred Share Plan in countries where DSR may be granted instead of deferred shares.
Retention
Options, deferred share rights, restricted rights and performance rights on issue
As at 7 November 2024, there were 487 holders of 6,177,236 DSR on issue, 11 holders of 739,812 RR on issue and 11 holders of 1,427,926 PR on
issue.
Options/rights movements
This table shows the options/rights over unissued ANZ shares and their related weighted average (WA) exercise prices as at the beginning and end of
2024 and the movements during 2024:
Opening
balance
1 Oct 2023 Granted Forfeited
1
Expired Exercised
Closing
balance
30 Sep 2024
Number of options/rights
6,719,516 4,278,889 (632,985) 0 (2,014,320) 8,351,100
WA exercise price
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
WA closing share price $27.34
WA remaining contractual life 1.8 years
WA exercise price of all exercisable
options/rights outstanding
$0.00
Outstanding exercisable options/rights 118,965
This table shows the options/rights over unissued ANZ shares and their related weighted average exercise prices as at the beginning and end of 2023
and the movements during 2023:
Opening
balance
1 Oct 2022 Granted Forfeited
1
Expired Exercised
Closing
balance
30 Sep 2023
Number of options/rights 6,209,040 3,105,577 (428,483) 0 (2,166,618) 6,719,516
WA exercise price $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
WA closing share price
$24.30
WA remaining contractual life 1.9 years
WA exercise price of all exercisable
options/rights outstanding
$0.00
Outstanding exercisable options/rights 124,377
1.
Refers to any circumstance where equity can be forfeited (for example on cessation, downward adjustment or performance conditions not met).
All of the shares issued as a result of the exercise of options/rights during 2024 and 2023, were issued at a nil exercise price.
195
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
30. Employee share and option plans (continued)
As at the date of the signing of the Directors’ Report on 7 November 2024:
no options/rights over ordinary shares have been granted since the end of 2024; and
6,126 shares issued as a result of the exercise of options/rights since the end of 2024, all with a nil exercise price.
Fair value assumptions
When determining the fair value, we apply the standard market techniques for valuation, including Monte Carlo and/or Black Scholes pricing models. We
do so in accordance with the requirements of AASB 2 Share-based Payments. The models take into account early exercise of vested equity, non-
transferability and internal/external performance hurdles (if any).
The table below shows the significant assumptions we used as inputs into our fair value calculation of instruments granted during the period. We present
the values as weighted averages, but the specific values we use for each allocation are the ones we use for the fair value calculation.
2024
2023
Deferred
share
rights
Restricted
rights
Performance
rights
Deferred
share
rights
Restricted
rights
Performance
rights
Exercise price ($) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Share closing price at grant date ($) 24.38 24.66 24.60 24.67 24.54 24.51
Expected volatility of ANZ share price (%)
1
19.98 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
Equity term (years) 2.1 6.6 6.6 2.1 6.6 6.6
Vesting period (years) 2.0 4.6 4.6 2.0 4.6 4.6
Expected life (years) 2.0 4.6 4.6 2.0 4.6 4.6
Expected dividend yield (%) 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.25 6.25 6.25
Risk free interest rate (%) 4.18 4.03 4.05 3.20 3.36 3.36
Fair value ($) 21.44 10.32 18.44 21.81 18.61 9.85
1.
Expected volatility represents a measure of the amount by which ANZ’s share price is expected to fluctuate over the life of the rights. The measure of volatility used in the model is the annualised standard
deviation of the continuously compounded rates of return on the historical share price over a defined period of time preceding the date of grant. This historical average annualised volatility is then used to
estimate a reasonable expected volatility over the expected life of the rights.
Satisfying equity awards
All shares underpinning equity awards may be purchased on market, reallocated or be newly issued shares, or a combination.
The equity we purchased on market during the 2024 financial year (either under the ANZ Employee Share Acquisition Plan and the ANZ Share Option
Plan, or to satisfy options or rights) for all employees amounted to 5,211,778 shares at an average price of $24.17 per share (2023: 816,023 shares at
an average price of $24.35 per share).
196 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
31. Related party disclosures
Key Management Personnel compensation
Key Management Personnel (KMP) are Directors of ANZBGL (whether executive directors or otherwise), and those personnel with a key responsibility for
the strategic direction and management of the Group (i.e., members of the Group Executive Committee (ExCo)) who have Financial Accountability Regime
(FAR) accountability and who report to the CEO. KMP compensation included within total personnel expenses in Note 4 Operating expenses is as follows:
Consolidated
2024 2023
1
$'000 $'000
Short-term benefits
20,017 21,072
Post-employment benefits 572 483
Other long-term benefits
280 212
Termination benefits
- 31
Share-based payments
11,199 8,303
Total
32,068 30,101
1.
Includes former disclosed KMP until the end of their employment.
Key Management Personnel loan transactions
Loans made to KMP are made in the ordinary course of business and on normal commercial terms and conditions that are no more favourable than those
given to other employees or customers, including the term of the loan, security required and the interest rate. No amounts have been written off during the
period, or individual provisions raised in respect of these balances. Details of the terms and conditions of lending products can be found on anz.com. The
aggregate balance of loans (including credit card balances) made, guaranteed or secured, and undrawn facilities to KMP including their related parties,
were as follows:
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$'000 $'000 $'000 $'000
Loans advanced
1
23,447 30,555 13,211 20,150
Undrawn facilities
1
2,319 1,685 1,995 1,373
Interest charged
2
1,078 1,346 778 523
1.
Balances are as at balance date (for KMP in office at balance date) or at the date of cessation of former KMP. Comparative balances have been adjusted for balances relating to new KMP, or KMP who
departed in the prior year.
2.
Interest charged is for all KMP’s during the period.
Key Management Personnel holdings of ANZ securities
KMP, including their related parties, held the Company’s subordinated debt and shares, share rights and options over shares in ANZGHL directly, indirectly
or beneficially as shown below
:
Consolidated
2024 2023
Number Number
Shares, options and rights
1
3,613,895 3,410,800
Subordinated debt
1
20,180 21,140
1.
Balances are as at balance date (for KMP in office at balance date) or at the date of cessation of former KMP. Comparative balances have been adjusted for balances relating to new KMP, or KMP who
departed in the prior year.
197
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
31. Related party disclosures (continued)
Other transactions of Key Management Personnel and their related parties
The aggregate of deposits of KMP and their related parties with the Group were $44 million (2023: $41 million) and with the Company were $30 million
(2023: $27 million).
Other transactions with KMP and their related parties include amounts paid to the Group in respect of investment management service fees, brokerage
and bank fees and charges. The Group has reimbursed KMP for the costs incurred for security and secretarial services associated with the performance
of their duties. These transactions are conducted on normal commercial terms and conditions no more favourable than those given to other employees or
customers. Gifts were provided to KMP, including on their retirement, amounting to $7,005 during the year (2023: $2,476).
Associates
We disclose significant associates in Note 26 Investments in associates. During the course of the financial year, transactions conducted with all associates
were on terms equivalent to those made on an arm’s length basis.
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$'000 $'000 $'000 $'000
Amounts receivable from associates
19 13 - -
Amounts payable to associates 1,064 990 - -
Interest revenue from associates
- 9,391 - 7,860
Interest expense to associates
76 353 - 307
Other revenue from associates
- 5,816 - 5,816
Other expenses paid to associates
2,933 3,088 - 704
Dividend income from associates
13,771 42,316 - -
Undrawn facilities
1
919 931 - -
1.
Comparatives have been amended to include unutilised limits from revolving credit facilities.
There have been no material guarantees given or received. No amounts receivable from associates have been written-off during the period, nor individual
provisions raised in respect of these balances.
Subsidiaries
We disclose material controlled entities in Note 25 Controlled entities. During the financial year, subsidiaries conducted transactions with each other and
with associates on terms equivalent to those on an arm’s length basis. As at 30 September 2024, we consider all outstanding amounts on these
transactions to be fully collectible.
Other intragroup transactions include providing management and administrative services, staff training, data processing facilities, transfer of tax losses,
and the leasing of premises and equipment. The Company also issued letters of comfort and guarantees in respect of certain subsidiaries in the normal
course of business.
198 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
31. Related Party Disclosures (continued)
Related Entities
Transactions with related entities include leasing arrangements, funding activities, deposits and tax funding arrangements.
These transactions are conducted on terms equivalent to those on an arm’s length basis. As at 30 September 2024, we consider all outstanding amounts
on these transactions to be fully recoverable.
The following balances with related ANZ Group entities were outstanding at 30 September:
2024
$m
2023
$m
Amounts due from ultimate controlling entity
36 85
Amounts due from other related entities
755 696
Amounts due to ultimate controlling entity
10 1
Amount due to parent entity
47 -
Amounts due to other related entities
315 270
Deposits from ultimate controlling entity
1,258 183
Deposits from other related entities
165 111
Undrawn facilities for other related entities 105 31
The following transactions occurred with related ANZ Group entities:
2024
$m
2023
$m
Dividend paid to parent entity
5,267 4,387
Capital return to parent entity
2,039 -
Interest paid to ultimate controlling entity
28 6
Interest paid to other related entities
45 26
Other expenses paid to other related entities
7 -
Interest received from other related entities
64 42
Other revenue received from other related entities
34 18
In addition, ANZBGL has right-of-use assets of $536 million (2023: $689 million) and lease liabilities of $672 million (2023: $815 million) with ANZ Group
Services Pty Ltd at 30 September 2024. For the year ended 30 September 2024, the associated depreciation on the right-of-use assets was $43 million
(2023: $36 million) and interest paid on the lease liabilities was $29 million (2023: $15 million) (the interest paid on lease liabilities has been included in the
table above within interest paid to other related entities).
199
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
32. Commitments, contingent liabilities and contingent assets
Credit related commitments and contingencies
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$m $m $m $m
Contract amount of:
Undrawn facilities 249,988 240,711 204,782 206,405
Guarantees and letters of credit
22,509 23,556 19,515 20,816
Performance related contingencies
26,501 26,615 25,944 25,891
Total
298,998 290,882 250,241 253,112
Undrawn facilities
The majority of undrawn facilities are subject to customers maintaining specific credit and other requirements or conditions. Many of these facilities are
expected to be only partially used, and others may never be used at all. As such, the total of the nominal principal amounts is not necessarily
representative of future liquidity risks or future cash requirements. Based on the earliest date on which the Group may be required to pay, the full amount
of undrawn facilities for the Group mature within 12 months.
Guarantees, letters of credit and performance related contingencies
Guarantees, letters of credit and performance related contingencies relate to transactions that the Group has entered into as principal.
Letters of credit involve the Group issuing letters of credit guaranteeing payment in favour of an exporter. They are secured against an underlying
shipment of goods or backed by a confirmatory letter of credit from another bank.
Performance-related contingencies are liabilities that oblige the Group to make payments to a third party if the customer fails to fulfil its non-monetary
obligations under the contract.
To reflect the risks associated with these transactions, we apply the same credit origination, portfolio management and collateral requirements that we
apply to loans. The contract amount represents the maximum potential amount that we could lose if the counterparty fails to meet its financial obligations.
As the facilities may expire without being drawn upon, the notional amounts do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements. Based on the earliest date
on which the Group may be required to pay, the full amount of guarantees and letters of credit and performance-related contingencies for the Group
mature within 12 months.
Other contingent liabilities
There are outstanding court proceedings, claims and possible claims for and against the Group. Where relevant, expert legal advice has been obtained
and, in the light of such advice, provisions (refer to Note 22 Other provisions) and/or disclosures as deemed appropriate have been made. In some
instances we have not disclosed the estimated financial impact of the individual items either because it is not practicable to do so or because such
disclosure may prejudice the interests of the Group.
A description of contingent liabilities and contingent assets as at 30 September 2024 is set out below.
Regulatory and customer exposures
The Group regularly engages with its domestic and international regulators and other statutory and supervisory bodies. The nature of these regulatory
interactions can be wide ranging and include regulatory investigations, surveillance and reviews, reportable situations, formal and informal inquiries and
regulatory supervisory activities in Australia and globally. The Group also receives notices and requests for information from its regulators and other bodies
from time to time as part of both industry-wide and Group-specific reviews and makes disclosures to its regulators at its own instigation.
There has been a recent increase in the number of matters on which the Group has engaged with its regulators. Recent interactions relate to matters
including:
markets transactions and data reporting;
anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing obligations, processes and procedures; and
non-financial risk management practices including customer service processes relating to complaints, hardship and deceased estates, compliance
with mandatory reporting obligations, the application of interest and fees on certain products and the financial accountability regime.
The possible exposures associated with the Group’s regulatory interactions may include civil enforcement actions, criminal proceedings, fines and
penalties, imposition of capital or liquidity requirements, customer remediation, the requirement to conduct independent reviews, sanctions or the exercise
of other regulatory powers.
There may also be exposures to customers, third parties and shareholders which are additional to any regulatory exposures. These could include class
actions or claims for compensation or other remedies.
The outcomes and total costs associated with these possible regulatory, customer and other exposures remain uncertain.
200 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
32. Commitments, contingent liabilities and contingent assets (continued)
Other contingent liabilities (continued)
South African rate action
In February 2017, the South African Competition Commission commenced proceedings against local and international banks including the Company
alleging breaches of the cartel provisions of the South African Competition Act in respect of trading in the South African rand. The potential civil penalty or
other financial impact is uncertain.
Esanda dealer car loan litigation
In August 2020, a class action was brought against the Company alleging unfair conduct, misleading or deceptive conduct and equitable mistake in
relation to the use of flex commissions in dealer arranged Esanda car loans. An agreement to settle the claim was reached in October 2024. The
Company will pay $85 million in settlement, which is covered by existing provisions held at 30 September 2024. The settlement is without admission of
liability and remains subject to court approval.
Onepath superannuation litigation
In December 2020, a class action was brought against OnePath Custodians, OnePath Life and the Company alleging that OnePath Custodians breached
its obligations under superannuation legislation, and its duties as trustee, in respect of superannuation investments and fees. The claim also alleges that
the Company was involved in some of OnePath Custodians’ investment breaches. An agreement to settle the claim was reached in October 2024. The
Company will contribute $14 million to the settlement, which is covered by existing provisions held at 30 September 2024. The settlement is without
admission of liability and remains subject to court approval.
New Zealand loan information litigation
In September 2021, a representative proceeding was brought against ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited, alleging breaches of disclosure requirements
under consumer credit legislation in respect of variation letters sent to certain loan customers. ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited is defending the allegations.
Credit cards litigation
In November 2021, a class action was brought against the Company alleging that certain interest terms in credit card contracts were unfair contract
terms and that it was unconscionable for the Company to rely on them. An agreement to settle the claim was reached in March 2024. The Company will
pay $57.5 million in settlement, which is covered by existing provisions held at 30 September 2024. The settlement is without admission of liability and
remains subject to court approval.
Security recovery actions
Various claims have been made or are anticipated, arising from security recovery actions taken to resolve impaired assets. These claims will be defended.
Warranties, indemnities and performance management fees
The Group has provided warranties, indemnities and other commitments in favour of the seller/purchaser and other persons in connection with various
acquisitions/disposals of businesses and assets and other transactions, covering a range of matters and risks. It is exposed to claims under those
warranties, indemnities and commitments, some of which are currently active. The outcomes and total costs associated with these exposures remain
uncertain.
The Group has entered an arrangement to pay performance management fees to external fund managers in the event predetermined performance
criteria are satisfied in relation to certain Group investments. The satisfaction of the performance criteria and associated performance management fee
remains uncertain.
201
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
32. Commitments, contingent liabilities and contingent assets (continued)
Other contingent liabilities (continued)
Clearing and settlement obligations
Certain group companies have a commitment to comply with rules governing various clearing and settlement arrangements which could result in a credit
risk exposure and loss if another member institution fails to settle its payment clearing activities. The Group’s potential exposure arising from these
arrangements is unquantifiable in advance.
Certain group companies hold memberships of central clearing houses, including ASX Clear (Futures), London Clearing House (LCH) SwapClear, Korea
Exchange (KRX), Hong Kong Exchange (HKEX), the Clearing Corporation of India, Taiwan Futures Exchange and the Shanghai Clearing House. These
memberships allow the relevant group company to centrally clear derivative instruments in line with cross-border regulatory requirements. Common to all
of these memberships is the requirement for the relevant group company to make default fund contributions. In the event of a default by another
member, the relevant group company could potentially be required to commit additional default fund contributions which are unquantifiable in advance.
Parent entity guarantees
Certain group companies have issued letters of comfort and guarantees in respect of certain subsidiaries in the normal course of business. Under these
letters and guarantees, the issuing entity undertakes to ensure that those subsidiaries continue to meet their financial obligations, subject to certain
conditions including that the subsidiary remains a controlled entity.
Sale of Grindlays business
On 31 July 2000, the Company completed the sale to Standard Chartered Bank (SCB) of ANZ Grindlays Bank Limited (Grindlays) and certain other
businesses. The Company provided warranties and indemnities relating to those businesses.
The indemnified matters include civil penalty proceedings and criminal prosecutions brought by Indian authorities against Grindlays and certain of its
officers, in relation to certain transactions conducted in 1991 that are alleged to have breached the Foreign Exchange Regulation Act, 1973. Civil penalties
were imposed in 2007 which are the subject of ongoing appeals.
Contingent assets
National Housing Bank
The Company is pursuing recovery of the proceeds of certain disputed cheques which were credited to the account of a former Grindlays customer in
the early 1990s.
The disputed cheques were drawn on the National Housing Bank (NHB) in India. Proceedings between Grindlays and NHB concerning the proceeds of the
cheques were resolved in early 2002.
Recovery is now being pursued from the estate of the Grindlays customer who received the cheque proceeds. Any amounts recovered are to be shared
between the Company and NHB.
202 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
33. Auditor fees
Consolidated The Company
2024 2023 2024 2023
$’000 $’000 $’000 $’000
KPMG Australia
Audit or review of financial reports 11,016 9,567 10,486 9,134
Audit-related services
1
4,597 3,882 4,528 3,808
Non-audit services
2
27 10 27 10
Total
3
15,640 13,459 15,041 12,952
Overseas related practices of KPMG Australia
Audit or review of financial reports 5,930 6,157 2,058 1,994
Audit-related services
1
2,191 1,933 809 911
Non-audit services
2
153 95 - -
Total
8,274 8,185 2,867 2,905
Total auditor fees
4
23,914 21,644 17,908 15,857
1.
Group audit-related services comprise prudential and regulatory services of $4.16 million (2023: $4.11 million), comfort letters $0.72 million (2023: $0.57 million) and other services $1.91 million
(2023: $1.14 million). Company audit-related services comprise prudential and regulatory services of $3.76 million (2023: $3.69 million), comfort letters $0.68 million (2023: $0.53 million) and other
services $0.90 million (2023: $0.50 million).
2.
The nature of non-audit services for the Group includes methodology, procedural, operational and administrative reviews. Further details are provided in the Directors’ Report.
3.
Inclusive of goods and services tax.
4.
Total auditor fees do not include fees paid to other audit firms where KPMG is in joint audit arrangement or not the auditor amounting to $0.80 million (2023: $0.55 million) for the Group. Total fees paid to
other audit firms where KPMG is in a joint audit arrangement or not the auditor amounting to $0.56 million (2023: $0.45 million) for the Company.
Under Group policy, KPMG Australia or any of its related practices are allowed to provide assurance and other audit-related services that, while outside the
scope of the statutory audit, are consistent with the role of an external auditor. These include prudential and regulatory reviews requested by regulators
such as APRA. Any other services that are not audit or audit-related services are non-audit services. Group policy allows certain non-audit services to be
provided where the service would not contravene auditor independence requirements. KPMG Australia or any of its related practices may not provide
services that are perceived to be in conflict with the role of the external auditor or breach auditor independence. These include consulting advice and
subcontracting of operational activities normally undertaken by management, and engagements where the external auditor may ultimately be required to
express an opinion on its own work.
203
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
34.
Suncorp Bank acquisition
On 31 July 2024, the Group acquired 100% of the shares in SBGH Limited, the immediate holding company of Suncorp Bank. Suncorp Bank provides
banking and related services to retail, commercial, small and medium enterprises and agribusiness customers in Australia. The transaction was undertaken
to accelerate the growth of the Group’s retail and commercial businesses while also improving the geographic balance of its business in Australia.
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed as at acquisition date are disclosed on a provisional basis, with goodwill of $1,402 million recognised and allocated
to the Suncorp Bank division, pending completion of the final consideration payable, and the purchase price allocation (PPA).
Provisional goodwill is attributable to the assembled workforce and expected synergies arising from the economies of scale from the integration and
consolidation of platforms and funding benefits. It will not be deductible for tax purposes.
The provisional balances are pending the completion of the PPA exercise that commenced following completion on 31 July 2024 but remains in progress
at the date of this report. At 30 September 2024, the most significant adjustments have been the elimination of the pre-acquisition allowance for ECL,
capitalised brokerage and other origination costs, and related deferred tax balances. The PPA exercise will identify the acquired tangible and intangible
assets and assumed liabilities and measure their acquisition-date values. The Group expects that on completion of the PPA in the 2025 financial year, the
acquired assets (including loans and advances and intangible assets) and assumed liabilities (including deposits and debt issuances) will be restated to
their acquisition-date values with a corresponding adjustment to goodwill.
2024
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed as at acquisition date (provisional)
$m
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 1,333
Collateral paid
80
Trading assets
2,307
Derivative financial instruments
310
Investment securities
9,920
Gross loans and advances
69,745
Deferred tax assets
48
Intangible assets
103
Other assets
431
Total assets
84,277
Liabilities
Collateral received 48
Deposits and other borrowings
62,438
Derivative financial instruments
279
Payables and other liabilities
731
Provisions
89
Debt issuances
15,847
Total liabilities
79,432
Net assets acquired 4,845
Cash consideration paid
1,2
6,247
Provisional value of goodwill
1,402
1.
Subject to final completion activities.
2.
The cash consideration of $6.2 billion includes payment for Suncorp Bank’s Tier 2 notes ($606 million) and Capital Notes ($564 million).
Included in the Consolidated Income Statement and Statement of Comprehensive Income since 31 July 2024 is operating income of $257 million and net
loss after tax of $122 million in respect of the acquired business. Had Suncorp Bank been acquired on 1 October 2023, the operating income and profit
after tax of the combined Group for the twelve months ended 30 September 2024 was estimated to be ~$21,600 million and ~$6,900 million
respectively.
The Group incurred acquisition-related costs of $21 million (2023: $12 million) on legal fees and due diligence costs, recognised in Other operating
expenses in the Income Statement.
204 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
34.
Suncorp Bank acquisition (continued)
Recognition and measurement
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. The cost of acquisition is measured at the fair value
of the transferred consideration, including where relevant, any contingent consideration. Acquisition-related costs are expensed when
incurred. Identifiable assets and liabilities, along with contingent consideration, are valued at their fair values on the acquisition date.
Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration over the net of identifiable assets and liabilities. The acquired business operations
are included in our financial statements from the acquisition date.
35. Events since the end of the financial year
Other than matters outlined in the Financial Report, there have been no significant events from 30 September 2024 to the date of signing this report.
205
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Consolidated Entity Disclosure Statement
Basis of preparation
This Consolidated Entity Disclosure Statement has been prepared in accordance with subsection 295(3A) of the Corporations Act 2001. The entities listed
in the statement are for Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited and all its controlled entities as at 30 September 2024 in accordance with
AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements.
Entity Name Entity Type
Place Formed or
Incorporated
% of Share
Capital
Held
Tax Residency (Australia
or Foreign Jurisdiction)
ANZ Finance American Samoa, Inc Body corporate American Samoa 100% American Samoa
1835 Funding Pty Limited Body corporate Australia 0% Australia
1835i Ventures Trust I-A Trust N/A N/A Australia
1835i Ventures Trust III-A Trust N/A N/A Australia
A.C.N. 660 735 311 Pty Limited Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
A.C.N. 660 735 697 Pty Limited Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
A.C.N. 660 736 238 Pty Limited Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
ACN 008 647 185 Pty Ltd
1
Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
ANZ Capital No. 1 Pty Ltd Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
ANZ Commodity Trading Pty Ltd Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
ANZ Fiduciary Services Pty Ltd Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
ANZ Funds Pty Ltd Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
ANZ Global Services and Operations Pty Limited Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
ANZ ILP Pty Ltd Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
ANZ International Private Limited Body corporate Singapore 100% Australia
ANZ Leasing (BWC Financing) Pty Ltd Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
ANZ Leasing (MAGA) Pty Ltd Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
ANZ Lenders Mortgage Insurance Pty Limited Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
ANZ Margin Services Pty Limited Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
ANZ Nominees Pty Ltd Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
ANZ Properties (Australia) Pty Ltd Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
ANZ Residential Covered Bond Trust Trust N/A N/A Australia
ANZ Rewards No. 2 Pty Ltd Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
ANZ Rural Trust No 1 Trust N/A N/A Australia
ANZ Securities (Holdings) Pty Ltd Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
ANZ Securities Limited Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
ANZ Wealth Australia Pty Ltd Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
ANZEST Pty Ltd Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
ANZi Holdings Pty Ltd Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
APOLLO Series 2008-1R Trust Trust N/A N/A Australia
APOLLO Series 2015-1 Trust Trust N/A N/A Australia
APOLLO Series 2017-1 Trust Trust N/A N/A Australia
APOLLO Series 2017-2 Trust Trust N/A N/A Australia
APOLLO Series 2018-1 Trust Trust N/A N/A Australia
APOLLO Series 2022-1 Trust Trust N/A N/A Australia
APOLLO Series 2023-1 Trust Trust N/A N/A Australia
APOLLO Series 2024-1 Trust Trust N/A N/A Australia
APOLLO Warehouse Trust No. 2 Trust N/A N/A Australia
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited Body corporate Australia N/A Australia
Esanda Finance Corporation Pty Ltd Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
Institutional Securitisation Services Limited Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
Jikk Pty Ltd Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
Kingfisher Trust 2008-1 Trust N/A N/A Australia
1.
ACN 008 647 185 Pty Ltd is trustee of Postbank Equity Trust.
206 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
Consolidated Entity Disclosure Statement (continued)
Entity Name Entity Type
Place Formed or
Incorporated
% of Share
Capital
Held
Tax Residency (Australia
or Foreign Jurisdiction)
Kingfisher Trust 2016-1 Trust N/A N/A Australia
Kingfisher Trust 2019-1 Trust N/A N/A Australia
Norfina Advances Corporation Pty Ltd Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
Norfina Covered Bond Trust Trust N/A N/A Australia
Norfina Limited Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
OneTwo Finance FSA Pty Ltd Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
Postbank Equity Trust Trust N/A N/A Australia
SBGH Limited Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
Share Investing Pty Ltd Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
Shout for Good Pty Ltd Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
SME Management Pty Limited Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
Votraint No. 1103 Pty Limited Body corporate Australia 100% Australia
Australia and New Zealand Bank (China) Company Limited Body corporate China 100% China
ANZ Pacific Operations Pte Ltd Body corporate Fiji 100% Fiji
ANZ Finance Guam, Inc Body corporate Guam 100% Guam
ANZ Guam Inc. Body corporate Guam 100% Guam
Citizens Bancorp Body corporate Guam 100% Guam
ANZ International (Hong Kong) Limited Body corporate Hong Kong 100% Hong Kong
ANZ Capital Private Limited Body corporate India 100% India
ANZ Operations And Technology Private Limited Body corporate India 100% India
ANZ Support Services India Private Limited Body corporate India 100% India
PT Bank ANZ Indonesia Body corporate Indonesia 99% Indonesia
ANZ Securities (Japan), Ltd Body corporate Japan 100% Japan
ANZ Bank (Kiribati) Limited Body corporate Kiribati 75% Kiribati
ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited Body corporate New Zealand 100% New Zealand
ANZ Custodial Services New Zealand Limited Body corporate New Zealand 100% New Zealand
ANZ Holdings (New Zealand) Limited Body corporate New Zealand 100% New Zealand
ANZ Investment Services (New Zealand) Limited Body corporate New Zealand 100% New Zealand
ANZ National Staff Superannuation Limited Body corporate New Zealand 100% New Zealand
ANZ New Zealand (Int'l) Limited Body corporate New Zealand 100% New Zealand
ANZ New Zealand Investments Holdings Limited Body corporate New Zealand 100% New Zealand
ANZ New Zealand Investments Limited Body corporate New Zealand 100% New Zealand
ANZ New Zealand Investments Nominees Limited Body corporate New Zealand 100% New Zealand
ANZNZ Covered Bond Trust Trust N/A N/A New Zealand
Arawata Assets Limited Body corporate New Zealand 100% New Zealand
Endeavour Finance Limited Body corporate New Zealand 100% New Zealand
Kingfisher NZ Trust 2008-1 Trust N/A N/A New Zealand
OneAnswer Nominees Limited Body corporate New Zealand 100% New Zealand
8 and 9 Chester Limited Body corporate Papua New Guinea 100% Papua New Guinea
ANZ Investments (PNG) Limited Body corporate Papua New Guinea 100% Papua New Guinea
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group (PNG) Limited Body corporate Papua New Guinea 100% Papua New Guinea
ANZ Global Services And Operations (Manila) Inc Body corporate Philippines 100% Philippines
ANZ Bank (Samoa) Limited Body corporate Samoa 100% Samoa
ANZcover Insurance Private Ltd Body corporate Singapore 100% Singapore
ANZ (Thai) Public Company Limited Body corporate Thailand 100% Thailand
ANZ Pensions (UK) Limited Body corporate United Kingdom 100% United Kingdom
207
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Consolidated Entity Disclosure Statement (continued)
Entity Name Entity Type
Place Formed or
Incorporated
% of Share
Capital
Held
Tax Residency (Australia
or Foreign Jurisdiction)
ANZ Securities, Inc. Body corporate United States 100% United States
ANZ Bank (Vanuatu) Limited
1
Body corporate Vanuatu 100% N/A
La Serigne Limited
1
Body corporate Vanuatu 100% N/A
Whitehall Investments Ltd
1
Body corporate Vanuatu 100% N/A
ANZ Bank (Vietnam) Limited Body corporate Vietnam 100% Vietnam
1.
Vanuatu does not have a corporate tax regime and therefore the concept of tax residency does not apply.
Determination of tax residency
In determining tax residency, the consolidated entity has applied the following interpretations:
Australian tax residency
“Australian resident” has the meaning provided in the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (ITAA). In applying that definition, the consolidated
entity has applied current legislation and judicial precedent, including having regard to the Commissioner of Taxation’s public guidance in Tax
Ruling TR 2018/5 and Practical Compliance Guideline PCG 2018-009.
Foreign tax residency
Where an entity is shown as being resident in a foreign jurisdiction, this is taken to mean a resident for the purposes of the law of the foreign
jurisdiction relating to foreign income tax, within the meaning of the ITAA.
Key concepts
208 Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
Directors’ Declaration
The Directors of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited declare that:
a)
In the Directors’ opinion:
i)
the financial statements and notes of the Company and the Consolidated Entity are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:
A. section 296, that they comply with the Australian Accounting Standards and any further requirements of the Corporations Regulations
2001; and
B. section 297, that they give a true and fair view of the financial position of the Company and the Consolidated Entity as at
30 September 2024 and of their performance for the year ended on that date; and
ii) the Consolidated Entity Disclosure Statement required by section 295(3A) of the Corporations Act 2001 and included on pages 206 to 208 of
the financial report is true and correct; and
iii) there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable.
b) The notes to the financial statements of the Company and the Consolidated Entity include a statement that the financial statements and notes of the
Company and the Consolidated Entity comply with International Financial Reporting Standards; and
c) The Directors have been given the declarations required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001.
Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.
Paul D O’Sullivan
Chairman
7 November 2024
Shayne C Elliott
Managing Director
209
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
To the shareholders of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
Report on the audits of the Financial Reports
Opinions
We have audited the consolidated Financial Report of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (the Group Financial Report). We have also
audited the Financial Report of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (the Company Financial Report).
In our opinion, each of the accompanying Group Financial Report and Company Financial Report gives a true and fair view, including of the G
Groups
and of
the C
Company’s
financial position as at 30 September 2024 and of its financial performance for the year then ended, in accordance with the Corporations
Act 2001, in compliance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001.
The respective Financial Reports of the Group and Company comprise:
x
Balance Sheets as at 30 September 2024
x
Income Statements, Statements of Comprehensive Income, Statements of Changes in Equity, and Cash Flow Statements for the year then ended
x
Consolidated entity disclosure statement and accompanying basis of preparation as at 30 September 2024
x
Notes including material accounting policies
x
Directors’ Declaration.
The Group consists of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (the C
Company
) and the entities it controlled at the year-end or from time to time
during the financial year.
Basis for opinions
We conducted our audits in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards and International Standards on Auditing. We believe that the audit evidence we
have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinions.
Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audits of the Financial Reports section of our report.
We are independent of the Group and Company in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting
Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including Independence Standards) (the Code) that are
relevant to our audits of the Financial Reports in Australia. We have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
Key Audit Matters
The Key Audit Matters we identified for the Group and Company are:
x
Allowance for expected credit losses
x
Subjective and complex valuation of financial instruments held at fair value
x
IT systems and controls.
The Key Audit Matters for the Group are:
x
Carrying value of investments in PT Bank Pan Indonesia (PT Panin)
x
Acquisition of Suncorp Bank.
Key Audit Matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our respective audits of the Financial Reports of the
current period.
These matters were addressed in the context of our audits of each of the Financial Reports as a whole, and in forming our opinions thereon, and we do
not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International
Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee. All rights reserved. The KPMG name and logo are trademarks used under license by the
independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.
210 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
Key Audit Matters (continued)
Allowance for expected credit losses (Group: $4,555m; Company: $3,409m)
Refer to Note 13 to the Group and Company Financial Reports.
T
The Key Audit Matter
Allowance for expected credit losses (ECL) is a Key Audit Matter due to the significance of the loans and advances balances to the Group and Company’s
financial statements and the inherent complexity of the Group and Company’s expected credit loss models (ECL models) used to measure ECL
allowances. These models are reliant on data and estimates including probability weighted economic scenarios and other key assumptions such as
defining a significant increase in credit risk (SICR).
AASB 9 Financial Instruments requires the Group and Company to measure ECL on a forward-looking basis reflecting a range of economic conditions.
Temporary adjustments are made by the Group and Company to address known ECL model limitations or emerging trends in the loan portfolios. We
exercise significant judgement in challenging the economic scenarios and the judgmental temporary adjustments the Group and Company apply.
Additional subjectivity and judgement is applied in the Group and Company’s modelling due to the heightened uncertainty associated with the impact of the
economic outlook and its impact on customers, increasing our audit effort thereon.
H
How the matter was addressed in our audit
Our audit procedures for the allowance for ECL included assessing the Group and Company’s significant accounting policies against the requirements of
the accounting standard. Additionally, our procedures included testing the Group and Company’s key controls in relation to:
x The ECL model governance, monitoring and validation processes which involved assessment of model performance;
x The assessment and approval of the forward-looking macroeconomic assumptions and scenario weightings through challenge applied by the Group
and Company’s internal governance processes;
x Reconciliation of the data used in the ECL calculation process to gross balances recorded within the general ledger as well as source systems;
x Customer credit rating (CCR), a key input into the SICR assumption for wholesale loans (non-retail loans). This covered elements such as: approval of
new lending facilities against the Group and Company’s lending policies, monitoring of counterparty credit quality against the Group and Company’s
exposure criteria for internal factors specific to the counterparty or external macroeconomic factors, and accuracy and timeliness of CCR and security
indicator (SI) assessments against lending policies and regulatory requirements;
x IT system controls which record retail loans lending arrears, group exposures into delinquency buckets, and re-calculate individual allowances. We
tested automated calculation and change management controls and evaluated the Group and Company’s oversight of the portfolios, with a focus on
controls over delinquency monitoring.
We tested relevant General Information Technology Controls (GITCs) in relation to the key IT applications used by the Group and Company in measuring
ECL allowances as detailed in the IT Systems and Controls Key Audit Matter below.
In addition to controls testing, our procedures included:
x Obtaining an understanding of the Group and Company’s processes to determine ECL allowances, evaluating the ECL model methodologies against
established market practices and criteria in the accounting standards;
x Reperforming a sample of credit assessments for wholesale loans controlled by the Group and Company’s workout and recovery team assessed as
higher risk or impaired, and a sample of other loans, focusing on larger exposures assessed by the Group and Company as showing signs of
deterioration, or in areas of emerging risk;
x For each loan sampled, we challenged the Group and Company’s assessment of CCR and SI using the customer’s financial position, the valuation of
security, and, where relevant, the risk of stranded assets, to inform our overall assessment of loan recoverability and the impact on the credit allowance.
To do this, we used the information on the Group and Company’s loan file, portfolio and industry reviews, external rating and publications and, we
enquired regarding the facts and circumstances of the case with the Relationship Manager;
x Exercising our judgement, our procedures included using our understanding of relevant industries and the macroeconomic environment and comparing
data and assumptions used by the Group and Company in recoverability assessments to externally sourced evidence, such as, external credit ratings,
publicly available audited financial statements and comparable external valuations of collateral held. Where relevant, we assessed the forecast timing
of future cash flows in the context of underlying valuations and approved business plans and challenged key assumptions in the valuations;
x Working with our credit risk specialists, we assessed the accuracy of the Group and Company’s ECL model estimates by re-performing, for a sample
of loans, the calculation of the ECL allowance using our independently derived calculation tools and comparing this to the amount recorded by the
Group and Company;
x Working with our economic specialists, we challenged the Group and Company’s forward-looking macroeconomic assumptions and scenarios
incorporated in the Group and Company’s ECL models. We compared the Group and Company’s forecast GDP, unemployment rates, CPI and property
price indices to relevant publicly available macroeconomic information, and considered other known variables and information obtained through our
other audit procedures to identify contradictory indicators;
x Testing the implementation of the Group and Company’s SICR methodology by re-performing the staging calculation for a sample of loans taking into
consideration movements in the CCR from loan origination and comparing our result to actual staging applied on an individual account level in the
Group and Company’s ECL model;
x Assessing the accuracy of the data used in the ECL models by checking a sample of data fields, such as, account balance and CCR to relevant source
systems;
x Assessing the appropriateness of the Group and Company’s disclosures in the Financial Report, using our understanding obtained from our testing
and against the requirements of the accounting standards.
211
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Key Audit Matters (continued)
We challenged key assumptions used by the Group and Company in their temporary adjustments. This included:
x Assessing temporary adjustments against the Group and Company’s ECL model and data deficiencies identified in the Group and Company’s model
validation processes, particularly in light of the significant volatility in economic scenarios;
x Comparing underlying data used in concentration risk and economic cycle allowances to underlying loan portfolio characteristics of recent loss
experience, current market conditions and specific risks in the Group and Company’s loan portfolios;
x Assessing certain temporary adjustments identified by the Group and Company against internal and external information;
x Assessing the completeness of temporary adjustments by checking the consistency of risks we identified in the loan portfolios against the Group and
Company’s assessment.
Subjective and complex valuation of financial instruments held at fair value:
Group:
x Fair value of level 3 asset positions $1,453m
x Fair value of level 3 liability positions $15m
x Fair value of level 2 asset positions $151,186m*
x Fair value of level 2 liability positions $99,882m*
Company:
x Fair value of level 3 asset positions $1,447m
x Fair value of level 3 liability positions $12m
x Fair value of level 2 asset positions $148,475m*
x Fair value of level 2 liability positions $101,190m*
*This KAM relates to our audit procedures for structured notes, derivatives (mainly cancellable swaps and FX options) and fair value adjustments (credit
valuation adjustment and funding valuation adjustment) within the level 2 population, that are valued using more complex valuation models.
Refer to Note 18 to the Group and Company Financial Reports.
T
The Key Audit Matter
The fair value of the Group and Company’s Level 3 and certain Level 2 (Level 2) financial instruments is determined by the Group and Company’s
application of valuation techniques which often involve the exercise of judgement and the use of assumptions and estimates.
The valuation of Level 3 and Level 2 financial instruments held at fair value is a Key Audit Matter due to:
x The high degree of estimation uncertainty and potentially significant range of reasonable outcomes associated with the valuation of financial
instruments classified as Level 3 where significant pricing inputs used in the valuation methodology and models are not observable;
x The complexity and subjectivity associated with the Group and Company’s valuation models for certain Level 2 derivatives and structured notes leading
to an increase in estimation uncertainty.
These factors increased the level of judgement applied by us and our audit effort thereon.
In addressing this Key Audit Matter, we involved our valuation specialists to supplement our senior team members who understand the methods,
assumptions and data relevant to the Group and Company’s valuation of financial instruments.
H
How the matter was addressed in our audit
Our audit procedures in addressing this Key Audit Matter included:
x Assessing the population of financial instruments held at fair value by the Group and Company to identify portfolios with a higher risk of misstatement
arising from significant judgements over valuation either due to unobservable inputs or complex/subjective models;
x Testing the design and operating effectiveness of key controls relating specifically to these financial instruments, including those in relation to:
R independent price verification (IPV), including completeness of portfolios and valuation inputs subject to IPV;
R model validation at inception and periodically, including assessment of model limitation and assumptions;
R review, approval and challenge of daily profit and loss by a control function;
R collateral management process, including review and approval of margin reconciliations with clearing houses; and
R review and approval of fair value adjustments (FVAs), including exit price and portfolio level adjustments.
x In relation to the subjective valuation of certain Level 2 and Level 3 financial instruments, with our valuation specialists:
R Assessing the reasonableness of key inputs and assumptions using comparable data in the market and available alternatives;
R Comparing the Group and Company’s valuation methodology to industry practice and the criteria in the accounting standards; and
R Independently revaluing a selection of financial instruments and FVAs of the Group and Company. This involved sourcing independent inputs from
comparable data in the market and available alternatives. We challenged and assessed differences against the Group and Company’s valuations.
x Assessing the appropriateness of the Group and Company’s disclosures in the Financial Report using our understanding obtained from our testing and
against the requirements of the accounting standards.
212 Independent auditor’s report (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
Key Audit Matters (continued)
Carrying value of investments in PT Bank Pan Indonesia (PT Panin) ($1,415m)
Refer to Note 26 to the Group Financial Report.
T
The Key Audit Matter
The carrying value of the Group’s investment in PT Panin is a Key Audit Matter due to certain conditions increasing the possibility of this investment being
impaired, plus the risk of inaccurate forecasts or a wider range of possible outcomes for us to consider, including:
x the presence of impairment indicators resulting from the carrying value of the investment in PT Panin exceeding the Fair Value Less Costs of Disposal
(FVLCOD) at times throughout the year;
x historical volatility in the market price of the PT Panin shares;
x impairment has been recognised in prior periods.
The presence of these conditions necessitated increased judgement by us to assess the Group’s valuation methods and associated investment value
determined by the Group.
We involved our valuation specialists to supplement our senior team members in assessing this Key Audit Matter.
H
How the matter was addressed in our audit
Working with our valuation specialists, our procedures included:
x Evaluating the appropriateness of the recoverable amount methods applied by the Group against the requirements of the accounting standards;
x Independently evaluating FVLCOD method and assessing the market liquidity of the share price at the reporting date, in light of the historical volatility
in the market price;
x Independently evaluating the valuation derived from the value in use method used by the Group. This included:
R Assessing the integrity of the model used, including the accuracy of the underlying calculation formulas;
R Assessing the Group’s key assumptions used in the model by comparing to external observable metrics, historical experience, our knowledge of
the market and current market practice;
R Independently developing a discount rate range considered comparable using publicly available market data for comparable entities, adjusted for
factors specific to the investment and the market and industry it operates in;
R Comparing the forecast earnings contained in the model to the approved PT Panin financial plan, released financial results and against available
market data
;
R Assessing the accuracy of previous forecasts to inform our evaluation of current forecasts incorporated in the model;
R Considering the sensitivity of the models by varying key assumptions within a reasonable possible range. We did this to identify those assumptions
at higher risk of bias or inconsistency in application and to focus our further procedures.
x Assessing the Group’s disclosures in the Financial Report using our understanding obtained from our testing and against the requirements of the
accounting standards.
IT systems and controls
The Key Audit Matter
The Group’s businesses utilise many complex, interdependent Information Technology (IT) systems to process and record a high volume of transactions.
The controls over access, changes to and operation of relevant IT systems are key to the recording of financial information and the preparation of a
financial report which provides a true and fair view of the Group and Company’s financial position and performance.
The IT systems and controls, as they impact the financial recording and reporting of the Group and Company’s transactions, is a Key Audit Matter as our
audit approach could significantly differ depending on the effective operation of these Group and Company IT controls. We work with our IT specialists in
this regard.
H
How the matter was addressed in our audit
Our testing focused on the technology control environments for key IT applications (systems) used in processing significant financial transactions and
recording balances in the general ledgers, and the automated controls embedded within these systems which link the technology-enabled business
processes. Working with our IT specialists our audit procedures included:
x Assessing the governance and higher-level controls across the relevant IT environments, including policy design, policy review and awareness, and IT
Risk and cyber security management practices;
x Testing the design and operating effectiveness of the Group and Company’s key controls with respect to:
R user access management, including how users are on-boarded, monitored, and removed on a timely basis from key IT applications and
infrastructure. We also tested controls for managing privileged roles and functions across relevant IT applications and the underlying infrastructure;
R change management for systems relevant to financial reporting, including authorisation of changes prior to development, testing and approvals
prior to migration into the production environment of key IT applications. We assessed appropriateness of users with access to release changes
to IT application production environments against their job roles;
R access to and monitoring of system batch job schedules.
x Design and operating effectiveness testing of key automated business process controls including those relating to enforcing segregation of duties to
avoid conflicts from inappropriate role combinations within IT applications. We tested key controls over:
R System configurations to perform calculations and mappings of financial transactions, identification of transactions requiring approval and
automated reconciliation controls (both between systems and intra-system); and
R Data integrity of key system reporting used in our audit procedures and the Group and Company’s financial reporting.
213
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Key Audit Matters (continued)
Acquisition of Suncorp Bank
Refer to Note 34 to the Group Financial Report.
The Key Audit Matter
On 31 July 2024, the Group acquired 100% of the shares in SBGH Limited, the immediate holding company of Suncorp Bank for a total cash
consideration of $6.2bn. This transaction is a Key Audit Matter given the size of the acquisition and its impact to the Group’s financial statements.
We focused our audit effort on the recoverability of the provisional goodwill recognised given the transaction was entered into two years prior to the
settlement date.
We involved our senior team members, including specialists, in assessing this Key Audit Matter.
How the matter was addressed in our audit
Our procedures included:
x Evaluating the Group’s acquisition accounting approach against the criteria and requirements of the accounting standards;
x Reading the underlying transaction agreements to understand the key terms of the Group’s acquisition, nature of the assets and liabilities acquired,
and consideration paid;
x Testing the provisional fair value of the loans and advances acquired and deposits and other borrowings assumed, amongst other balance sheet items
acquired, to the underlying records of SBGH as at 31 July 2024 and their consideration of fair value amounts;
x Assessing the consideration paid against the underlying transaction agreements and evidence of payments;
x Together with our valuation specialists, we assessed the Group’s determination of the recoverability of provisional goodwill recognised. This included:
R Understanding the Group’s provisional goodwill impairment assessment;
R Challenging the key assumptions used by the Group. We did this using external observable metrics, historical experience, our knowledge of the
industry and current market practice;
R Evaluating the sensitivity of the model used by the Group by varying key assumptions within a reasonably possible range.
x Recalculating the provisional goodwill recognised and comparing it to the amount recorded by the Group;
x Assessing the appropriateness of the Group’s disclosures in the Financial Report using our understanding obtained from our testing and against the
requirements of the accounting standards.
Other information
Other Information is financial and non-financial information in Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited’s annual report which is provided in
addition to the Financial Reports and the Auditor’s Report. The Directors are responsible for the Other Information.
Our opinions on the Financial Reports do not cover the Other Information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or any form of assurance
conclusion thereon, with the exception of the Remuneration Report and our related assurance opinion.
In connection with our audits of the Financial Reports, our responsibility is to read the Other Information. In doing so, we consider whether the Other
Information is materially inconsistent with the Financial Reports or our knowledge obtained in the audits, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.
We are required to report if we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this Other Information, and based on the work we have performed on
the Other Information that we obtained prior to the date of this Auditor’s Report we have nothing to report.
Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Reports
The Directors are responsible for:
x preparing the Financial Reports in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including giving a true and fair view of the financial position and
performance of each of the Group and Company, and in compliance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001
x implementing necessary internal controls to enable the preparation of a Financial Reports in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including
giving a true and fair view of the financial position and performance of each of the Group and Company, and that is free from material misstatement,
whether due to fraud or error
x assessing the Group and Company’s ability to continue as a going concern and whether the use of the going concern basis of accounting is
appropriate. This includes disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless they
either intend to liquidate the Group and the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
214 Independent auditor’s report (continued)Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audits of the Financial Reports
Our objective is:
x
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether each of the Financial Reports as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to
fraud or error; and
x
to issue an Auditor’s Report that includes our opinions.
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards and
International Standards on Auditing will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence
the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the Financial Report.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audits of the Financial Reports is located at the Auditing and Assurance Standards Board website at:
https://www.auasb.gov.au/admin/file/content102/c3/ar1_2020.pdf.This description forms part of our Auditor’s Report.
These responsibilities also apply to our audits performed in accordance with international standards on auditing
Report on the Remuneration Report
Opinion
In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited for the year ended 30 September 2024, complies with
Section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001 and is prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the accompanying basis of preparation to the
Remuneration Report.
Directors’ responsibilities
The Directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report in accordance with Section 300A of the
Corporations Act 2001 and the accompanying basis of preparation to the Remuneration Report.
Our responsibilities
We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 34 to 75 of the Directors’ report for the year ended 30 September 2024.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.
KPMG
Maria Trinci
Partner
Melbourne
7 November 2024
215
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Glossary
AASsmeans Australian Accounting Standards.
AASBmeans Australian Accounting Standards Board. The term
‘AASB’ is commonly used when identifying AASs issued by the AASB.
In doing so, the term is used together with the AAS number.
ADImeans Authorised Deposit-taking Institution as defined by APRA.
ANZ Bank Groupmeans ANZ BH Pty Ltd and each of its subsidiaries,
including ANZBGL and ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited.
ANZ Bank New Zealandmeans ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited.
ANZBGLmeans Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited.
ANZBGL Groupmeans ANZBGL and each of its subsidiaries.
ANZESTmeans ANZ Employee Share Trust.
ANZ Groupmeans the ANZBGL Group or the ANZGHL Group as a
whole (including all businesses), as the context requires.
ANZGHLmeans ANZ Group Holdings Limited.
ANZGHL Groupmeans ANZGHL and each of its subsidiaries,
including ANZ BH Pty Ltd, ANZ Group Services Pty Ltd and ANZ NBH
Pty Ltd.
ANZ Non-Bank Groupmeans ANZ NBH Pty Ltd and each of its
subsidiaries, including the Group’s beneficial interests in the 1835i
trusts and non-controlling interests in the Worldline merchant
acquiring joint venture, and ANZ Group Services Pty Ltd.
ANZ Research – Economicsis a business unit within ANZ, which
conducts analysis of key economic inputs and developments and
assessment of the potential impacts on the local, regional and global
economies.
ANZ Sharemeans a fully paid ordinary share in the capital of ANZ.
APRAmeans Australian Prudential Regulation Authority.
APSmeans ADI Prudential Standard.
ASXmeans Australian Securities Exchange.
AT1means Additional Tier 1 capital.
Basel Harmonisation ratios are the Group’s interpretation of Basel
Calculation of RWA for credit risk regulations (effective 1 Jan 2023)
documented in the Basel Framework and the ‘Australian Banking
Association Basel 3.1 Capital Comparison Study’ (Mar 2023). This
definitionis for measures from March 2023 onwards.
BCBSmeansBasel Committee on Banking Supervision.
Boardmeans ANZBGL Board of Directors.
Cash and cash equivalentscomprise coins, notes, money at call,
balances held with central banks, liquid settlement balances (readily
convertible to known amounts of cash which are subject to
insignificant risk of changes in value) and securities purchased under
agreements to resell (reverse repurchase agreements) in less than
three months.
Cash profitis an additional measure of profit which is prepared on a
basis other than in accordance with accounting standards. Cash
profit represents the Group’s preferred measure of the result of the
core business activities of the Group, enabling readers to assess
Group and Divisional performance against prior periods and against
peer institutions. To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes non-
core items from statutory profit as noted below. These items are
calculated consistently period on period so as not to discriminate
between positive and negative adjustments.
Gains and losses are adjusted where they are significant, or have the
potential to be significant in any one period, and fall into one of
three categories:
1. gains or losses included in earnings arising from changes in tax,
legal or accounting legislation or other non-core items not
associated with the core operations of the Group;
2. economic hedging impacts and similar accounting items that
represent timing differences that will reverse through earnings in
the future; and
3. accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do
not impact reported results, such as credit risk on impaired
derivatives.
Cash profit is not a measure of cash flow or profit determined on a
cash accounting basis.
Collectively assessed allowance for expected credit loss
represents the Expected Credit Loss (ECL), which incorporates
forward-looking information and does not require anactual loss
event to have occurred for a credit loss provision to be recognised.
Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF)is a facility with the RBA that was
established to offset the shortage of available High Quality Liquid
Assets (HQLA) in Australia and provides an alternative form of
contingent liquidity. The CLF is collateralised by assets, including
internal residential mortgage-backed securities, that are eligible to be
pledged as security with the RBA. The total amount of the CLF
available to a qualifying ADI is set annually by APRA. In September
2021, APRA wrote to ADIs to advise that APRA and the RBA consider
there to be sufficient HQLA for ADIs to meet their Liquidity Coverage
Ratio (LCR) requirements, and therefore the use of the CLFshould no
longer be required beyond 2022 calendar year.
Covered bondsare bonds issued by an ADI to external investors
secured against a pool of the ADI’s assets (the cover pool) assigned
to a bankruptcy remote special purpose entity. The primary assets
forming the cover pool are mortgage loans. The mortgages remain
on the issuer’s balance sheet. The covered bond holders have dual
recourse to the issuer and the cover pool assets. The mortgages
included in the cover pool cannot be otherwise pledged or disposed
of but may be repurchased and substituted in order to maintain the
credit quality of the pool. The Group issues covered bonds as part of
its funding activities.
Credit riskis the risk of financial loss resulting from the failure of the
Group’s customers and counterparties to honour or perform fully the
terms of a loan or contract.
Credit risk weighted assets (CRWA)represent assets which are
weighted for credit risk according to a set formula as prescribed in
APS 112/113.
Customer depositsrepresent term deposits, other deposits bearing
interest, deposits not bearing interest and borrowing corporations’
debt excluding securitisation deposits.
Customer remediationincludes provisions for expected refunds to
customers, remediation project costs and related customer and
regulatory claims, penalties and litigation costs and outcomes.
216 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited 2024 Annual Report
Derivative credit valuation adjustment- Over the life of a derivative
instrument, the Group uses a model to adjust fair value to take into
account the impact of counterparty credit quality. The methodology
calculates the present value of expected losses over the life of the
financial instrument as a function of probability of default, loss given
default, expected credit risk exposure at default and an asset
correlation factor. Impaired derivatives are also subject to a CVA.
Dividend payout ratiois the total ordinary dividend payment divided
by
profit attributable to shareholders of the Company.
Fair valueis an amount at which an asset or liability could be
exchanged between knowledgeable and willing parties in an arm’s
length transaction.
Funding for Lending Programme (FLP)refers to three-year funding
announced by the RBNZ in November 2020 and offered to New
Zealand banks, which aimed to lower the cost of borrowing for New
Zealand businesses and households.
Gross loans and advances (GLA)is made up of loans and
advances, capitalised brokerage and other origination costs less
unearned income.
Groupmeans ANZ Group Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries.
IFRSmeans International Financial Reporting Standards.
Impaired assetsare those financial assets where doubt exists as to
whether the full contractual amount will be received in a timely
manner, or where concessional terms have been provided because
of the financial difficulties of the customer.
Individually assessed allowance for expected credit lossesis
assessed on a case-by-case basis for all individually managed
impaired assets taking into consideration factors such as the
realisable value of security (or other credit mitigants), the likely return
available upon liquidation or bankruptcy, legal uncertainties, estimated
costs involved in recovery, the market price of the exposure in
secondary markets and the amount and timing of expected receipts
and recoveries.
Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB)relates to the
potential adverse impact of changes in market interest rates on the
Group’s future net interest income. The risk generally arises from:
1. Repricing and yield curve risk - the risk to earnings or market
value as a result of changes in the overall level of interest rates
and/or the relativity of these rates across the yield curve;
2. Basis risk - the risk to earnings or market value arising from
volatility in the interest margin applicable to banking book items;
and
3. Optionality risk - the risk to earnings or market value arising from
the existence of stand-alone or embedded options in banking
book items.
Level 1in the context of APRA supervision, Australia and New
Zealand Banking Group Limited consolidated with certain approved
subsidiaries.
Level 2in the context of APRA supervision, means consolidated ANZ
Bank Group, excluding insurance and funds management entities,
commercial non-financial entities and certain securitisation vehicles.
Level 3
in the context of APRA supervision, means ANZ Group, the
conglomerate group at the widest level.
Net interest marginis net interest income as a percentage
of average interest earning assets.
Net loans and advancesrepresent gross loans and advances less
allowance for expected credit losses.
Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR)is the ratio of the amount of
available stable funding (ASF) to the amount of required stable
funding (RSF) defined by APRA. The amount of ASF is the portion of
an ADI’s capital and liabilities expected to be a reliable source of
funds over a one year time horizon. The amount of RSF is a function
of the liquidity characteristics and residual maturities of an ADI’s
assets and off-balance sheet activities. ADIs must maintain an NSFR
of at least 100%.
Net tangible assetsequal share capital and reserves attributable to
shareholders of the Company less unamortised intangible assets
(including goodwill and software).
NZXmeans New Zealand’s Exchange.
RBAmeans Reserve Bank of Australia, Australia’s central bank.
RBNZmeans Reserve Bank of New Zealand, New Zealand’s central
bank.
Regulatory depositsare mandatory reserve deposits lodged with
local central banks in accordance with statutory requirements.
Restructuremeans the restructure of the ANZ Group, as part of the
establishment of the non-operating holding company, implemented
by the scheme of arrangement under the Corporations Act between
ANZBGL and the shareholders.
Return on average assetsis the profit attributable to shareholders
of the Company, divided by average total assets.
Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equityis the profit
attributable to shareholders of the Company, divided by average
ordinary shareholders’ equity.
Risk weighted assets (RWA)are risk weighted according to each
asset’s inherent potential for default and what the likely losses would
be in the case of default. In the case of non-asset backed risks (i.e.
market and operational risk), RWA is determined by multiplying the
capital requirements for those risks by 12.5.
Settlement balances owed to/by ANZrepresent financial assets
and/or liabilities which are in the course of being settled. These may
include trade dated assets and liabilities, vostro accounts and
securities settlement accounts.
Term Funding Facility (TFF)refers to three-year funding announced
by the RBA on 19 March 2020 and offered to ADIs in order to
support lending to Australian businesses at low cost. The TFF was
closed to drawdowns on 30 June 2021.
Term Lending Facility (TLF)refers to three to five-year funding
offered by the RBNZ between May 2020 and July 2021 to promote
lending to New Zealand businesses.
Overview
Operating
environment
Governance
Performance
overview
Remuneration
report
Directors’
report
Financial
report
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZ) ABN 11 005 357 522
shareholder.anz.com
NA
iso4217:AUD xbrli:shares iso4217:AUD xbrli:shares JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2023-10-01 2024-09-30 JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2024-09-30 JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2023-09-30 JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2022-10-01 2023-09-30 JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2022-09-30 JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2022-09-30 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2022-09-30 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2022-09-30 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2022-09-30 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2022-09-30 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2022-10-01 2023-09-30 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2022-10-01 2023-09-30 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2022-10-01 2023-09-30 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2022-10-01 2023-09-30 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2022-10-01 2023-09-30 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2023-09-30 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2023-09-30 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2023-09-30 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2023-09-30 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2023-09-30 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2023-10-01 2024-09-30 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2023-10-01 2024-09-30 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2023-10-01 2024-09-30 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2023-10-01 2024-09-30 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2023-10-01 2024-09-30 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2024-09-30 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2024-09-30 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2024-09-30 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2024-09-30 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember JHE42UYNWWTJB8YTTU19 2024-09-30 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember